B. All anchors and fasteners shall be types designed for the intended purpose and shall be capable of adequately, safely, and permanently securing the material in place. Generally, screws shall be used on wood surfaces, masonry anchors in concrete or brick, toggle bolts on hollow walls, machine screws, bolts, or welded studs on steel. Nails shall be used only for temporary attachment or support.
26 36 23-4
Automatic Transfer Switch
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
C. Omissions or conflicts on Drawings or between Drawings and Specifications shall be brought to the attention of the ENGINEER for clarification before proceeding with the work.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary provisions throughout the Site to receive all equipment as construction progresses and shall provide adequate backing, supports, inserts, and anchor bolts for the hanging and support of all electrical cabinets, enclosures, conduits, panelboards, and switches, and shall provide sleeves through walls, floors, or foundations where electrical lines are required to penetrate.
A. Floor standing equipment shall be leveled with shims as required to maintain horizontal surfaces within 1/32-inch per horizontal foot; after leveling, equipment shall be anchored, then grouted so that no space exists between concrete and equipment support beams.
3.02 PREPARATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS
A. All equipment cabinets or enclosures furnished under this Section shall have a finish that will conform to Section 26 29 00 - Low-Voltage Motor Control Center.
END OF SECTION
26 43 00-1
Surge Protection Devices (SPD)
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 26 43 00
SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES (SPD)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals as shown, specified, and required to furnish and install surge protective devices (SPD).
B. SPDs furnished under this Section shall be ANSI/UL 1449 Type 2 integrating both surge suppression and high-frequency noise filtering suitable for use on low-voltage distribution systems.
C. The requirements of Section 26 00 00 – General Electrical Work, apply to the WORK of this Section
1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Reference Standards:
1. ANSI/UL 1449, Fourth Edition, Safety Surge Protective Devices
2. IEEE C62.41.1, Guide on the Surge Environment in Low-Voltage (1000V and Less) AC Power Circuits
3. IEEE C62.45, Recommended Practice on Surge Testing for Equipment Connect to Low- Voltage (1000V and Less) AC Power Circuits
4. UL 1283, Safety Electromagnetic Interference Filters
5. NFPA 70, National Electric Code
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 26 00 00 – General Electrical Work, General.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Electrical and mechanical drawings for each type of unit, showing electrical ratings, dimensions, mounting provisions, connection details, and layout diagrams.
C. Product Data:
1. Manufacturer’s technical information, including catalog information.
2. Manufacturer's technical specifications with assembly and component ratings.
D. Certifications: Certification that SPD devices comply with standards referenced in this Section.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications:
1. Manufacturer: Shall have at least five (5) years’ experience manufacturing and servicing products substantially similar to those required and shall be able to submit documentation of at least 5 installations in satisfactory operation for at least five (5) years each.
B. Component Supply and Compatibility:
1. Obtain all products included in this Section regardless of component manufacturer from a single SPD manufacturer.
2. SPD manufacturer shall review and approve or prepare all Shop Drawings and other submittals for all components furnished under this Section. 26 43 00-2
Surge Protection Devices (SPD)
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
3. Components shall be suitable for the specified service conditions and shall be integrated into overall assembly by SPD manufacturer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. SPD shall be modular, high-energy, parallel design with fast-acting transient voltage suppression using metal oxide varistors. Equipment shall provide noise attenuation with electromagnetic interference filter.
B. SPD shall be suitable for operation under the following environmental conditions:
1. Relative Humidity: Zero to 95%, non-condensing
2. Frequency: 47 to 63 Hz
3. Temperature: Zero to 149°F
4. SPD operating voltage shall be suitable for the associated SPD location(s).
5. SPD shall be suitable for internal and external mounting. SPD shall be factory-mounted and integrated into distribution equipment specified under the following Sections:
a. Section 26 00 00 – General Electrical Work
b. Section 26 12 16 – Panelboards and General-Purpose Dry Type Transformers c. Section 26 29 00 – Low-Voltage Motor Control Centers C. SPD shall include a surge suppression path for each mode as required for the system configuration.
Each mode shall be individually fused and equipped with thermal cutouts. SPD short-circuit current rating shall be 200 kA. Protection modes shall include, to the extent applicable, the following:
1. Line-to-line
2. Line-to-neutral
3. Line-to-ground
4. Neutral-to-ground
D. SPD shall include electromagnetic interference/radio frequency interference (EMI/RFI) noise rejection filter with attenuation up to 30 dB from 10 kHz to 100 MHz.
E. SPDs and components in the operating path shall have maximum continuous operating voltage greater than 115% of nominal system operating voltage.
F. ANSI/UL 1449 minimum withstand rating shall be 20 kA per pole, and ANSI/UL 1449 voltage protection rating for SPD shall not exceed the following:
Modes 208Y/120 480Y/277
L-N,L-G, N-G 800 1200
L-L 1200 2000
G. SPD surge capacity based upon IEEE C62.41 location category shall, as a minimum, be the following:
Category Application Per Phase Per Mode
C Service entrance 240 kA 120 kA
26 43 00-3
Surge Protection Devices (SPD)
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
H. Provide SPD equipped with the following accessories:
I. Surge counter with display for indicating the number of surges detected.
J. LED indicators for monitoring device status.
K. Audible alarm and silence switch for indicating an inoperative condition.
L. Dry contacts, “form C”, for remote annunciation of unit status.
M. Source Quality Control: Perform manufacturer’s standard factory tests on equipment. Tests shall be in accordance with ANSI/UL 1449.
N. Manufacturers: General Electric, Eaton, Schneider Electric/Square D Company, or approved equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Install SPD in accordance with equipment manufacturer’s written recommendations and instructions and the Contract Documents.
B. Where an SPD cannot be installed integral with the equipment to which it is connected, conductor length between suppressor and connection point shall be as short and as straight as possible.
END OF SECTION
B High exposure locations
(distribution equipment)
160 kA 80 kA
A Branch locations 120 kA 60 kA
TOC-4
Table of Contents
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville NOVEMBER 2022
WWE Project: 21-060 100% Design Submittal
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
26 50 00-1
Lighting
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 26 50 00
LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Provide luminaires and accessories, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.02 REGULATORY AGENCIES AND STANDARDS
A. Regulatory Agencies: Installation, materials, equipment and workmanship shall conform to the latest provisions of the following agencies:
1. CBC California Building Code
2. CEC (TITLE 20) California Energy Commission
3. IBC International Building Code - Earthquake Requirem ents
4. NEC (NFPA 70) National Electrical Code: 2020 Edition
5. OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act
6. UBC Uniform Building Code
B. Electrical equipment shall be listed by and shall bear the label of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) or an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the local code enforcement agency having jurisdiction.
C. Standards: Where referenced in these specifications or on the drawings, the publications and standards of the following organizations apply:
1. AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies
2. ANSI American National Standards Institute
3. ANSI C82.1 – Specifications for Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts
4. ANSI C84.4 – Specifications for High-Intensity-Discharge Lamp Ballasts (Multiple Supply)
5. ASTM American Society of Testing and Materials
6. ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association
7. IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
8. NEMA 250 Enclosure for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum)
9. NFPA National Fire Protection Association
10. NETA International Electrical Testing Association
D. Where the requirements of the specifications conflict with UL, NEMA, NFPA, or other applicable standards, the more stringent requirements shall govern.
1. UL-595 Standard for Safety Marine-Type Electric Lighting Fixtures
2. UL-844 Standard for Safety Electric Lighting Fixtures for Use in Hazardous (Classified Locations)
3. UL-924 Standard for Safety Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment 26 50 00-2
Lighting
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
Standards of the Certified Ballast Manufacturer’s Association
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish the following product information in accordance with the requirements of Section 01 33 03 – Submittal Procedures.
B. Furnish the following information:
1. Interior Luminaires
a. catalog data sheets and photos
b. luminaire finish and metal gauge
c. lens material, pattern, and thickness
candlepower distribution curves in 2 or more planes
d. candlepower chart, 0 to 90 degrees
e. lumen output chart
f. average maximum brightness data in foot-lamberts
g. coefficients of utilization for zonal cavity calculations h. mounting or suspension details
i. heat exchange and air handling data
2. Exterior Luminaires
a. catalog data sheets and photos
b. luminaire finish and metal gauge
c. lens material, pattern, and thickness
d. IES lighting classification and Isolux diagram
e. fastening details to wall or pole
f. ballast type, location, and method of fastening
g. for light poles: wind loading; complete dimensions; and finish
3. Lamps
a. voltages
b. colors
c. approximate life (in hours)
d. approximate initial lumens
e. lumen maintenance curve
f. lamp type and base
4. Ballasts
a. type
b. wiring diagram
c. nominal watts and input watts
26 50 00-3
Lighting
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
d. input voltage and power factor
e. starting current, line current, and restrike current values f. sound rating
g. temperature rating
h. efficiency ratings
i. low-temperature characteristics
j. emergency ballasts rating and capacity data
5. Photocells
a. voltage and power consumption
b. capacity
c. contacts and time delay
d. operating levels
e. enclosure type and dimensions
f. temperature range
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 LUMINAIRES
A. General
1. Additional WORK requirements are indicated in the Luminaire Schedule on the Drawings.
2. Fluorescent luminaires that utilize double-ended lamps and contain ballast(s) that can be serviced in place shall be provided with a disconnecting means either internal or external to each luminaire, in accordance with the requirements of Article 410.130(G)(1) of the 2020 NEC.
B. Provide a feed-through type or separate junction box.
C. Provide 2-lamp ballasts when possible.
D. Tandem-wire luminaires for 3-lamp fluorescent luminaires.
E. Provide minimum 18 AWG wire leads.
F. Provide components that are accessible and replaceable without removing the luminaire from the ceiling.
G. Soffit Installations
1. Installations shall be UL-labeled as "Suitable for Damp Locations."
2. Provide removable and prewired ballasts.
H. Exterior Installations
1. Installations shall be UL-labeled as "Suitable for Wet Locations."
2. Provide removable and prewired ballasts.
3. When factory-installed photocells are provided, the entire assembly shall be UL-labeled. 26 50 00-4
Lighting
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
I. Emergency Lighting
1. Power Pack
a. self-contained
b. 120 V
c. 6 V sealed lead-calcium, maintenance free
d. indicator switch in accordance with the requirements of UL 924
2. lighted, push-to-test pushbutton and indicator
3. capability of providing full illumination for 1-1/2 hours in emergency mode
4. capability of full recharge in 24 hours, automatically initiated upon resumption of normal line voltage
5. capability of protecting against excess charging and discharging
6. twin halogen, sealed lighting heads
7. solid state charger
8. normal and emergency LED indicating lights
9. Provide a 3-wire power cord and plug set.
10. mounting stand
11. time delay relays in order to maintain emergency lighting in areas illuminated by HID luminaires for 5 minutes after normal power has been restored.
12. Provide NEMA-rated enclosures in accordance with the area classifications in which they are installed.
J. Exit Signs
1. internally illuminated
2. universal mounting type
3. internal 6V sealed lead-calcium, maintenance free battery
4. battery charger
5. LED-type emergency and normal indicating lights
6. press-to-test button
7. directional arrows
8. red letters on a white panel
2.02 LAMPS
A. Light Emitting Diode (LED)
1. High
2. Efficiency Type: energy
3. Color: per schedule
B. Manufacturer, or Approved Equal
1. Cooper Crouse (EATON)
26 50 00-5
Lighting
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
2. Lithonia
2.03 LED DRIVER
A. General
1. UL-Listed, ETL-certified
2. high power factor, energy-efficient type
3. Driver shall meet luminaire requirements.
4. LED driver shall be UL listed with integral short circuit, overload and overheat protection.
5. Power factor >90% and total harmonic distortion THD <20%.
6. Provide driver capable of operating on 120, 208V.
7. Driver shall have minimum 3 years warranty and rated for 50,000 hours.
2.04 LIGHTING CONTROL
A. Photocell
1. Photo Control: automatic ON-OFF switch
2. Housing: self-contained; die-cast aluminum; unaffected by moisture, vibration, or temperature changes
3. Settings: ON at dusk; OFF at dawn
4. Provide a time delay feature in order to prevent false switching.
5. field-adjustable to control operating levels
6. Manufacturer, or Equal
a. Tork
b. Paragon
2.05 POLES
A. Rating (with luminaire): 125-mph steady winds without incurred damage B. Material: steel
C. one-piece stationary type
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 LUMINAIRES
A. General
1. Install in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
2. Provide necessary hangers, pendants, canopies, and other accessories.
3. Provide additional ceiling bracing, hanger supports, and other structural reinforcements to the building as required to safely mount the luminaire.
4. Install the luminaire plumb and level.
5. The mounting heights indicated for wall-mounted or pendant-mounted luminaires are from the bottom of the luminaire to finished floor or finished grade, whichever is applicable. 26 50 00-6
Lighting
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
6. Install each luminaire outlet box with a galvanized stud.
B. Pendant Mounting
1. Provide swivel-type hangers and canopies to match the luminaires, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Space single-stem hangers on continuous-row fluorescent luminaires 48 inches apart.
3. Provide twin-stem hangers on single luminaires.
C. Pole Mounting
1. Provide a cast-in-place concrete base.
2. Install the pole base flush with the finished grade where located in grassy areas not subject to vehicular traffic, and 30 inches above the finished grade when the pole is located in areas subject to damage from vehicular traffic.
3. Set the luminaire poles on anchor bolts and secure with double nuts on each bolt.
4. After the luminaire has been leveled and plumbed, dry-pack the luminaire base with grout.
D. Finished Areas
1. Install the luminaires symmetrically with tile pattern.
2. Locate with the centerline of tile or with centerline of the joint between adjacent tile runs.
3. Install recessed luminaires tight to the finished surface such that no spill light will show between the ceilings and the sealing rings.
4. When installing on combustible low-density cellulose fiberboard, provide spacers and mount luminaires 1-1/2 inches from ceiling surface, or use luminaires suitable for mounting on low- density ceilings.
5. Junction Boxes
a. Flush and Recessed Luminaires: Locate a minimum of one foot from the luminaire. b. In concealed locations, install junction boxes to be accessible by the removal of the luminaire.
6. Wiring and Conduit
a. Provide wiring of a suitable temperature rating as required by the luminaire. b. Provide flexible steel conduit.
7. Provide plaster frames when required by ceiling construction.
8. Independent Supports
a. Provide each recessed fluorescent luminaire with 2 safety chains or 2 No. 12 soft- annealed galvanized steel wires of length needed to secure the luminaire to the building structure, independent of the ceiling structure.
b. Ensure that the tensile strength of chain or wire, and the method of fastening to the structure, is adequate to support the weight of the luminaire. c. Fasten the chain or wire to each end of the luminaire.
E. Unfinished Areas
26 50 00-7
Lighting
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
1. Locate the luminaires to avoid conflicts with other building systems and blockage of the luminaire light output.
2. Luminaire Suspension
a. Provide 1/4- inch threaded steel hanger rods.
b. Scissor-type hangers will not be accepted.
3. For attachments to steel beams, provide flanged beam clips and straight or angled hangers.
3.02 LAMPS
A. Within each luminaire, provide the number and type for which the luminaire is designed, unless otherwise indicated.
3.03 LED DRIVERS
A. Install in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
B. Use LED driver mounting holes to fasten the driver securely within the luminaire.
C. Replace noisy or defective drivers.
3.04 LIGHTING CONTROL
A. Outdoor Luminaires
1. The photocells shall switch lights ON at dusk and OFF at dawn.
B. Dimming Systems
1. Install in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
2. Do not connect ballasts or equipment to the dimming system unless such connections are acceptable to the dimming system manufacturer.
3.05 CLEAN-UP
A. Remove labels and other markings, except the UL listing mark.
B. Wipe the luminaires inside and out in order to remove construction dust.
C. Clean the luminaire plastic lenses with an antistatic cleaner only.
D. Touch up painted surfaces of the luminaires and the poles with matching paint provided by the manufacturer.
E. Replace defective lamps at the Date of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION
TOC-4
Table of Contents
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville NOVEMBER 2022
WWE Project: 21-060 100% Design Submittal
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
31 05 03-1
Earthwork
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 31 05 03
EARTHWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Section includes: All excavating, backfilling, filling, grading, subgrade preparation and disposing of earth materials as required. It also includes all temporary means needed to prevent discharge of sediment to watercourses from dewatering systems or erosion.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM C33, Standard Specification for Aggregate Material.
2. ASTM D422, Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils.
3. ASTM D423, Liquid Limit of Soils.
4. ASTM D427, Shrinkage Factors of Soils.
5. ASTM D698, Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil.
6. ASTM D1556, Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method.
7. ASTM D2922, Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil -Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
8. ASTM D2166, unconfined compressive strength of soils.
B. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
1. Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1926
C. City of Roseville
1. Design and Construction Details for Trench Backfill
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Permits and Regulations:
1. Perform excavation Work in compliance with applicable requirements of governing authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Obtain all necessary permits for Work in roads, rights -of-way, railroads, etc. Also, obtain permits as required by local, state and federal agencies for discharging water from excavations, for erosion control, and for prevention of air and water pollution.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Test Reports - Borrow, Backfill, and Grading: Testing laboratory shall submit copies of the following reports directly to ENGINEER:
1. Tests on borrow material.
2. Tests on footing subgrade.
3. Field density tests.
4. Optimum moisture - maximum density curve for each soil used for backfill.
31 05 03-2
Earthwork
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
5. Reports of observations for conformance of borrow material to the Project Geotechnical Report.
6. Quality Control Plan: Names and phone numbers of independent testing companies that will be used to perform soil and asphalt concrete testing, qualifications, and proposed procedures for performing tests and providing test results to ENGINEER.
B. Submit to the ENGINEER samples of all materials, including select backfill, gener al backfill, bedding, crushed stone, sand and topsoil. Submit samples of the proposed material at least seven days in advance of its anticipated use.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General:
1. All material will be tested by the laboratory and approved by the ENGINEER.
2. No material shall be placed without the approval of the ENGINEER.
B. Marking Tape:
1. Plastic:
a. Inert polyethylene, impervious to known alkalis, acids, chemical reagents, and solvents likely to be encountered in soil.
b. Thickness: Minimum 4 mils.
c. Width: 12 inches.
d. Identifying Lettering: Minimum 1-inch high, permanent black lettering imprinted continuously over entire length.
e. Manufacturers and Products:
1) Reef Industries; Terra Tape.
2) Allen; Markline.
3) Or equal.
2. Metallic:
a. Solid aluminum foil, visible on unprint ed side, encased in a protective high visibility, inert polyethylene plastic jacket.
b. Foil Thickness: Minimum 5.5 mils.
c. Width: 12 inches.
d. Identifying Lettering: Minimum 1-inch high, permanent black lettering imprinted continuously over entire length.
e. Joining Clips: Tin or nickel-coated, furnished by tape manufacturer. f. Manufacturers and Products:
1) Reef Industries; Terra ”D”.
2) Allen; Detectatape.
3) Or equal.
3. Marking tape shall be marked with the following statements:
a. Sanitary Sewer Pipeline: “CAUTION – SANITARY SEWER PIPELINE BURIED BELOW.”
b. For Existing Utilities Within Trench Limits: “CAUTION – BURIED PIPELINE/CONDUIT” or as specified by utility owner.
4. Color:
a. Sanitary Sewer Pipeline: Green, as specified in ANSI Z53.1 Safety Color Code.
31 05 03-3
Earthwork
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
b. Others Disturbed: Color, as specified for specific utility in ANSI Z53.1 Safety Color Code.
C. Pipe Locating Wire:
1. Pipe locating wire shall be bare AWG No. 10, soft drawn, single-strand copper wire.
2. Provide at least 6-mil PVC electrical tape insulation around wire where adjacent to metal pipe, valves, and in all valve boxes.
D. Filter Fabric:
1. Filter fabric shall be Mirafi, Type 140N; Dupont, Type PAR, Style 3401, or equal and shall conform to the following requirements:
2. Minimum grab strength of 120 lbs per ASTM D4632.
3. Apparent open size (AOS) to be equal to or greater than the U.S. Standard Sieve No. 100 (0.210 mm) per ASTM D4751.
4. Percent open area not to exceed about 25 percent. The percent open area is defined as the ratio of the sum of 20 or more individual open areas (times 100) to the sum of the corresponding 20 or more individual total areas.
5. Permittivity shall not be less than 1.7 sec-1.
E. Fill Material:
1. Classification:
a. Fill adjacent to structures to a distance measured horizontally from the structure that is equal to the depth from the finished grade is classified as Select Fill. b. Outside these limits, the fill is classified as Common Fill, unless otherwise specified.
2. Common Fill:
a. Common Fill materials shall consist of soils obtained from on -site excavations or off-site sources that are uniformly mixed, contain no organic material, and have been passed through a 3-inch screen.
b. The maximum expansion of off-site materials shall be 1.5% as performed on a sample re molded to approximately 9% of the maximum dry density as determined in accordance with ASTM D 698 at 2% below optimum moisture content under a 100 psf surcharge pressure.
c. If on-site material is unsuitable as determined by the ENGINEER, imported fill shall be used.
3. Select Fill:
a. Select fill or backfill is material selected by the ENGINEER from the excavation. b. Select material shall be free of organic or other unsuitable materials and shall not contain rocks, or unbroken masses of soil larger than 4 inches in greatest dimension.
F. Aggregate Base:
1. Class 2, ¾ inch maximum conforming to Section 26 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
G. Granular Bedding:
1. Well-graded sand and gravel materials.
2. Unfrozen, friable, and no clay balls, roots, or other organic material.
3. Clean or gravelly sand with less than 5 % passing No. 200 sieve, as determined in accordance with ASTM D1140, or gravel or crushed rock within maximum particle size and other requirements as follows unless otherwise specified.
31 05 03-4
Earthwork
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
4. 3/4-inch maximum particle size, except 1/4 inch for stainless steel pipe, copper pipe, tubing, and plastic pipe under 3-inch diameter.
5. Conduit and Direct-Buried Cable:
a. Sand, clean or clean to silty, less than 12% passing No. 200 sieve. b. Individual Particles: Free of sharp edges.
c. Maximum Size Particle: Pass a No. 4 sieve.
d. If more than 5 % passes No. 200 sieve, the fraction that passes No. 40 sieve shall be non-plastic as determined in accordance with ASTM D4318.
H. Sand:
1. Natural or manufactured granular material, containing no organic material.
2. Sand will be non -plastic, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318, 100% passing a ½ inch screen and no more than 20% passing a No. 200 screen.
I. Crushed Stone:
1. Crushed stone will be crushed rock or gravel conforming to the requirements of ASTM C33, Size #57.
J. Gravel Surfacing
1. Gravel Surfacing will be crushed rock, angular, and well-graded.
2. Maximum size of ¾ inch, at least 50% passing the No 4. screen, between 10 and 30% passing the No. 10 screen and no more than 15% passing the No. 40 screen.
3. Color to be selected by CITY.
K. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM):
1. Select and proportion ingredients to obtain compressive strength between 50 and 150 psi at 7 days in accordance with ASTM D4832. Sufficient cement shall be added to meet the strength and material requirements given below and as required to provide sufficient strength for compacting overlying trench backfill. Provide certified mix design and test results in accordance with submittal requirements.
2. Materials:
a. Cement: ASTM C150, Type I or II, two sacks minimum per cubic yard. b. Aggregate: ASTM C33, maximum Size 7. The amount of material passing a No. 200 sieve shall not exceed 12%. The above No. 200 sieve material shall be well graded so as to avoid segregation. The minus #200 sieve fraction shall be non- plastic.
c. Fly Ash (if used): ASTM C618, Class C or F.
d. Water: Clean, potable, containing less than 500 ppm of chlorides.
3. Mix Design:
a. The CONTRACTOR and its suppliers shall determine the materials and proportions used to meet the requirements of these Specifications. Make daily checks of the aggregate gradation and adjust the mix design as required. Modify the CLSM mix as necessary to meet the flowability, pumpability, and set time requirements for each individual pour.
b. At least 30 days before placing CLSM, submit to the ENGINEER a mix design for each CLSM to be used. The mix design shall include trial lab and field data, with pairs of 6 -inch by 12 -inch cylinder breaks performed at 7, 14, and 28 days.
Molds shall be plastic or waxed cardboard. The mix design shall be performed by an indepen dent laboratory under the direction of an engineer licensed in California.
31 05 03-5
Earthwork
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
c. No CLSM shall be placed until the ENGINEER has approved the mix design. The ENGINEER’s approval of the mix design shall be understood to indicate conditional acceptance. Final accep tance will be based on tests conducted on field samples and conformance with these Specifications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Inspection:
1. Provide ENGINEER with sufficient notice and with means to examine the areas and conditions under which excavating, filling, and grading are to be performed.
2. ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR if conditions are found that may be detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the Work.
3. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been co rrected in a manner acceptable to ENGINEER.
B. “Pot-holing”:
1. Excavate and backfill, in advance of the construction, test pits to determine conditions or location of the existing utilities and structures.
2. Definite the location of each existing facility involve d within the area of his excavation for Work under this Contract.
3. Exercise care during such location work to avoid damaging and/or disrupting the affected facility.
4. CONTRACTOR is responsible for repairing, at his expense, damage to any structure, piping, or utility caused by his Work.
C. Temporary Fencing:
1. Furnish and install a temporary fence surrounding excavations and work area, including the stockpile and storage areas.
2. Provide fence openings only at vehicular, equipment, and worker access points.
3.2 EROSION CONTROL
A. General: Implement the construction procedures outlined herein to assure minimum damage to the environment during construction. Take all additional measures required to conform to the requirements of applicable codes and regulations.
1. Whenever possible, locate and construct access and temporary roads to avoid environmental damage. Make provisions to regulate drainage, avoid erosion , and minimize damage to vegetation.
2. Where areas must be cleared for storage of materials or temporary structures , provisions will be made for regulating drainage and controlling erosion, subject to the ENGINEER'S approval.
3. Remove only those shrubs and grasses that must be removed for construction.
Protect the remainder to preserve their erosion-control value.
B. Control Measures: Apply meas ures to control erosion and to minimize the siltation of the existing waterways, and natural ponding areas. Such measures include, but are not limited to, the use of berms, baled straw silt barriers, gravel or crushed stone, mulch, slope drains, and other methods.
31 05 03-6
Earthwork
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
1. Install erosion and sediment control practices where shown and according to applicable standards, codes, and specifications. The practices will be maintained in effective working condition during construction and until the drainage area has been permanently stabilized.
2. Temporary measures will be coordinated with the construction of permanent drainage facilities and other Work to the extent practicable to assure economical, effective, and continuous erosion and siltation control.
3. CONTRACTOR will provide special care in areas with steep slopes. Disturbance of vegetation will be kept to a minimum to maintain stability.
4. After stabilization, remove all straw bale dikes, debris, etc., from the site.
C. Dust Control:
1. Prevent blowing and movement of dust from exposed soil surfaces and access roads to reduce on- and off-site damage and health hazards.
2. Control may be achieved by irrigation in which the site is sprinkled with water until the surface is moist.
3. Repeat the process as needed.
D. Failure to Comply: In the event CONTRACTOR repeatedly fails to satisfactorily control erosion and siltation, the CITY reserves the right to employ outside assistance or to use its own forces to provide the corrective measures indicated. The cost of such work, plus engineering costs, will be deducted from monies due CONTRACTOR.
3.3 DEWATERING
A. General:
1. Continuously control all water during the course of construction, including surface water and ground water, to prevent any damage to any excavation or to the construction activities occurring within those excavations.
2. Maintain all dewatering systems full time (24-hours/day) during the entire time the excavation is open. Do not shut down dewatering systems at night, on weekends or on holidays, or any other time the excavation is open.
3. Each excavation will be kept dry during subgrade preparation and continually thereafter until the structure to be built, or the pipe to be installed therein is inspected by the ENGINEER and backfill operations have been completed.
4. Provide a dequate alarm, monitoring and back -up systems for all dewatering systems to maintain control of all water during all times any excavation is open.
B. Surface Water:
1. Provide and maintain adequate drainage and dewatering system to prevent surface water from ent ering excavations and to remove and dispose of all rainwater entering excavations, trenches, or other parts of the Work.
2. Keep the different working areas on the site free of surface water at all times.
Special care will be taken to eliminate depressions th at could serve as mosquito pools.
3. The diversion and removal of surface water will be performed in a manner that will prevent the accumulation of water behind temporary structures or at any other locations within the construction area where it may be detrimental.
C. Ground Water:
31 05 03-7
Earthwork
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
1. Provide, operate an d maintain dewatering system to permit excavation and subsequent construction activities in a dry, safe environment.
2. System shall be of sufficient size and capacity to maintain groundwater level a minimum of 2 feet below the lowest point of excavation.
3. Contractor shall make an assessment of the potential for dewatering induced settlement of surrounding soils and structures. Contractor shall provide all necessary equipment and facilities, including re -injection wells, cutoff walls, infiltration trenches, etc, to prevent damage to adjacent structures.
D. Disposal of water:
1. Disposal of discharge water shall conform to any and all applicable permit requirements.
3.4 EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS
A. Trench Support
1. Provide, install and maintain trench shields for all trench excavations for which trench shields are required (at a minimum, as required by OSHA).
2. Follow all OSHA guidelines and other applicable laws and ordinances.
3. Elevation of Bottom:
a. Excavation of earth material below the bottom of a shield will not exceed the limits established by ordinances, codes, laws and regulations. b. When using a shield for pipe installation, the bottom of the shield will not extend below the mid-diameter of installed pipe at any time.
c. When using a shield for the installation of structures, the bottom of the shield shall not extend below the top of the bedding for the structures.
4. Moving Shield: When a shield is removed or moved ahead, extreme care will be taken to prevent the movement of pipe or structures or the disturbance of th e bedding for pipe or structures. Pipe or structures that are disturbed are to be removed and reinstalled as specified.
B. Below Grade Structure Excavation Support
1. Provide, install and maintain excavation support systems for all structural excavations where excavation support is required (at a minimum, as required by OHSA).
2. Follow all OSHA guidelines and other applicable laws and ordinances.
3. Prepare excavation support plan addressing the following topics:
a. Details of shoring, bracing, sloping or other provisio ns for worker protection from the hazards of caving ground
b. Design assumptions and calculations
c. Methods and sequencing of installing excavation support d. Proposed locations of stockpiled excavated materials e. Minimum lateral distance from the crest of slopes fo r vehicles, equipment, and materials
f. Location of vertical and horizontal monitoring points on structures and recommended frequency of monitoring for excavation support system stability and performance
4. Design of excavation support systems and excavation sup port plan shall be prepared by a civil or structural engineer registered in the state in which the system is installed.
31 05 03-8
Earthwork
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
a. Excavation support system shall consist of h -pile and lagging, sheet piles, or other reliable method of excavation support.
b. The use of below-ground tiebacks is allowed, however, Contractor is responsible for locating and avoiding potential conflicts with existing utilities in the area in which the tie-backs are installed. All tiebacks shall be further than 3 feet from any conflicting utility. Tiebacks shall not use existing structures for support.
C. Removal of Excavation Support
1. Completely remove all excavation support unless ENGINEER specifically allows requested excavation support to remain in place after backfill.
2. Remove all excavation support in a manner that will maintain support as excavation is backfilled and will not leave voids in the backfill.
3.5 EXCAVATION
A. General:
1. Material removed: Excavations include earth, sand, clay, gravel, hardpan, boulders, rock, pavements, rubbish, and all other materials within the excavation limits.
2. Excavations for structures and pipelines will be open excavations. Provide excavation protection system(s) required by ordinances, codes, law s, and regulations to prevent injury to workmen and to prevent damage to new and existing structures or pipelines. Unless shown or specified otherwise, protection system(s) will be utilized under the following conditions. a. Excavation Less Than 5 feet deep: Excavations in stable rock or in soil conditions where there is no potential for a cave-in may be made with vertical sides. Under all other conditions, excavations will be sloped and benched, shielded, or shored and braced.
b. Excavations More Than 5 feet deep: Excavations in stable rock where there is no potential for a cave -in may be made with vertical sides. Under all other conditions, excavations will be sloped and benched, shielded or shored and braced.
c. Excavation protection system(s) will be installed and maintained in accordance with the excavation plan submitted.
3. CONTRACTOR shall be made aware of the specific exc avation support suggestions detailed in the Geotechnical report.
B. Structural Excavation:
1. The elevation of the bottom of footings shown is approximate only. ENGINEER may order such changes in d imensions and elevations as may be required to secure a satisfactory footing.
2. Hand-trim all structure excavations to permit the placing of full widths and lengths of footings on horizontal beds. Rounded and undercut edges will not be permitted.
3. Excavations shall allow for aggregate base, forms, working space, installation of shoring or bracing or the safe sloping of banks.
C. Pipe Trench Excavation:
1. No more than 100 feet of trench may be opened in advance of pipe laying.
2. Minimize trench width to the greatest extent practical but conform to the following:
3. Sufficient to provide room for installing, jointing , and inspecting piping, but in no case wider at top of pipe than pipe barrel outside diameter plus 3 feet.
4. Enlargements at pipe joints may be made, if required, and approved by ENGINEER.
31 05 03-9
Earthwork
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
5. Sufficient for shoring and bracing, or shielding and dewatering.
6. Sufficient to allow thorough compaction of backfill adjacent to bottom half of pipe.
7. Depth of trench will be as shown. If required and approved by ENGINEER, depths may be revised.
D. Subgrades:
1. Subgrades for roadways, structures and trench bottoms shall be firm, dense, and thoroughly compacted and consolidated; free from mud, mu ck, and other soft or unsuitable materials; and remain firm and intact under all construction operations.
2. Subgrades that are otherwise solid, but which become soft or mucky on top due to construction operations, shall be reinforced with select fill.
3. The fi nished elevation of stabilized subgrades shall not be above subgrade elevations shown.
E. Material Storage: Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials in approved areas, until required for backfill or fill. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles for proper drainage.
1. Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations.
2. Dispose of excess soil material and waste materials as specified hereinafter.
F. Unauthorized Excavation:
1. All excavation outside the lines and grades shown, and which is not approved by ENGINEER, together with the removal and disposal of the associated material is at the CONTRACTOR'S expense.
2. Unauthorized excavations shall be filled and compacted with select fill by the CONTRACTOR at his expense.
3.6 PLACEMENT OF FILL AND BACKFILL
A. General:
1. Backfill excavations as promptly as Work permits, but not until completion of the following:
a. Acceptance by the ENGINEER of construction below finish grade. b. Inspection, testing, approval, and recording of locations of underground piping and ductwork.
c. Removal of concrete formwork.
d. Removal of shoring and bracing, and backfilling of voids with satisfactory materials.
e. Removal of trash and debris.
2. Remove and replace with approved fill material, as specified, fill containing organic materials or other unacceptable material.
3. Compact all fill and backfill as specified in Subsection 3.7.
B. Structural Backfill:
1. Select fill shall be placed as structural backfill where shown on the Drawings or indicated herein.
2. Constraints:
a. Backfill water-holding basins or structures only af ter satisfactory leakage tests have been conducted as specified in Sections Concrete and Precast Concrete. b. No backfill or fill material shall be placed when free water is standing on the surface of the area.
31 05 03-10
Earthwork
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
c. No compaction of fill will be permitted with fre e water on any portion of the fill to be compacted.
d. No fill shall be placed or compacted in a frozen condition or on top of frozen material.
e. Any fill containing organic materials or other unacceptable material previously described shall be removed and repl aced with approved fill material prior to compaction.
3. Levels of backfill against concrete walls are not to differ by more than 2 feet on either side of walls, unless walls are adequately braced, or all floor framing is in place up to and including grade level slabs.
4. Wherever a pipe passes through a structure backfill, the structure backfill shall be placed and compacted to an elevation 12 inches above the top of the pipe before the trench is excavated.
C. Backfill in Pipe Trenches:
1. Pipeline trenches may be backfilled prior to pressure testing, but no structure shall be constructed over any pipeline until it has been tested.
2. Unless otherwise shown, place all pipe on a minimum 6 inches thick layer of Granular Bedding. The bedding shall extend 12 inches above the top of the pipe.
3. Install bedding as follows:
a. Spread bedding and grade to provide a uniform and continuous support beneath the pipe at all points between bell holes or pipe joints. b. After each pipe section is placed, deposit and c ompact sufficient bedding material under and around each side of the pipe to hold the pipe in proper position and to maintain alignment during subsequent pipe jointing and bedding operations.
c. Bedding material shall be deposited and compacted uniformly and simultaneously on each side of the pipe to prevent lateral displacement. Then place and compact the bedding material to an elevation 12 inches above the top of pipe.
4. Above the level of bedding, place Select or Common Fill, as specified elsewhere in these specifications.
5. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM):
a. When CLSM pipe zone material is indicated, the pipe may be supported above the trench floor on pea gravel bags or sandbag supports. The CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate to the ENGINE ER, 7 days prior to full pipeline backfill installation, placement of CLSM as described below. This demonstration shall occur on the first 300 feet of trench , The CLSM pipe zone material shall be installed as indicated.
1) Bedding and Embedment: Place and compact CLSM pipe zone material using the following techniques:
a) Following placement and anchoring of the pipe, remove all loose soil from trench walls and floor. Remove any unstable soil at the top of the trench which might fall into the trench during placement of the CLSM. b) Deliver the CLSM to the trench in ready mix trucks or traveling pug mill and utilize pumps or chutes to place the CLSM in the trench. Direct CLSM to one side of the pipe, taking care not to displace the pipe at any time.
Continue placing CLSM on one side of the pipe until CLSM has gone under the pipe and up the other side to a depth of 6 inches above the pipe bottom. Use at least two handheld vibrators to continuously liquefy and
31 05 03-11
Earthwork
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
move CLSM into all voids. Adjust water in mixture to maintain fluid consistency but maintain strength requirements. Continue placing CLSM on both sides of the pipe continuously using two vibrators for every 30 feet of pipe run.
c) Maintain stability of pipe and conduit throughout CLSM placement and curing. CLSM will lik ely require placement in lifts to prevent pipe flotation. No movement of the pipe caused by flotation will be allowed.
If any movement occurs, the CLSM material shall be removed and/or repaired in full conformance with these Contract Documents at no additional cost to the CITY. Remove all sloughed material or other debris from top of previously placed CLSM.
d) CLSM shall be allowed to cure a minimum of 4 hours prior to placing each lift as well as trench zone material. A smaller cure period will be allowed if it can be demonstrated to the ENGINEER that it will support the individual lift or trench zone material. The CLSM shall be sufficiently strong to support trench backfill material and the compaction effort required to achieve the specified compaction.
D. Marking Tape:
1. Continuously install marking tape along centerline of all buried piping, on top of last lift of pipe zone material unless otherwise shown. Coordinate with piping installation drawings. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. a. Metallic Marking Tape: Install with nonmetallic piping and waterlines. Join ends with clips provided by the manufacturer.
b. Plastic Marking Tape: Install with metallic piping.
E. Pipe-Locating Wire:
1. Pipe-locating wire shall be provided for the entire length of all nonmetallic pipelines and shall be continuous around restrained joint sections.
2. Install pipe locating wire by strapping to the top of the pipe with PVC tape, polyethylene-backed tape, or tie locks. Test pipe locating wire with pipe locator equipment prior to final acceptance.
3. Stub the pipe -locating wire up inside each valve box or flush -mounted Type C corrosion monitoring stations. Sufficient excess length shall be provided at terminal connections to allow continuation of the pipe -locating wire to the term inal connection.
4. Wire splices shall be made with compression fittings or soldering; wrapped with Tac-Tape, Aqua -Seal, or equal, and wrapped with electrical tape. Prevent bare copper wire from contacting metallic appurtenances including, but not limited to, pipe, buried valves, or fittings.
F. Resume backfilling operations using the techniques described above to complete the pipe zone backfill. ENGINEER will approve the pipe zone backfill prior to initiating the trench zone backfill.
G. Embankments:
1. To the maximum extent available, use excess earth obtained from structure and trench excavations for construction of embankments. Obtain additional material from borrow pits, if such pits are shown, otherwise obtain additional material from offsite sources as necessary.
31 05 03-12
Earthwork
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
2. Strip, scarify, level and roll the subgrade so that surface materials of the subgrade will be compact and well bonded with the first layer of the embankment.
3. Wherever a pipe is to pass through a fill or embankment, place and compact the fill or embankment material to an elevation 12 inches above the top of the pipe before the trench is excavated.
H. Crushed Stone:
1. Place where shown on the Drawings, to the limits shown.
2. Place in hand-tamped lifts, not to exceed 6 inches.
I. Replacement of Unacceptable Excavated Materials: In cases where over-excavation for the replacement of unacceptable soil materials is required, backfill the excavation to the required subgrade with select backfill material and thoroughly compacted.
3.7 COMPACTION
A. General:
1. Compaction by inundation with water will not be permitted.
2. Provide equipment capable of discing, aerating, and mixing the soil to ensure reasonable uniformity of moisture content throughout the material and to reduce the moisture content by air drying, if necessary.
3. Perform compaction with equipment suitable for the type of fill material being placed. Select equipment that is capable of providing the minimum density required by these Specifications. Use hand-operated compacting equipment within a distance of 3 feet from the wall of any completed below grade structure. Between 3 feet and 12 feet adjacent to below grade structures, compaction may be completed with lightweight compaction equipment weighing less than 15,000 pounds. Beyond 12 feet adjacent to below grade structures, there are no equipment weight restrictions.
Provide equipment that is capable of compacting in restricted areas next to structures and around piping.
B. Compaction Density Requirements: The degree of compaction required for several types of fill is listed below. Moistened or aerated material as necessary to provide the moisture content specified, or if not specified, that will facilitate obtaining the specified compaction.
MATERIAL Required
Minimum Density
(ASTM D 1557)
Maximum
Uncompacted Lift*
Common Fill/Prepared Subgrade: 90% 8 inches
Select Fill/Trench Backfill above pipe:
More than 2 feet below final grade 90% 8 inches
Less than 2 feet below final grade 95% 8 inches
Aggregate Base: 95% 8 inches
Granular Bedding 90% 6 inches
Sand 90% 6 inches
Gravel Surfacing 95% 6 inches
31 05 03-13
Earthwork
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
*Where large areas of backfill allow for use of large, heavy equipment, ENGINEER may, at their option, allow uncompacted lifts up to 12 inches.
C. Moisture Content: All fill and backfill shall be prepared and thoroughly mixed to achieve optimum moisture content, ±3%, with the following exception: On site clayey soils optimum to +3%.
D. Testing: Testing will be as specified under Paragraph 3.10, “Field Quality Control”.
3.8 GRADING
A. General:
1. Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this Section, including adjacent transition areas.
2. Smooth subgrade surfaces within specified tolerances, and compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are shown or between such points and existing grades.
B. Adjacent to Structures: Grade areas adjacent to structures to drain away from structures (including masonry fences) and to prevent ponding.
C. Walks: Shape surface of areas under walks to line, grade and cross-section, with finish surface not more than 1 inch above or below the required subgrade elevation.
D. Pavements: Shape surface of areas under pavement to line, and grade and cross-section with finish surface not more than ½ inch above or below the required subgrade elevation.
E. Under Building Slabs: Grade smooth and even, free of voids, compacted as specified and to required elevation. Provide final grades within a tolerance of ½ inch when tested with a 10-foot straightedge.
F. Special Areas: In turfed areas or areas covered with gravel, stone, wood chips, or other special cover, grade to within not more than 1 inch above or below the required subgrade elevations.
G. Compaction: After grading, compact subgrade surfaces to the depth and percentage of maximum density for each area classification.
Area Required Minimum Density
(ASTM D 1557)
Beneath Treatment Structures and
Buildings
95%
Beneath Pavement 90%
Landscaped and other areas 85%
3.9 PAVEMENT BASE COURSE
A. Shoulders:
1. Place shoulders along edges of base course to prevent lateral movement.
31 05 03-14
Earthwork
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
2. Construct shoulders of acceptable soil materials, placed in such quantity to compact to thickness of each base course layer.
3. Compact and roll at least a 12 -inch width of shoulder simultaneously with compacting and rolling of each layer of base course.
B. Placing:
1. Place base course material on prepared subgrade in layers of uniform thickness conforming to indicated cross-section and thickness.
2. Maintain optimum moisture content for compacting base material during placement operations.
3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. General: Testing by a testing laboratory of materials, testing for moisture content during placement and compaction of fill materials, and of compaction requirements for compliance with technical requirements of the Specifications.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall retain one or more independent testing agencies to perform all quality control testing required for all materials except portland cement concrete. The required testing is for soil, aggregates, imported gravel, aggregate base, asphalt concrete, and CLSM. Each independent testing agency shall perform the testing under the supervision of an engineer registered in California. Technicians performing the testing shall be certified to operate the equipment and have at least 1 full year of experience in the type of tests being performed.
C. A Quality Control Plan shall be submitted by the CONTRACTOR to the ENGINEER at least 30 days before field testing is required. It shall include the names, addresses, and phone number of the companies, the major personnel that will be involved, and resumes of the individuals that will be supervising and performing the tests. Copies of certificates held by the companies and the testing personnel shall be included.
D. CONTRACTOR’s independent testing agency shall perform all field and laboratory testing as described in these Specifications. Test shall include specific gravity, sand equivalent, durability, abrasion resistance, soundn ess, gradation, compaction curves, lab and field moisture contents, compressive strength, and field density. Other tests shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR’s independent testing agency as may be required to meet the Specifications. Mix design testing for portland cement concrete, CLSM, and asphalt concrete shall also be performed by the CONTRACTOR. Field testing for portland cement concrete will be performed by the ENGINEER.
E. CONTRACTOR shall schedule all lab testing so that materials arriving at the site have been approved by the ENGINEER for use on the Project.
F. All lab tests shall be performed on Samples obtained from the source of actual material that will be used on the Project. No test results more than 90 days old shall be submitted for review.
G. The location of field density tests shall be determined by the ENGINEER.
H. Frequency of tests: Frequency will be not less than as follows:
1. For trenches:
31 05 03-15
Earthwork
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
a. In open fields: 2 locations every 1,000 linear feet, for each layer b. Along dirt, gravel, or paved roads or off traveled right-of-way: 2 locations every 500 linear feet, for each layer
c. Crossing roads: 2 locations along each crossing, for each layer
2. For structural backfill: 1 every 50 cubic yards.
3. In embankment or fill: 1 every 200 cubic yards.
4. Base material: 1 every 50 cubic yards.
5. Footing Subgrade: 1 every 50 linear feet, for each layer.
6. Paved Areas and Building Slab Subgrade: 1 every 500 square feet, but in no case less than 3 tests, for each layer.
I. The ENGINEER may modify the frequency or spacing of tests to p rovide for testing at specific structures or locations where the ENGINEER deems additional testing is required. The CONTRACTOR shall perform such additional testing up to 10% above the frequency and total number of tests specified at no additional cost to the CITY.
J. Verbal and hand -written test results shall be provided to the ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR immediately following the field testing. Written test data sheets shall be provided to the ENGINEER not more than 12 hours following completion of the field test. Typed lab test results shall be provided to the ENGINEER not more than 7 calendar days following completion of the tests . However, the results must be reviewed and approved by the ENGINEER prior to placing the material in the trenches or incorporating it in the Work.
A. Any location where a failing test occurs shall be recompacted and retested until a passing test is obtained. Specified testing values are minimums and no tests shall be accepted below the specified minimums. No material shall be placed over the failing test area until the failing material is recompacted and a passing test is obtained and the area is approved by the ENGINEER. The limits of the failing test shall be assumed to be halfway between the failing location and the nearest passing location. Additional tests may be taken to determine the limits of unsatisfactory compaction.
B. At the first of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall provide to the ENGINEER a typed summary of all tests performed for the previous month including test location by station, depth below finished grade, material tested, wet density, moisture content, dry density, maximum density curve used, and percent relative compaction. Lab test results shall also be included in the monthly report with clear description of material tested, intended use on the Project, and a statement of compliance or noncompliance with the Project Specifications.
C. Any material which does not meet the Specifications shall be removed from the site and replaced with material in compliance.
D. Material which has been softened or modified prior to placing the overlying lift shall be removed down to material which is in compliance.
3.11 DISPOSAL OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS
A. Material removed from the excavations that does not conform to the requirements for fill or is in excess of that required for backfill shall be hauled away from the Work site
31 05 03-16
Earthwork
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
and disposed of by CONTRACTOR in compliance with ordinances, codes, laws and regulations at no additional cost to the CITY.
B. Any uncontaminated material can be hauled to 1800 Booth Road. ++ END OF SECTION ++
31 11 03-1
Site Preparation
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 31 11 03
SITE PREPARATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DEFINITIONS
A. Interfering or Objectionable Material: Trash, rubbish, and junk; vegetation and other organic matter, whether alive, dead, or decaying; topsoil.
B. Clearing: Removal of interfering or objectionable material lying on or protruding above ground surface.
C. Grubbing: Removal of vegetation and other organic matter including stumps, buried logs, and roots greater than 0.5 inch caliper to a depth of 6 inches below subgrade.
D. Stripping: Removal of topsoil remaining after applicable scalping is completed.
E. Project Limits: Areas, as shown or specified, within which Work is to be performed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Clear, grub, and strip areas actually needed for waste dispo sal, borrow, or site improvements within limits shown or specified.
B. Do not injure or deface vegetation that is not designated for removal.
3.2 LIMITS
A. As follows, but not to extend beyond Project limits.
1. Excavation 5 feet beyond top of cut slopes.
2. Trench Excavation: 4 feet from trench centerline, regardless of actual trench width.
3. Waste Disposal:
a. Clearing: 5 feet beyond perimeter.
b. Scalping and Stripping: Not required.
c. Grubbing: Around perimeter as necessary for neat finished appearance.
4. Structures: 5 feet outside of new structures.
5. Roadways: Clearing , grubbing and stripping 50 feet from centerline.
6. Overhead Utilities:
a. Clearing and Grubbing: Entire width of easements and rights-of-way. b. Scalping and Stripping: Wherever grading is required.
7. Other Areas: As shown.
31 11 03-2
Site Preparation
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
B. Remove rubbish, trash, and junk from entire area within Project limits.
3.3 CLEARING
A. Clear areas within limits shown or specified.
B. Fell trees so that they fall away from facilities and vegetation not designated for removal.
C. Cut stumps not designated for grubbing flush with ground surface.
D. Cut off shrubs, brush, weeds, and grasses to within 2 inches of ground surface.
3.4 GRUBBING
A. Grub areas within limits shown or specified.
3.5 STRIPPING
A. Do not remove topsoil until after scalping is completed.
B. Strip areas within limits to minimum depths shown or specified. Do not remove subsoil with topsoil.
3.6 DISPOSAL
A. Clearing and Grubbing Debris: Dispose of debris offsite.
B. Strippings:
1. Dispose of strippings that are unsuitable for topsoil or that exceed quantity required for topsoil offsite or approved by ENGINEER.
2. Stockpile topsoil in sufficient quantity to meet Project needs. Dispose of excess strippings as specified for clearing and grubbing.
++ END OF SECTION ++
32 12 16-1
Asphalt Concrete Pavement
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 32 12 16
ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUBMITTALS
A. Information Submittals:
1. Asphalt Concrete Mix Formula:
a. Submit minimum of 15 days prior to start of production. b. Submittal to include the following information:
1) Gradation and portion for each aggregate constituent used in mixture to produce a single gradation of aggregate within specified limits. 2) Bulk specific gravity for each aggregate constituent. 3) Measured maximum specific gravity of mix at optimum asphalt conte nt determined in accordance with ASTM D2041.
4) Percent of asphalt lost due to absorption by aggregate. 5) Percentage of asphalt cement, to nearest 0.1 percent, to be added to mixture. 6) Optimum mixing temperature.
7) Optimum compaction temperature.
8) Temperature-viscosity curve of asphalt cement to be used.
2. Test Report for Asphalt Cement:
a. Submit minimum 10 days prior to start of production. b. Show appropriate test method(s) for each material and the test results.
3. Statement of qualification for independent testing laboratory.
4. Test Results:
a. Mix design.
b. Asphalt concrete core.
c. Gradation and asphalt content of uncompacted mix.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications:
1. Independent Testing Laboratory: In accordance with ASTM E329.
2. Asphalt concrete mix formula shall be p repared by approved certified independent laboratory under the supervision of a certified asphalt technician.
1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Temperature: Do not apply asphalt materials or place asphalt mixes when ground temperature is lower than 10 degrees C (50 degrees F) or air temperature is lower than 4 degrees C (40 degrees F). Measure ground and air temperature in shaded areas away from heat sources or wet surfaces.
B. Moisture: Do not apply asphalt materials or place asphalt mixes when application surface is wet.
32 12 16-2
Asphalt Concrete Pavement
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Asphalt Material: Conform to the following specification:
1. Asphalt Material shall be a hot mix asphalt concrete, consisting of a mixture of mineral aggre gate and paving asphalt conforming to Section 92 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, PG 64-10.
B. Seal Coat: Conform to the following specification:
1. Seal coat material shall be conforming to Section 37 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Traffic Control:
1. In accordance with all applicable specification sections and laws.
2. Minimize inconvenience to traffic, but keep vehicles off freshly treated or paved surfaces to avoid pickup and tracking of asphalt.
B. Driveways: Repave driveways from which pavement was removed. Leave driveways in as good or better condition than before start of construction.
3.2 LINE AND GRADE
A. Provide and maintain intermediate control of line and grade, independent of underlying base, to meet finish surface grades and minimum thickness.
B. Shoulders: Construct to line, grade, and cross-section shown.
3.3 PREPARATION
A. Prepare subgrade as specified.
B. Thoroughly coat edges of con tact surfaces with emulsified asphalt or asphalt cement prior to laying new pavement. Prevent staining of adjacent surfaces.
3.4 PAVEMENT APPLICATION
A. General: Place asphalt concrete mixture on approved, prepared base in conformance with this section.
B. Pavement Mix:
1. Prior to Paving:
a. Sweep primed surface free of dirt, dust, or other foreign matter. b. Patch holes in primed surface with asphalt concrete pavement mix.
2. Place asphalt concrete pavement mix in one single lift.
3. Total Compacted Thickness: 3 inches.
32 12 16-3
Asphalt Concrete Pavement
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
4. Apply such that meet lines are straight and edges are vertical.
5. Collect and dispose of segregated aggregate from raking process. Do not scatter material over finished surface.
6. After placement of pavement, seal meet line by painting a minimum of 150 millimeters (6 inches) on each side of joint with cut-back or emulsified asphalt.
Cover immediately with sand.
C. Compaction: Roll until roller marks are eliminated and density of 92 percent of measured maximum density determined in accordance with ASTM D2041.
D. Tolerances:
1. General: Conduct measurements for conformity with crown and grade immediately after initial compression. Correct variations immediately by removal or addition of materials and by continuous rolling.
2. Completed Surface or Wearing Layer Smoothness:
a. Uniform texture, smooth, and uniform to crown and grade. b. Maximum Deviation: 1/8 inch from lower edge of a 3.6 -meter (12 -foot) straightedge, measured continuously parallel and at right angle to centerline. c. If surface of completed pavement deviates by more than twice sp ecified tolerances, remove and replace wearing surface.
3. Transverse Slope Maximum Deviation: 1/4 inch.
E. Seal Coat:
1. General: Apply seal coat of paving grade or emulsified asphalt to finished surface at longitudinal and transverse joints, joints at abutting pavements, areas where asphalt concrete was placed by hand, patched surfaces, and other areas as directed by ENGINEER.
2. Preparation:
a. Surfaces that are to be sealed shall be maintained free of holes, dry, and clean of dust and loose material.
b. Seal in dry weather and when temperature is above 2 degrees C (35 degrees F).
3. Application:
a. Fill cracks over 1.5 millimeters (1/16 inch) in width with asphalt-sand slurry or approved crack sealer prior to sealing.
b. When sealing patched surfaces and joints with exi sting pavements, extend minimum 150 millimeters (6 inches) beyond edges of patches.
++ END OF SECTION ++
32 12 16-4
Asphalt Concrete Pavement
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
32 31 13-1
Chain Link Fences and Gates
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 32 31 13
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Detailed information and specifications for materials, finishes, and dimensions.
B. Samples: Approximately 6 inches square, or 6 inches long of posts, rails, braces, fabric, wire, ties, and fittings.
C. Quality Control Submittals:
1. Manufacturer's recommended installation instructions.
2. Evidence of Supplier and installer qualifications.
1.2 SCHEDULING AND SEQUENCING
A. Complete necessary site preparation and grading before installing chain link fence and gates.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Match style, finish, and color of each fence component with that of other fence components.
2.2 CHAIN LINK FENCE FABRIC
A. PVC-coated galvanized fabric conforming to ASTM F668, Class 1 or 29.
1. Color: Black.
2. Manufacturers and Products:
a. Colorbond Corp., Raritan, NJ; Colorbond II.
b. Cyclone Fence, United States Steel, Chicago, IL; Cyclone Color Fence System.
B. Height: 72 inches, unless otherwise shown.
C. Wire Gauge: No. 9.
D. Pattern: 2-inch diamond-mesh.
E. Diamond Count: Manufacturer's standard and consistent for fabric furnished of same height.
F. Loops of Knuckled Selvages: Closed or nearly closed with space not exceeding diameter of wire.
32 31 13-2
Chain Link Fences and Gates
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
G. Wires of Twisted Selvages:
1. Twisted in a closed helix three full turns.
2. Cut at an angle to provide sharp barbs that extend minimum 1/4-inch beyond twist.
H. Privacy Slats, if called for on Drawings:
1. HDPE or PVC Top Lock slats sized for No. 9 gauge 2 -inch mesh, approximately 1 3/32-inches wide.
2. Length to match the fabric height minus 2 inches.
3. Color selected by OWNER.
2.3 POSTS
A. General:
1. Strength and Stiffness Requirements: ASTM F669, Heavy Industrial Fence, except as modified in this section.
2. Steel Pipe: ASTM F1083.
3. Roll-Formed Steel Shapes: Roll-formed from ASTM A570, Grade 45, steel.
4. Protective Coatings:
a. Zinc Coating: ASTM F1234, Type A external and internal coating.
5. Color Coating: ASTM F1043, minimum 10 mils thickness over zinc coating to match color of chain link fabric.
B. Line Posts:
1. Steel Pipe:
a. Outside Diameter: 2.375-inch.
b. Weight: 3.65 pounds per foot.
2. Roll-Formed Steel C Shape:
a. Outside Dimensions: 2.25-inch by 1.625-inch.
b. Weight: 2.70 pounds per foot.
3. Steel H-Section:
a. Outside Dimensions: 2.25-inch by 1.70-inch.
b. Weight: 3.26 pounds per foot.
C. End, Corner, Angle, and Pull Posts:
1. Steel Pipe:
a. Outside Diameter: 2.875-inch.
b. Weight: 5.79 pounds per foot.
D. Posts for Removable Fence Panels: As specified for end, corner, angle, and pull posts.
E. Posts for Swing Gates:
1. Material: ASTM F1043 Group IA ASTM F1083 schedule 40 pipe.
2. Gate Post Size per ASTM F900:
For gate fabric height up to and including 6 feet
Gate Leaf Width Post Outside Diameter
Up to 4 feet 2.375-inch
Over 4 feet to 10 feet 2.875-inch
Over 10 feet to 18 feet 4.0-inch
For gate fabric height over 6 feet to 12 feet
Up to 6 feet 2.875-inch
32 31 13-3
Chain Link Fences and Gates
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
Over 6 feet to 12 feet 4.0-inch
Over 12 feet to 18 feet 6.625-inch
Over 18 feet to 24 feet 8.625-inch
a. Roll-formed steel shapes may be substituted for steel pipe posts for gate leaf widths up to 6 feet and fabric heights up to 8 feet.
1) Outside Dimensions: 3.5-inch by 3.5-inch.
2) Weight: 4.85 pounds per foot.
2.4 TOP RAILS AND BRACE RAILS
A. Galvanized steel pipe or roll-formed steel C shapes, color-coated.
B. Protective Coatings: As specified for posts.
C. Color Coating: ASTM F1043, minimum 10 mils thickness over zinc coating to match color of chain link fabric.
D. Strength and Stiffness Requirements: ASTM F669, Top Rail, Heavy or Light Industrial Fence.
E. Steel Pipe:
1. ASTM F1083.
2. Outside Diameter: 1.66-inch.
3. Weight: 2.27 pounds per foot.
F. Roll-Formed Steel C Shapes:
1. Roll formed from ASTM A570, Grade 45.
2. Outside Dimensions: 1.625-inch by 1.25-inch.
3. Weight: 1.40 pounds per foot.
2.5 FENCE FITTINGS
A. General: In conformance with ASTM F626, except as modified by this article.
B. Post and Line Caps: Designed to accommodate passage of top rail through cap, where top rail required.
C. Tension and Brace Bands: No exceptions to ASTM F626.
D. Tension Bars:
1. One-piece.
2. Equal in length to full height of fabric.
E. Truss Rod Assembly: 3/8-inch diameter.
F. Barb Arms: 45-degree arms for supporting three strands of barbed wire.
2.6 TENSION WIRE
A. Zinc-coated steel marcelled tension wire conforming to ASTM A824, Type II, Class 2.
32 31 13-4
Chain Link Fences and Gates
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
2.7 GATES
A. General:
1. Gate Operation: Opened and closed easily by one person.
2. Welded Steel Joints: Paint with zinc-based paint.
3. Chain Link Fabric: Attached securely to gate frame at intervals not exceeding 15 inches.
B. Swing Gates: ASTM F900.
1. Hinges:
a. Furnished with large bearing surfaces for clamping in position. b. Designed to swing either 180 degrees outward, 180 degrees inward, or 90 degrees in or out, as shown, and not twist or turn under action of gate.
2. Latches: Plunger bar arranged to engage stop, except single gates of openings less than 10 feet wide may each have forked latch.
3. Gate Stops: Mushroom type or flush plat e with anchors, suitable for setting in concrete.
4. Locking Device and Padlock Eyes: Integral part of latch, requiring one padlock for locking both gate leaves of double gates.
5. Hold-Open Keepers: Designed to automatically engage gate leaf and hold it in open position until manually released.
C. Fabric Salvage: Knuckled.
D. Appurtenances and Framework: As specified.
2.8 REMOVABLE FENCE PANELS
A. Panel Length:
1. Equal division of total length of removable fence section.
2. Maximum 10 feet.
B. Frames: ASTM F1184, Type I.
2.9 CONCRETE
A. Provide as specified in Section 03 30 03, Cast-in-Place Concrete.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Install chain link fences and gates in accordance with ASTM F567, except as modified in this section, and in accordance with fence manufacturer's recommendations, as approved by ENGINEER. Erect fencing in straight lines between angle points.
B. Provide all necessary hardware for a complete fence and gate installation.
32 31 13-5
Chain Link Fences and Gates
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Establish locations of fence lines, gates, and terminal posts.
3.3 POST SETTING
A. Driven posts are not acceptable.
B. Post Hole Depth:
1. Minimum 3 feet below finished grade.
2. 2 inches deeper than post embedment depth below finish grade.
C. Backfill post holes with concrete to 2 inches above finished grade.
D. Before concrete sets, crown and finish top of concrete to readily shed water.
3.4 BRACING
A. Brace gate and corner posts diagonally to adjacent line posts to ensure stability.
3.5 TOP RAILS
A. Install top rail sleeves with springs at 105 feet maximum spacing to permit expansion in rail.
3.6 CHAIN LINK FABRIC
A. Do not install fabric until concrete has cured minimum 7 days.
B. Install fabric with twisted and barbed selvage at top.
3.7 GATES
A. Hang gates and adjust hardware so gates operate satisfactorily from open or closed position.
B. Set gate stops in concrete to engage center drop rod or plunger bar.
3.8 ELECTRICAL GROUNDING
A. Ground fences in accordance with applicable requirements of IEEE C2, National Electrical Safety Code.
3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Gate Tests: Prior to acceptance of installed gates and gate operator systems, demonstrate proper operation of gates under each possible open and close condition specified.
++ END OF SECTION ++
32 31 13-6
Chain Link Fences and Gates
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
33 01 21-1
Sewer Pipeline Cleaning
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 33 01 21
SEWER PIPELINE CLEANING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The intent of sewer pipeline cleaning is to remove foreign materials from the line prior to CCTV inspection and subsequent pipe bursting per Specification Section 33 05 26.
Since the success of this phase of work depends a great deal on the cleanliness of the lines, the importance of this phase of the operation is emphasized. It is recognized that there may be some conditions such as broke n pipe and major blockages that prevent cleaning from being accomplished some of which are noted in the Drawings or where additional damage would result if cleaning were attempted or continued. Should such conditions be encountered, the CONTRACTOR will notify the ENGINEER before finalizing the decision to not complete mechanical cleaning on the pertinent pipeline.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit for approval, prior to commencement of work, a list of sewer cleaning equipment to be used including manufacturers’ specificati ons for each piece of equipment (e.g., truck) and its associated tools (e.g., nozzles).
1.3 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Pre-qualification shall require that the contracting company and the job supervisor each have a minimum of three (3) years experience in the performance of the type of work specified and shall have specifically performed at least 100,000 feet of cleaning within the past three years. A company with less than three (3) years experience may pre - qualify if they can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER that they have the capabilities, overall experience, equipment, and expertise to satisfactorily complete the project in accordance with these specifications. Documentation supporting the minimum experience of the contracting company shall be submitted with the proposal.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CLEANING EQUIPMENT
A. The equipment shall be capable of removing dirt, grease, rocks, sand, roots, and other materials and obstructions from sewer lines and manholes. Alternatives to equipment described herein require approval by ENGINEER prior to commencing work. The following requirements for the cleaning equipment must be met:
B. High-velocity hydraulic equipment (hydroflusher) shall be truck or trailer mounted. The equipment shall carry a nominal 800 gallon minimum water tank and have a minimum
33 01 21-2
Sewer Pipeline Cleaning
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
of 650 feet of high-pressure hose with a selection of two or more cleaning nozzles. The equipment shall be capable of supplying water at minimum 30 gallons per minute at a minimum working pressure of 750 pounds per square inch (psi), and regulated to not exceed a maximum pressure of 1,500 psi. All controls shall be located so that the equipment can be operated above ground at minimal interference to existing traffic and/or danger to the operator.
1. The nozzles shall be capable of producing a scouring action for any pipeline size scheduled to be cleaned.
2. Hydraulically propelled equipment such as root saws or rotating chain flails may be used upon approval by ENGINEER for each line segment.
3. Hydraulically propelled equipment such as sewer balls or movable dams shall not be used.
4. Due to possible accessibility constraints, additional lengths of high -pressure hose may be required.
5. It shall be CONTRACTOR’s r esponsibility to provide all equipment required to complete cleaning work.
C. Vacuum truck shall be a minimum 27-inch mercury (high-vacuum unit) with a positive displacement blower, which produces a minimum of 3500 CFM air flow, 8 -inch suction tubes, and 16 cubic yards of hauling capacity for debris and water mixture.
2.2 MECHANICAL CLEANING EQUIPMENT
A. Alternative mechanically powered cleaning equipment proposed for use by CONTRACTOR shall require approval by CITY and/or CITY’s Representative (e.g.
ENGINEER) prior to commencing work. Examples include, but are not limited to, power rodding machines and bucket machines.
B. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any damage to the sewer or any service connections as a result of using mechanically powered cleaning equipment, i ncluding rehabilitation and/or replacement of sewer pipeline to CITY’s satisfaction.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SAFETY
A. Conduct operations during all phases of work to ensure public safety and in such a manner as to cause as little inconvenience as possible to the traveling public and abutting property owners. Convenient access to driveways, houses, and buildings along the line of work shall be maintained.
B. Submit a site -specific Health and Safety Plan for the work to be performed in accordance with OSHA requirements.
33 01 21-3
Sewer Pipeline Cleaning
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
C. CONTRACTOR shall follow all manufacturer’s instructions/recommendations for operation and maintenance of cleaning equipment and related appurtenances.
D. Precautions shall be taken to ensure that the water pressure created does not damage or cause flooding of public or private property being served by the sewer.
3.2 CLEANING
A. Flush and clean pipeline interiors to remove sludge, dirt, sand, grit, stone, grease, roots, and other materials from pipe such that successful CCTV inspection of the pipes outlined in the Drawings can be performed per Specification Section 33 01 31, Sewer Pipeline CCTV Inspection.
B. A minimum of one operator and one laborer shall be at the job site at all times when cleaning is being performed.
C. Selection of the equipment to be used shall be based on the conditions of the pipeline segment at the time the work commences and in accordance with the requirements within this specification.
D. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for and repair any damage caused by their operations at no additional cost to the CITY and to the CITY’s satisfaction.
E. High-velocity Hydraulic Cleaning:
1. All hydraulic cleaning equipment shall be truck mounted. Water jet cleaning equipment shall include a water tank, auxiliary engine, pumps, and hydraulically driven hose reel. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a minimum of 650 feet of high - pressure hose.
2. CONTRACTOR shall provide a selection of high velocity nozzles, each having a flow capacity and working pressure necessary to clean the pipe thoroughly while preventing sewer backups and impacts to nearby residences. Pressure to the nozzle shall be regulated by a relief valve to prevent backing up into existing structures.
3. Nozzles shall be capable of producing a jet stream angle of 15 to 45 degrees from the horizontal. The CONTRACTOR shall also provide a high velocity gun with sufficient discharge and pressure to thoroughly clean manhole interiors.
4. CONTRACTOR shall clean contiguous pipe segments in order from upstream to downstream.
5. When hydraulic cleaning equipment is used for the purpose of completing scheduled cleaning, the CONTRACTOR shall clean the pipeline with as many passes of a high- velocity hydraulic cleaning machine as necessary until all debris is removed from the pipe.
a. CONTRACTOR shall subdivide individual manhole to manhole pipe segments into partial segments no more than 100-foot in length and clean downstream partial segment first then next upstream partial segment all the way to downstream
33 01 21-4
Sewer Pipeline Cleaning
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
manhole and continue this procedure until cleaning of entire manhole to manhole segment is complete.
6. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to plan and control the cleaning operations to prevent flooding and/or damage of the sewers and manholes, and to prevent backflow into building structures through sewers and/or laterals.
F. Whenever lines to be cleaned show evidence of being more than one -half filled with solids at the upstream or downstream manhole, and removal of said solids is not possible with handheld tools such as scoops, shovels, and/or clam shovels, bucket machines or power rodding machines shall be utilized to remove most of the materials before hydraulic equipment is brought into use for finishing the cleaning of the pipeline.
As previously stated in Paragraph 2.2, the CONTRACTOR shall acquire approval by CITY or CITY’s Representative prior to commencing work with bucket machines or power rodding machines.
1. If bucket or rodding machine is required and approved, that equipment shall be run the entire length of the manhole to manhole segment until CONTRACTOR deems solids level is low enough such that additional passes of a high velocity hydraulic cleaning machine will complete cleaning.
2. Power rodding machines shall be a "continuous rod" type capable of rodding distances of up to 650 feet in one setup. Rodding machines shall have the ability to spin the rod either clockwise or counterclockwise and be able to be pushed straight out or pulled back without rotating the machine. It shall be capable of pulling pipe- size swabs or brushes back through the sewer for cleaning and flushing purposes.
The rodding machine shall have a positive drive and shall be capable of pr oducing a 2000-pound pull. The rod shall be specifically designed for use with the rodding machine.
3. Whenever bucket machines are used, the bucketing process shall be done in one pipeline segment at a time. A bucket of proper size shall be placed in the downstream manhole and pulled at intervals toward the upstream manhole until the entire pipeline segment has been cleaned. Mechanically powered equipment such as bucket machines shall be provided in pairs and shall be belt -driven or employ an overload device.
4. Upon completion of the bucketing/rodding operation, high -velocity sewer cleaning equipment shall be used to ensure that all sand, grease , and other fine materials have been removed. Satisfactory precautions shall be taken to protect the pipelines from damage that might be inflicted by the improper use of cleaning equipment.
G. When the CONTRACTOR deems an adequate number of passes has been completed to remove all foreign materials, CONTRACTOR shall conduct CCTV inspection for confirmation of removal of foreign materials along entire pipe segment per Section 33 01 31.
H. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for water used for sewer cleaning operation. The CONTRACTOR may contact the CITY to obtain approval to use water and a water meter
33 01 21-5
Sewer Pipeline Cleaning
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
to calculate quantities in accordance with CITY’s requirements. When the CONTRACTOR has been authorized to take water from fire hydrants:
1. The water shall be conserved and not used unnecessarily.
2. Only approved fire hydrant wrenches and shut off valves shall be used.
3. A visible air gap shall be maintained between the discharge of the fire hose and the CONTRACTOR’s water storage tank. The air gap shall be visible from the ground surface.
4. No fire hydrant shall be obstructed except to refill empty water tanks.
I. Passing materials from manhole to m anhole pipeline segment, which could cause line stoppage, accumulations of sand in wet wells or damage to pumping equipment, shall not be permitted. All solids or semi -solid material removed from the wastewater collection system during the cleaning operation shall be trapped and removed from the downstream manhole of the pipeline segment being cleaned and disposed of off-site in a lawful manner utilizing a vacuum truck. Disposal may occur free of charge at the applicable wastewater treatment plant.
J. After cl eaning the sewer mainline, the CONTRACTOR shall spray or wash down the interior walls of each manhole with a nozzle or gun using approximately 500 psi of water.
1. Where the sewer is not adequately cleaned as determined by the ENGINEER through television inspection review, CONTRACTOR shall remove all equipment or materials from the sewer and re-clean the sewer at no additional expense to the CITY.
2. CONTRACTOR shall take care not to damage existing manhole wall with high pressure water cleaning activities.
3. If existing manhole shows significant structural deterioration, CONTRACTOR shall report location and provide picture of condition to ENGINEER at end of work day.
+ + END OF SECTION + +
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
33 01 21-6
Sewer Pipeline Cleaning
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
33 01 31-1
Sewer Pipeline CCTV Inspection
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 33 01 31
SEWER PIPELINE CCTV INSPECTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The intent of Sewer Pipeline CCTV inspection is to verify existing sewer pipeline conditions prior to repair and rehabilitation techniques as well as verify successful application after the work is completed . These CCTV inspections will be designated “field verification CCTV inspection” and “post-installation CCTV inspection”
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Technical Specification Section Includes:
1. Pipeline flushing and cleaning.
2. Closed circuit television (CCTV) inspection of sewer pipelines.
3. Audio-video taping of pipeline interior.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. Electronics Industries Association (EIA).
B. National Association of Sewer Service Companies (NASSCO) Pipeline Assessment and Certification Program (PACP).
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Field Verification CCTV Inspections:
1. CCTV inspection for verifying the condition of the existing sewer pipeline prior to the Work including locating all service laterals . This shall include an inspection before and after any repairs that alter the condition of the pipe that has the potential to affect the Work to be done as specified in the Drawings and specifications.
B. Post Installation CCTV Inspection:
1. CCTV inspection for verifying the successful installation per section 3.8 of Specification 33 05 26, Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe Bursting
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit to the ENGINEER a contact name and phone number for the CONTRACTOR’s designated representative who will be on -site during cleaning and inspection work.
33 01 31-2
Sewer Pipeline CCTV Inspection
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
Additionally, submit a secondary contact name and phone number for the designated representative’s backup.
B. Submit for approval, prior to commencement of work, a list of video camera equipment to be used including manufacturers’ specifications for each camera type.
C. Submit site-specific Health and Safety Plan.
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Experienced and pre -qualified personnel utilizing equipment and materials meeting the requirements of these specifications shall perform all work.
B. Pre-qualification shall require that the CCTV inspection company and the job supervisor each have a minimum of three (3) years experience in the performance of the type of work specified and shall have specifically performed at least 100,000 feet of television inspection within the past three years. A company with less than three (3) years experience may pre -qualify if they can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER that they have the capabilities, overall experience, equipment, and expertise to satisfactorily complete the project in accordance with these specifications. Documentation supporting the minimum experience of the contrac ting company shall be submitted to the CITY.
C. Camera Operator must have current National Association of Sewer Service Companies (NASSCO) Pipeline Assessment and Certification Program (PACP) certification.
1. Camera operator must have a minimum two years experi ence and 50,000 linear feet of CCTV inspection work using the NASSCO PACP program.
2. CONTRACTOR shall provide to ENGINEER written confirmation certifying Camera Operator:
a. Meets experience requirements; and
b. Possesses current PACP certification.
1.7 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate on a daily basis and make provisions to ensure the ENGINEER is present whenever CCTV inspection work is being performed. While it is understood that the ENGINEER(s) may not always be present, the CONTRACTOR understands that the ENGINEER(s) may be present at various points during the work to verify that the quality requirements are adhered to throughout the Work.
B. If CCTV inspection work reveals any defects or conditions that would prevent the rehabilitation work to be done that is not called out in the Drawings the CONTRACTOR will immediately contact the ENGINEER via telephone or person -to-person correspondence to make them aware of the condition. CONTRACTOR shall move on to other pipelines, continuing work uninterrupted.
33 01 31-3
Sewer Pipeline CCTV Inspection
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
C. If for any reason the CONTRACTOR anticipates that a defect could result in a Sanitary Sewer Overflow (SSO) within twenty -four (24) hours, the CONTRACTOR will immediately contact the ENGINEER via telephone or person -to-person correspondence to make them aware of the condition.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CCTV INSPECTION EQUIPMENT
A. The television camera used for the inspection shall be one specifically designed and constructed for operation in connection with sewer inspection and capable of operating in 100 percent humidity conditions.
B. Cameras used for CCTV inspection of pipeline s six inches (6”) in diameter and larger shall be of the articulating head type. The camera head shall have a 360 -degree radial view rotating head capable of rotating to view laterals, joints, and defects directly.
C. The television camera used for the inspec tion shall be in color format specifically designed and constructed for such inspections. Lighting and video quality shall be suitable to allow a clear and focused picture clearly showing the entire inside periphery of the sanitary sewer pipeline for a min imum of six lineal feet ahead of the camera.
D. The camera shall have a minimum capability of 600 lines of horizontal resolution at center; optimum imagery with minimum illumination; and meet requirements of EIA Standard Video Signal.
E. The camera shall be equi pped with a remote variable intensity control of the camera lights with remote control adjustments for focus and iris located at the monitoring station to ensure peak picture quality throughout all conditions encountered during the survey.
F. Focal distance s hall be adjustable for cameras used to inspect pipelines six inches (6”) in diameter and larger.
G. Camera monitors shall be located where the ENGINEER can view the monitor and make notes in addition to the operating technician. Monitors shall have a resoluti on capability of no less than 600 lines of horizontal resolution.
H. Each CCTV inspection unit shall contain a means to transport the CCTV camera in a stable condition (e.g. mounted on skids, mounted on transporter, etc.) through the sewer under survey and/or inspection conditions. Such equipment shall ensure the maintained location of the CCTV camera when used independently on or near to the central axis of a circular shaped sewer pipe.
33 01 31-4
Sewer Pipeline CCTV Inspection
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
I. Each CCTV inspection unit shall carry sufficient numbers of guides and ro llers such that, when surveying or inspecting, all bonds are supported away from pipe and manhole structures and all CCTV cables and/or lines used to measure the CCTV camera’s location within the sewer are maintained in a taut manner and set at right angles where possible, to run through or over the measuring equipment.
J. The date of the survey, the identifying number (or location) of the beginning and ending manholes for the pipeline being surveyed, and a continuous forward and reverse read -out of the camera distance from the manhole of reference shall be continuously displayed on the monitors as part of the video presentation. The remote reading footage counter shall be accurate to within two-tenths of a foot.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SEQUENCING
A. Refer to Section 01 1 4 03, Special Project Constraints and Section 33 05 26, Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe Bursting regarding the required sequencing of Field Verification CCTV Inspections, pipeline cleaning, and Post-installation CCTV inspections.
B. If there is a known spot -repair required based on the Drawings, conduct a CCTV inspection prior to initiating the repair to confirm the location and extent of repair required. Following completion of the spot repair, complete one more field verification CCTV inspection prior to the Work.
C. If field verification CCTV inspection reveals any previously unknown required spot repairs, complete spot repairs, then re -CCTV the line prior to the Work. Any required spot repair work that was not shown on the Drawings shall be confirmed with the ENGINEER and CITY prior to completing and the work will be completed as a Change Order to the Contract.
3.2 SAFETY
A. Conduct operations during all phases of work to ensure public safety and in such a manner as to cause as little inconvenience as possible to the traveling public and abutting property owners. Convenient access to driveways, houses, and buildings along the line of work shall be maintained.
B. Submit a site -specific Health and Safety Plan for the work to be performed in accordance with OSHA requirements.
3.3 PREPARATION
A. Verify location of sewer pipelines to be inspected. Due to potential site constraints, the CONTRACTOR shall review the project site locations for accessibility.
33 01 31-5
Sewer Pipeline CCTV Inspection
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
B. Exercise ca ution when conducting work so as not to cause damage to private property. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for any damage caused to private property and shall repair any such damage to a level approved by the ENGINEER at no additional cost.
C. Upon comp letion of work, CONTRACTOR shall restore the area to pre -existing conditions and (if possible) notify the property owner when leaving the area.
D. CONTRACTOR shall document pre-inspection and post-inspection conditions of private properties with digital photographs.
1. Disputes with property owners will be settled through the use of photos that will document pre -inspection conditions. In the event that the Contractor fails to adequately document pre-construction conditions, the Contractor will be obligated to restore disputed landscaping, yards, improvements, etc. to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
3.4 PIPELINE CLEANING
A. All pipelines are to be cleaned per Specification 33 01 21 and Section 33 05 26 prior to the Work . Sequencing of the cleaning with respect to the completion of CCTV inspection work shall be left to the means and methods of the CONTRACTOR.
3.5 INSPECTION – PIPELINE
A. Furnish all materials, labor, equipment, power, and maintenance to complete CCTV inspection of the scheduled pipeline segments.
B. Televise all pipeline segments completely from starting manhole to ending manhole on the same video in a continuous run. Partial televising on one video and then completing the run on another is unacceptable unless an imp assible condition is encountered and properly documented, and a “reverse set -up” completed. The camera shall travel in the direction of the flow in the pipeline segment (i.e., downstream) unless there is no access to the upstream manhole or when a flushing inlet exists at the upstream end of the pipeline or when completing a “reverse set - up”. “Reverse set -ups” for convenience are not acceptable, unless pre -approved by ENGINEER at the ENGINEER’s discretion. Cost of “reverse set -up” shall be included within CONTRACTOR’s bid. No additional payment shall be made for a line requiring a “reverse set-up”.
C. If, during the inspection, the television camera will not pass through the entire line segment as a result of offset joints, broken pipe, protruding taps, or othe r obstructions, the CONTRACTOR shall set up his equipment so that the inspection can be performed from the destination manhole or other access points (i.e., a “reverse set-up”).
D. If, during the inspection, the viewable portion of the pipe is reduced to less than 80% of the interior pipe diameter due to submerged lines or sags, the CONTRACTOR shall
33 01 31-6
Sewer Pipeline CCTV Inspection
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
vacuum clean or jet flush the line to remove or lower the standing water level and proceed concurrently with the television inspection. In the event the CONTRACTOR is still unable to televise the entire line and has demonstrated to the ENGINEER that every reasonable effort has been made to dewater the pipeline, the CONTRACTOR will complete the inspection to the best of their ability in the reduced viewable pipe diameter condition and move on to the next setup.
E. The travel speed of the camera shall be uniform and shall not exceed 30 feet per minute. Any means of propelling the camera through the pipeline that would exceed this rate of speed or produce non -uniform or je rky movements shall not be acceptable. The camera shall be stopped and/or backed up to view and analyze apparent defects and unusual or uncommon conditions within the pipeline.
1. Self-propelled cameras, manual winches, power winches, cable, and powered rewinds or other devices that do not obstruct the camera view or interfere with proper documentation of the sewer conditions shall be used to move the camera through the pipeline segment.
2. In no case shall the hose of a high -velocity water cleaning machine be allowed for use as a tow cable.
F. Stop the camera a minimum of five (5) seconds at every lateral to look up the center of the lateral and see any apparent defects, such as broken pipes, root intrusions, or other defects that would inhibit the rehabilitation work to be done . The lens and lighting shall be readjusted, if necessary, in order to ensure a clear, distinct, and properly lighted feature.
G. Minimize the amount of recorded video beyond the required time at each observation when the camera is stationary. Utilize a pause feature (or similar) within the video recording device to limit the amount of recorded video resulting from non -inspection related activities (e.g., adjustment of camera/lighting settings, equipment monitoring/adjustment).
H. Take still digit al photos of all laterals, defects, and observations noted on the CCTV inspection report.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Provide an acceptable picture that is in focus, distinct, clear, and properly illuminated, with good contrast and without distortion. The pictur e shall be of true and adequate color and tint, free from interference and distortion.
B. The picture shall show at least 80% of the pipe periphery above the waterline. All recording shall be in color achieving and maintaining proper balance of tint and brightness.
C. The picture shall have adequate light to clearly ascertain any pipeline defects like cracks and their severity in addition to clearly seeing other features like laterals and joints.
33 01 31-7
Sewer Pipeline CCTV Inspection
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
D. The camera lens shall be kept clean and clear of any fogging due to oil, grease, or other material or debris. Material that obscures the lens shall be cleaned off before proceeding with the recording operation.
E. If debris or other obstructions cause reduced visibility, or if the image is obscured, the CONTRACTOR shall make reasonable attempts to clear the lens of the camera before continuing inspection.
F. The importance of accurate distance measurement is emphasized. The accuracy of the remote reading footage counter shall be verified by use of a walking meter, roll-a- tape, o r other suitable device to the approval of the ENGINEER prior to the commencement of the Work.
G. Other unacceptable conditions that shall serve as a cause for rejection of submitted videos include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. The loss of color or sev ere redness due to equipment malfunction and black -and- white pictures irrespective of quality.
2. Loss of vertical hold which impacts the ability to read and interpret the video.
3. Incorrect manhole identifications, or if it is not clear which line has been televised.
4. Inaccurate footage readings during any portion of the inspection.
5. Any other unidentifiable defect such as equipment interference, equipment malfunction, and blurred or obscured images from an unknown source that detracts from the ability to read the video with reliable accuracy.
3.7 RETRIEVAL OF EQUIPMENT
A. CONTRACTOR shall retrieve television camera equipment stuck or lost in mains immediately at the time of incident. CITY personnel and equipment are not available to assist the CONTRACTOR in the retrieval of equipment. Following the retrieval of the camera e quipment, the pipeline shall be restored according to current applicable standards and to the approval of the ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all private and public property restoration to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. No additional compe nsation will be made for any costs associated with retrieval of equipment.
3.8 CCTV INSPECTION REPORTS
A. CCTV inspections shall be evaluated against the video for accuracy and completeness, prior to submittal to ENGINEER for acceptance.
B. BUSlink USB 2.0 External Hard Drive (or ENGINEER approved equal) containing the following shall be submitted to the ENGINEER within two (2) weeks of the inspection.
ENGINEER shall return the external hard drive within one week of submittal:
33 01 31-8
Sewer Pipeline CCTV Inspection
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
1. Video imagery with audio track containin g simultaneously recorded narrative commentary describing in detail condition of pipeline interior. a. Video shall be captured in MPEG (.mpg) format.
2. Digital still photography of every observation.
a. Digital photos shall be in JPEG (.jpg) format.
C. All submitted data shall become the property of the CITY upon completion of the project.
+ + END OF SECTION + +
33 05 13-1
Hybrid PVC Sewer Manhole
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 33 05 13
HYBRID PVC SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
This specification shall govern for the furnishing of all work necessary to accomplish and complete the installation of a PVC Sanitary Sewer Manhole (SSMH), comprising fiberglass reinforced plastic lined concrete sanitary sewer maintenance access base and top sections, a polyvinyl chloride riser section and all appurtenances. The PVC SSMH shall be corrosion, abrasion, inflow and infiltration resistant.
The PVC Sanitary Sewer Manhole shall be modular and shall include the following main components:
Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) concrete protective liners for SSMH base and top sections, including all appurtenances. Liners shall be non-structural units, constructed of fiberglass reinforced unsaturated polyester resin, third-party certified for wastewater infrastructure use, designed to provide a gastight and watertight homogenous barrier that protects the concrete SSMH base and top sections from corrosion, abrasion, inflow and infiltration. FRP liners shall be manufactured by Predl Systems North America Inc., Burnaby, BC.
Concrete SSMH base and top sections, cast around the FRP concrete protective liners. Concrete base and top sections shall be ASTM C478 compliant and manufactured by Diamond Precast Concrete Ltd., Burnaby, BC or a Predl Systems certified precast facility.
PVC riser section shall be AWWA C900 compliant, DR-51 pressure class PVC pipe, manufactured by Diamond Plastics Corp., Grand Island, NE.
ASTM C990 compliant elastomeric sealant and ASTM C877 compliant external joint wrap, for the purpose of joining the lined concrete base, PVC riser and lined concrete top SSMH sections, supplied by others.
1.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
A. Configuration:
The SSMH base section shall include an FRP Baseliner and the SSMH top section will include an FRP Top Liner with integral Access Collar and Gasket, to accept and an FRP Telescoping access Tube. Each prefabricated FRP liner component shall be constructed from one piece homogenous composite and/or thermoplastic with minimum thickness of 3 mm (1/8”). FRP concrete protective liners shall be non-structural elements.
1. FRP Baseliners: Each SSMH Baseliner shall include:
a) Full flow channels with side walls to the crown of the pipe(s) or above; b) A non-skid pattern on inner bench surfaces;
c) Gasketed, flexible and watertight, bell type, pipe connections for specific pipe types to receive the collection pipes at the exact angles and slopes as specified on Contract Documents.
33 05 13-2
Hybrid PVC Sewer Manhole
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
The Bells shall be monolithically attached to the SSMH base liner channels, be integral to the Baseliner and have a water stop on the outside and a pipe stop on the inside that matches the diameter and wall thickness of the collection pipe an d ensure that the flow line from the pipe stop to the inside channels are smooth and without obstruction. The Bells shall conform to the outside and inside curve of the SSMH walls.
The Baseliner shall have a spigot or bell type joint facing the PVC ri ser tube and connecting to the inside or outside of the PVC riser, respectively. An ASTM C990 compliant butyl rubber sealant, such as ConSeal CS-102, shall be used in the joint interface. An ASTM C877 compliant external joint wrap, such as ConSeal CS -212, shall be used to seal the joint from the outside.
2. FRP Top Liner with integral Access Collar and Gasket: The FRP Top Liner component shall provide concrete protection from corrosion, abrasion, inflow and infiltration for the SSMH cone section and shall feature an integral FRP Access Collar and Gasket at the manway opening, to receive an FRP Telescoping Access Tube.
The FRP Top Liner shall either have cone or flat top configuration depending on the requirements of Contract Documents.
The Top Liner shal l have a spigot or bell type joint facing the PVC riser tube and connecting to the inside or outside of the PVC riser, respectively. An ASTM C990 compliant butyl rubber sealant, such as ConSeal CS-102, shall be used in the joint interface. An ASTM C877 compliant external joint wrap, such as ConSeal CS -212, shall be used to seal the joint from the outside.
3. Telescoping Access Tube: The FRP Telescoping Access Tube shall provide concrete protection from corrosion, abrasion, inflow and infiltration for the manw ay entry section, between the casting at the finished grade and top of the SSMH top section.
The Telescoping Access Tube shall accommodate grading adjustments up to 12” of height.
B. Dimensions:
1. FRP Baseliners and Top Liners shall have outside diameters of 51”, 58” and 61.75”, corresponding substantially to the outside diameters of 48”, 54” and 60” C900 DR-51 PVC pressure pipes. Tolerance on the outside diameter shall be +/ - 1%. Other diameters, as agreed upon between purchaser and the manufacturer, are covered by this specification.
2. FRP Baseliners and Top Liners shall have spigot joint diameters of 48.80”, 55.30” and
59.19”, corresponding to the inside diameters of 48”, 54” and 60” C900 DR-51 PVC pressure pipes. Tolerance on the spigot joint diameter shall be +0/-0.125”. Other diameters, as agreed upon between purchaser and the manufacturer, are covered by this specification.
3. Allowable tolerance for Baseliner invert elevations shall be 0.125” and 2% for pipe slope.
33 05 13-3
Hybrid PVC Sewer Manhole
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
4. Access Collars and Telescopic Access Tube shall accommodate manway openings of 24”, 27”, 32” or 36”. Telescopic Access Tube shall have a nominal height of 15”.
Access Collars can be either eccentric or concentric.
C. Marking and Identification
Baseliner shall be marked with the following information:
1) Manufacturer’s identification
2) Nominal diameter
3) Sanitary Sewer Maintenance Access (SSMH) identification 4) Detailed invert configuration
5) Installation assist marks molded into the Baseliner
All other components shall be marked with the following information:
1) Manufacturers Identification
2) Nominal Diameter
3) Installation assist marks, if applicable
1.3 HANDLING AND STORAGE
FRP SSMH liners must not be dropped or impacted. When stored for extended periods (more than a few days) Baseliners shall be stored on a flat surface, upside down to minimize deformation. Baseliners shall not be exposed to direct sunlight for extended periods.
PART 2 - REFERENCES
2.1 REFERENCES
Sanitary Sewer Maintenance Access liners shall conform to the following design criteria:
A. ASTM D395: Standard Test Methods for Rubber Property-Compression Set B. ASTM D412: Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers-Tension
C. ASTM D471: Standard Test Method for Rubber Property-Effect of Liquids D. ASTM D543: Standard Practices for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents
E. ASTM D573: Standard Test Method for Rubber- Deterioration in an Air Oven F. ASTM D624: Standard Test Method for Tear Strength of Conventional Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers
G. ASTM D638: Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics H. ASTM D695: Test Methods for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics I. ASTM D790: Test Metho for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and electrical Insulating Materials
J. ASTM D792: Standard Test Methods for Density and Specific Gravity (Relative Density) of Plastics by Displacement
K. ASTM D1149: Standard Test Methods for Rubber Deterioration- Cracking in an Ozone Controlled Environment
L. ASTM D2137: Standard Test Methods for Rubber Property – Brittleness Point of Flexible Polymers and Coated Fabrics
M. ASTM D2240: Standard Test Method for Rubber Property – Durometer Hardness
33 05 13-4
Hybrid PVC Sewer Manhole
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
N. ASTM D2584: Test Method for Ignition Loss of Cured Reinforced Resins O. ASTM D4060: Standard Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coati ngs by the Taber Abraser
P. Greenbook 2009 (or later) : Standard Specifications for Public Works Con struction, Chemical Resistance Test (Pickle Jar Test)
2.1 SUBMITTALS
A. Conform to bid document requirements
B. Submit manufacturer’s data and details of following items for approval:
1. Shop drawings of SSMH sections, base units and construction details, jointing methods, materials, and dimensions
2. Summary of criteria used in SSMH design including, as minimum, material properties, loading criteria, and dimensions assumed. Include certification from manufacturer that polymer concrete SSMH design meets or exceeds the load and strength requirements of ASTM C 478 and ASTM C 857, reinfo rced in accordance with ACI 440.1R-15. Include current ISO 9001:2008 certification
3. Frames, grates, rings, and covers
4. Materials to be used in fabricating pipe drop connections
5. Materials to be used for pipe connections
6. Materials to be used for stubs and stub plugs, if required
7. Proof of independent Chemical Resistance testing conducted in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (California Greenbook) Section 211-2
8. Submitted sealed drawings by a registered Professional Engineer PART 3 - PRODUCTS
3.1 FRP LINERS, BELLS, GASKETS, MECHANICAL DEVICES, CONCRETE, AND THIRD-PARTY
ACCESSORIES
A. FRP liner body: The resins used shall be unsaturated, supplier certified, commercial grade polyester resins. Mixing lots of resins from different manufacturers o r “odd- lotting” of resins shall not be permitted. Quality-assurance records on the resin shall be maintained.
The reinforcing materials shall be commercial grade “E -CR” type glass, specially formulated for corrosive environments, in the form of mat, chopped roving, continuous roving, continuous roving, roving fabric or a combination of the above, having a coupling agent that will provide a suitable bond between the glass reinforcement and resin. Fiberglass and/or polypropylene ribs and/or structural members may be utilized to meet the design criteria.
No inert fillers shall be used. Additives, such as thixotropic agents, catalysts, promoters, etc., may be added as required by the specific manufacturing process to be used to meet the requirements of this standard.
The laminate shall consist of multip le layers of glass matting and resin. The surface exposed to the sewer/chemical environment shall be resin rich and shall have no exposed fibers.
33 05 13-5
Hybrid PVC Sewer Manhole
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
B. Bells: Bell shall be manufactured from the same unsaturated, supplier certified, commercial grade polyester r esins as the main FRP Baseliner body. If available, polypropylene injection molded bells are also allowed.
C. Gaskets: Resilient materials for connectors and filler rings shall be manufactured from natural rubber, polyisoprene, neoprene, nitrile, or ethylene propylene diene monomer (EPDM) synthetic rubber and shall conform to the material requirements prescribed in this specification. If a splice is used in the manufacture of the seal, its strength shall be such that the seal shall with-stand a 180° bend with no visible separation.
D. Mechanical devices: Expansion rings, tension bands, and take -up devices used for mechanically compressing the resilient portion of the connector against the pipe or SSMH shall be made from a material or materials in combination that will ensure durability, strength, resistance to corrosion, and have properties that will ensure continued resistance to leakage. All metallic mechanical devices and bolt assemblies used to mechanically deform resilient materials shall be constructed of corrosion resistant materials meeting the physical properties and chemical composition requirements of AST M A493 and A666, Type 302 through Type 316.
E. Third party accessories: Third party accessories integral to the PVC SSMH System or the FRP SSMH Liner (flow control devices, valves, gates, inside drop assembly, man entry ladder, etc.) shall be governed by the respective manufacturers’ materials specifications.
F. Concrete: Concrete shall be wet -cast, conforming to the requirements of the mo st recent versions of ASTM C478, CSA A23.1, and CSA A23.4. Concrete shall have an A-3 exposure class, unless otherwise specified by the project engineer.
3.2 DESIGN
A. Exterior Surface: The exterior surface shall be finished with embedded aggregates and FRP bonding bridges to allow for adequate bonding with the surrounding concrete once cast. The exterior surface shall be free of blisters larger than 0 .5” in diameter, delamination and fiber show, except in the vicinity of FRP bonding bridges where fiber show is acceptable. Gel-coat or paint or other coatings are not allowed.
B. Interior Surface: The interior surfaces shall be resin rich with no exposed fibers.
Interior flow surfaces shall be smooth for improved corrosion resistance and reduced sludge build-up. The surface shall be free of crazing, delamination, blisters larger than
0.25” in diame ter, and wrinkles of 0.125” or greater in depth. Gel-coat shall be permitted on interior surfaces, no paint or other coatings are allowed.
C. Repairs: Any SSMH liner repair is required to meet all requirements of this specification. All repair must all be preapproved by the manufacturer.
D. Chemical Resistance: FRP SSMH liners must demonstrate having sufficient corrosion resistance by passing the “Greenbook” 2009 edition (or later), Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Chemical R esistance Test (Pickle Jar Test), per third - party accredited laboratory test results.
E. Physical Properties:
33 05 13-6
Hybrid PVC Sewer Manhole
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
All FRP liner material shall have the following physical properties when tested at 77 °F ± 5 degrees:
Property Standard Units Value
Density
ASTM D792 g/cm3 1.02
Thickness -- Mm 3 min.
Tensile Strength
ASTM D638 psi 6.500
min.
Hardness (Shore
“A”)
ASTM D2240 95-97
Weight change -- -- --
Flexural Strength
ASTM D790 lbf/in2 8050 min
Compressive
Strength
ASTM D695 psi 6,500
min
Ignition Loss
ASTM D2584 % 52 avg.
Taber abrasion test
(weight loss)
ASTM D4060 % 0.075
Tensile specimens shall be prepared and tested in accordance with ASTM D412 using Die B. Weight change specimens shall be 1 IN by 3 IN samples.
All gaskets shall have the following physical properties:
Property Standard Units Requirement
Chemical resistance:
1N sulfuric acid
1N hydrochloric
acid
ASTM D543
(at 24°C for 48
hr.)
%
%
No weight loss
No weight loss
Tensile Strength ASTM D412 psi 1,200 min.
Elongation at Break ASTM D412 % 350 min.
Hardness (Shore A) ASTM D2240 -- ±5 from the connector
manufacturer’s specified
hardness
Accelerated oven
aging
ASTM D573
(at 70°C for 7
days)
% Max 15% decrease in tensile
strength; Max 20%
decrease in elongation
Compression set ASTM D 395,
Method B
(at 70°C for 22
hr.)
% Max 25% decrease of
original deflection
Water absorption ASTM D471
(at 70°C for
48hr.)
% Increase of max 10% of
original weight (19 by
25mm specimen)
Ozone Resistance ASTM D1149 -- Rating 0
Low temperature
brittle point
ASTM D2137 -- No fracture at -40°C
Tear resistance ASTM D624, Die
B
kN/m 34
33 05 13-7
Hybrid PVC Sewer Manhole
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
Upon request, the manufacturer shall provide written certification that the FRP liners and gaskets used meets or exceeds the requirement of this specification.
F. Chemical Resistance
After conditioning to constant weight at 110 °F, FRP liner specimens shall be exposed to the following solutions for a period of 112 days at 77 °F ± 5 degrees, as prescribed in Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, section 211-2 (Pickle Jar Test).
At 28-day intervals, tensile specimens and weight change specimens shall be removed from each of the chemical solutions and tested. If any specimen fails to meet the 112- day requirement before completion of the 112 -day exposure, the material will be subject to rejection.
Chemical Solution Concentration
Sulfuric acid 20%*
Sodium hydroxide 5%
Ammonium hydroxide 5%*
Nitric acid 1%*
Ferric chloride 1%
Sodium hypochlorite 1%
Soap 0.1%
Detergent (linear alkyl
benzyl sulfonate or LAS)
0.1%
Bacteriological BOD not less than
700 ppm
* Volumetric percentages of concentrated C.P. grade reagents.
3.2 MANUFACTURER
A. Manufacturer shall have 25 years of FRP concrete protective liner manufacturing experience and shall have fabricated and delivered at least 20,000 FRP concret e protective liners for wastewater applications.
B. Precaster shall be certified by the National Precast Concrete Association.
PART 4 - EXECUTION
4.1 MATERIALS TEST METHODS
A. All test methods shall be performed per corresponding ASTM standard and per “Greenbook” 2009 edition (or later), Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Chemical Resistance Test (Pickle Jar Test).
4.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL
A. Examination: Each SSMH liner shall be examined for dimensional requirements and workmanship.
33 05 13-8
Hybrid PVC Sewer Manhole
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
B. Composition Control: Controls on glass and resin content shall be maintained for all manufacturing processes and for each portion of SSMH liner fabrication. Records shall be maintained for these control checks. Proper glass content may be shown by glass usage checks or glass and resin application rate checks.
C. Certified facility: The SSMH liners shall be designed and manufactured in an ISO 9001 and 14001 certified manufacturing facility.
4.3 PRECASTING
A. Casting: FRP SSMH liners are non-structural components. Liners must be monolithically cast within a concrete SSMH section using a wet cast method. Custom pouring supports shall be provided with FRP liners to fully support the liners during the concrete pouring process against the vertical and horizontal forces created by the concrete during casting.
The poured SSMH base must not be moved until adequate hydration has occurred.
Lifting devices must not penetrate any surface of the liner. No liner may have holes or openings which will permit the intrusion of liquids or gases through the liner wall and into the concrete.
B. Installation: The PVC SSMH installation should strictly follow the Predl Systems’ recommended installation procedures to ensure long-term corrosion resistant service.
4.4 FIELD INSTALLATION
A. Base: Base shall be place on a compacted, graded bedding meeting the requirements of the contract documents. Base shall be level, with the invert elevations conforming to the contract documents.
a. Connect pipes to the SSMH base, using integral bell connectors, with gaskets supplied by the manufacturer
B. Riser: Clean the joint surface of the base, ensuring no foreign material remains. Place ASTM C990 compliant butyl rubber sealant along the joint, ensuring no gaps remain.
a. Lower PVC riser onto joint, ensuring the butyl rubber sealant is engaged and compressed. Riser shall be set plumb.
b. Backfill approximately 6”-12” below the top of the riser . Compact backfill per contract documents and standard practices.
c. Clean the top of the PVC riser, ensuring no foreign material remains. Place ASTM C990 compliant butyl rubber sealant along top of the riser, ensuring no gaps remain.
C. Flat top: Lower flat top on to PVC riser, ensuring the butyl rubber sealant is engaged and compressed. Place Telescopic Access Collar gasket in gasket seat of SSMH opening.
Stack grade rings to the desired height. Place Telescopic Access Collar into grade ring opening, exert a downward force on the collar to engage the collar with the gasket, while ensuring no concentrated point loads are applied to the TAC. Ensure the gasket is fully engaged and no rolling occurred. Place butyl rubber sealant on top of collar flange, then set casting. Backfill and pave.
33 05 13-9
Hybrid PVC Sewer Manhole
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
4.5 FINAL TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE
A. Hydrostatic Testing: Hydrostatic testing shall be conducted, as required, by plugging with approved plugs all influent and effluent pipes in the SSMH and filling the SSMH to the top of the SSMH cone with water. Additional water may be added over a 24-hour period to compensate for evaporate losses. At the conclusion of the 24-hour saturation period the SSMH shall be filled to the top of the SSMH cone and observed. A loss within a 30-minute period shall be considered an unsuccessful test.
B. Vacuum Testing: Sanitary Sewer Main tenance Access Structure s shall be tested, as required, after installation and prior to backfilling with all connect ions (existing and proposed) in place, in general accordance with ASTM C1244.
The lines entering the SSMH shall be temporarily plugged with the plugs braced to prevent them from being drawn into the SSMH . The plugs shall be installed in the lines beyond drop connections, gas sealing connections, etc. The test head shall be inflated in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. A vacuum of 10 inches of mercury shall be drawn, and the vacuum pump will be turned off. With the valve closed, the level vacuum shall be read after the required test time. If the drop in the level is less than 1-inch of mercury (final vacuum greater than 9-inches of mercury), the SSMH will have passed the vacuum test. The required test time is determined from the table below:
C. Acceptance: SSMHs will be accepted with relation to the hydrostatic test requirements and the vacuum test requirements if the meet the criteria above. Any SSMH which fails the initial test must be repaired or replaced prior to backfilling. The SSMH shall be
33 05 13-10
Hybrid PVC Sewer Manhole
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
retested as described above until successful tests have been made. After the successful tests, the temporary plugs will be removed.
4.6 WARRANTY
A 10-year Warranty against corrosion shall be issued.
+ + END OF SECTION + +
33 05 26-1
Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe Bursting
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 33 05 26
GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE BURSTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. This section covers the work necessary to completely replace gravity sanitary sewer pipe via pipe bursting techniques. The work shall consist of furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, and supervision necessary to replace certain sanitary sewer lines identified on the Contract Drawings. The Work shall consist of upsizing the existing specified 8” and 10” sewer pipes with 10” and 12” high density polyethylene (HDPE) standard dimension ratio (SDR) 17 pipe respectively. Complete replacement of the specified sanitary sewer lines shall consist of, but not necessarily limited to:
1. Sewage flow bypassing during the pipe bursting operations.
2. Identification, disconnection, and reconnection of all existing live laterals if applicable.
3. Excavation, backfill, and surface restoration of access pits.
4. Television inspection and testing of completed pipe system.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM C923, Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes, and Laterals
2. ASTM D638, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics
3. ASTM D1238, Measuring Flow Rates of Thermoplastics by Extrusion Plastometer
4. ASTM D1248, Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials
5. ASTM D1505, Density of Plastics by the Density-Gradient Technique
6. ASTM D1599 , Test for Short Term Rupture Strength of Plastic Pipe, Tubing and Fittings
7. ASTM D1693, Test for Environmental Stress-Cracking of Ethylene Plastics
8. ASTM D1928, Preparation of Compression Molded Polyethylene Test Samples
9. ASTM D2122, Determining Dimensions of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings
10. ASTM D2321, Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Flexible Sewer Pipe
11. ASTM D2657, Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining of Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings
12. ASTM D2837, Obtaining Hydrostatic Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe Materials
13. ASTM D3035, Polyethylene Plastic Pipe (SDR -PR) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter
14. ASTM D3261, Specification for Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing
15. ASTM D3350, Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fittings Materials
16. ASTM F585, Insertion of Flexible Polyethylene Pipe in Existing Sewers
17. ASTM F714, Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Pipe Based on Outside Diameter
18. ASTM F1055, Electrofusion Type Polyethylene Fittings for OD Controlled PE Pipe and Fittings
B. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
33 05 26-2
Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe Bursting
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
1. Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1926
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Quality assurance procedures shall be performed by the pipe manufacturer fully in accordance with the requirements of this specification. The certification shall include certified laboratory data confirming that said tests have been performed on a sample of the pipe to be provided under this contract, or pipe from that production run, and that satisfactory results were obtained.
B. Fusion joining and other procedures necessary for correct assembly of the polyethylene/PVC pipe shall be done only by personnel trained in those skills to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER and the pipe supplier.
C. Only those tools designed for the aforementioned procedures, and approved by the pipe manufacturer or supplier and the ENGINEER, shall be used for assembly of pipe fittings to ensure proper installation. The heater plate shall be equipped with suitable means to measure the temperature of plate surface and to assure uniform heating such as thermometers or pyrometers.
D. The CONTRACTOR performing the pipe installation shall be certified by the pipe bursting system manufacturer that the CONTRACTOR is a licensed installer of the manufacturer's system (if applicable).
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS
A. The CONTRACTOR will have actively engaged in the installation of pipe using pipe bursting for a minimum of five (5) years and have installed, as a company, a minimum of 50,000 feet in similar conditions. Field Supervisory Personnel employed by the Pipe Bursting CONTRACTOR will have at least five (5) years of documented experience in the performance of the work and tasks as stated in the contract documents.
B. Fusion equipment shall be operated only by technicians who have been certified by the pipe manufacturer or supplier and who have a minimum of three (3) years of experience fusion welding similarly sized pipe. The technicians experience shall be documented in the pipe submittal.
1.5 PERMITS
A. Permits and Regulations:
1. Perform excavation Work in compliance with applicable requirements of governing authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Obtain all necessary permits for Work in roads, rights -of-way, etc. Also obtain permits as required by local, state and federal agencies for discharging water from excavations, for erosion control, and for prevention of air and water pollution.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. CONTRACTOR shall submit a Pipe Bursting Work Plan and Construction Schedule as required by the CITY and ENGINEER in accordance with the requirements of 01 32 13, Progress Schedule.
33 05 26-3
Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe Bursting
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
B. CONTRACTOR shall submit a sewage bypass pumping and/or diversion plan for review and approval by the CITY and ENGINEER in accordance with the requirements of 01 57 03, Sewage Bypass Pumping.
C. CONTRACTOR shall submit an Excavation Support plan for review and approval by the CITY and ENGINEER in accordance with the requirements of section 3.2.B.7 and 31 05 03, Earthwork.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall perform trial fusion welds and submit samples to the ENGINEER for review prior to installation of the pipe. Full penetration welds shall provide a homogeneous material across the cross -section of the weld. The fusion machine employed for the trial welds shall be the same machine to be utilized for the installation work.
E. CONTRACTOR shall submit details of insertion pit dimensions as required for safe bending of the pipe and straight-line insertion of the bursting head, pipe burst tooling, and pipe into the host pipe. CONTRACTOR shall also submit details of insertion pit and reception pit shoring and dewatering.
F. Shop Drawings:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall submit catalog cuts, specifications, dimensioned drawings, and installation details/sketches and other pertinent information for the pipe installation work. All materials provided shall be fully in accordance with the requirements of the reference specifications specified above.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall verify with the pipe manufacturer all connection details.
3. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish, prior to use of the materials, a certified affidavit of compliance for all materials and conformance with the methods of the manufacturer and ASTM requirements
1.7 EXISTING SEWER SYSTEM
A. Active Sewers: CONTRACTOR shall manage active flows from all sewer lines and sewer laterals as indicated on the Drawings and the Specifications.
B. Connections to Existing Sewers and Manholes: The CONTRACTOR shall make all required connections to existing sewers, laterals, and manholes and carry out such work in accordance with local standards and requirements and as directed by the ENGINEER.
Extreme care to prevent debris from flowing into downstream sewer lines shall be exercised.
1.8 PROTECTION OF PROPERTY
A. The CONTRACTOR shall contact the appropriate regional notification center such as Underground Service Alert (USA) at 800-227-2600 at least two (2) working days before beginning construction. The CONTRACTOR shall request that the utility owners conduct a utility survey and mark clearly the location of their services.
B. It is CONTRACTOR’s responsibility to determine the exact location and depth of all existing utilities, including service connections, which have been marked by the utility owners, which are show n on contract drawings and which the CONTRACTOR believes may be impacted by the Work.
33 05 26-4
Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe Bursting
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
C. The CONTRACTOR is cautioned that unknown utilities may be encountered or that the exact location o f known utilities may be different than marked on the surface. If unknown utilities are encountered, work in that area must not proceed without CITY and ENGINEER’s approval.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall take necessary precautions to prevent damage to existing structures and hardscapes whether on the surface, aboveground, or underground. The CITY and ENGINEER shall be satisfied with the hardscape conditions removed and replaced by the CONTRACTOR. The following are the property protection requirements for the CONTRACTOR to follow:
1. An attempt has been made to show major structures on the Drawings. While the information has been compiled from the best available sources, its completeness and accuracy cannot be guaranteed, and it is pre sented as a guide to avoid possible difficulties.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall protect all existing structures, trees, shrubs, and other items on the project site that are to be preserved, by substantial barricades or other devices commensurate with the hazard, fr om injury or destruction by vehicles, equipment, workmen, or other agents.
3. Where existing fences, gates, buildings, hardscaping, landscaping, trees, shrubs or any other structure must be removed to properly carry out the Work, or are damaged during the wor k, they shall be restored at the CONTRACTOR's expense to their original condition or better.
4. Without additional compensation, the CONTRACTOR may remove and replace in a condition as good as or better than original, any small structures such as fences, landscaping and others that interfere with the CONTRACTOR's operations.
1.9 SAFETY
A. The CONTRACTOR agrees that they shall assume sole and complete responsibility for job site conditions with respect to his specific work during the course of pipe bursting.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe
1. Pipe shall be high molecular weight, high density polyethylene pipe with a SDR of 17.
The material shall be listed by the Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI) with a designation of PE 4710 and have a minimum cell classification of 445574E (for Gray Pipe) as described in ASTM D3350. The pipe material shall meet the requirements for Type III, Class B, Category 5, Grade P34 material as described in ASTM D1248. The pipe shall contain no recycled compound except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification from the same raw material pipe. Pipe (excluding black colored pipe) stored outside shall not be recycled. Pipe and fittings shall be made in conformance with ASTM F714 and ASTM D3261 as modified for the specified material. The pipe shall be homogenous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions, or other injurious defects. It shall be uniform in density and other physical properties. Any pipe not measuring these criteria shall be rejected.
2. Pipe Color. Pipe shall conform to the following:
a. Inside. The inner wall shall be light green or gray
33 05 26-5
Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe Bursting
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
b. Outside. The outer wall shall be light green or gray c. Both the inside and outside may be the same color
3. Markings: Pipe materials shall be legibly marked by the pipe manufacturer. The following shall be printed on the pipe:
a. Name and trademark of manufacturer
b. Nominal pipe size
c. Dimension Ratio
d. The letters PE followed by the polyethylene grade per ASTM D1248, followed by the Hydrostatic Design Basis in hundreds of psi.
e. Manufacturing Standard Reference
f. A production code from which the date and place of manufacture can be determined
4. Joints:
a. Polyethylene pipe shall be joined by butt fusion welding, as specified in Part 3.4.
5. Coupling:
a. CONTRACTOR shall use electrofusion HDPE coupling with a designation of PE 4710 and have a minimum cell classification of 445574C as described in ASTM D3350, and a Hydrostatic Design Basis of 1600 psi @ 730F. b. PE4710 electrofusion couplings shall have a pressure rating of 200 psi for water @ 730F.
c. Electrofusion coupling shall be black in color.
6. Lateral Connections:
a. Laterals shall be connected to the main line by use of heat fused saddle as approved by the ENGINEER.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. This section is int ended to provide the CONTRACTOR with general guidance on the methods to be used to install the sewer pipe using the pipe bursting method. Nothing contained herein shall relieve the CONTRACTOR from completing the pipe bursting operation in the most feasible, efficient, and safe manner, using required materials to the lines and grades shown on the plans and to the requirements of these specifications.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall protect pavements, improvements, utilities, and nearby structures from damage by forces, vibrations and ground movements generated by the pipe bursting equipment/process per section 1.8.
C. All work shall be performed as specified herein and supervised by personnel experienced in the installation of pipe by the pipe bursting method per section 1.4.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Preliminary Site Investigation
1. Prior to the pipe bursting operation, the CONTRACTOR shall perform a careful site investigation to locate and record (via high quality full-color photographs) possible surface obstructio ns, locate and mark active and inactive sewer laterals (if applicable); and formulate and submit plans to replace the pipe, to reconstruct all sewer laterals, and to restore all structures and plants that would be damaged by the
33 05 26-6
Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe Bursting
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
Work. Photographs will be s ubject to the requirements of 01 33 03, Submittal Procedures in addition to the requirements below.
a. Preliminary site photographs shall document the entirety of the proposed alignment prior to the Work.
b. Photographs will be used to compare surface features after Work is completed to assess if damage has been done to existing features including but not limited to Asbestos cement paving and concrete.
2. Provide ENGINEER with sufficient notice and with means to examine the areas and conditions under which excavating, filling, and grading are to be performed.
3. An internal closed-circuit television (CCTV) inspection per specification 33 01 31 shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR after the sewer has been cleaned by the CONTRACTOR per specification 33 01 21, to determine the condition of each manhole-to-manhole segment of the existing sewer to be replaced by pipe bursting including evidence of cracks, past repairs, couplings, collars, pipe sags or changes in pipe direction that may represent obstructions to pipe bursting and requiring advance excavation and to locate sewer lateral service connections. The television inspection shall be completed in the same direction each in conformance with CITY’s requirements. A copy of the television inspection video and logs from all televising operations shall be provided to the CITY and ENGINEER f or review prior to construction.
4. ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR if conditions are found that may be detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the Work.
5. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to ENGINEER.
B. Preliminary Site Work
1. General
a. The CONTRACTOR shall contact USA North811 (USA) service alert a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours in advance of any excavation or trenching work. USA may be contacted either on-line at usanorth811.org or by phone by dialing (800) 227- 2600 or 811.
b. The CONTRACTOR shall excavate and backfill, in advance of the construction, test pits to determine conditions and locations of the existing utilities and subsurface structures.
c. The CONTRACTOR shall define the location of each existing facility involved within the area of their Work under this Contract.
2. Existing Sewer Lateral Connections
a. Upon completion by the CONTRACTOR of the CCTV inspection, the CONTRACTOR shall mark in the field the location of the existing sewer lateral connection(s).
3. Handling and Storage
a. The CONTRACTOR shall exercise special care during the unloading, handling, and storage of all pipe to ensure that the pipe is not cut, gouged, scored, or otherwise damaged. Any pipe segment which has cuts in the pipe wall exceeding 10 percent of the wall thickness shall be cut out and removed from the site at the CONTRACTOR's expense.
b. The pipe shall be stored so that it is not deformed axially or circumferentially which may hinder pipe installation. CONTRACTOR shall test all pipe for ovality prior to installation. Pipe not meeting specified requirements shall be replaced with new material.
33 05 26-7
Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe Bursting
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
c. All polyethylene and PVC pipes shall have an ultraviolet inhibitor and shall also be stored in a covered area on blocks, such that no individual pipes weight shall bear on another pipe segment. Pipes shall be supported so as not to allow the pipe to sag along its length between blocks during storage.
d. Allowed work areas are delineated on the Drawings.
4. Temporary Fencing
a. CONTRACTOR shall f urnish and install temporary fenc ing surrounding excavations, entry and exit pits and work area, including the stockpile and storage areas.
b. CONTRACTOR shall p rovide fence openings only at vehicular, equipment and worker access points.
5. Environmental Controls
a. CONTRACTOR shall implement the construction procedures outlined herein to assure minimum damage to the environment during construction. Take all additional measures required to conform to the requirements of applicable codes and regulations.
1) Erosion:
a) CONTRACTOR shall implement the construction procedures outlined herein to assure minimum damage to the environment during construction.
1. Whenever possible, locate and construct access and temporary roads to avoid environmental damage. Make provisions to regulate drainage, avoid erosion and minimize damage to vegetation.
2. Where areas must be cleared for storage of materials or temporary structures, provisions will be made for regulating drainage and controlling erosion, subject to the ENGINEER'S approval.
3. Remove only those shrubs and grasses that must be removed for construction. Protect the remainder to preserve their erosion-control value.
4. Apply measures to control erosion and to minimize the siltation of the existing waterways, and natural ponding areas. Such measures include, but are not limited to, the use of berms, baled straw silt barriers, gravel or crushed stone, mulch, slope drains and other methods.
5. In the event CONTRACTOR repeatedly fails to satisfactorily control erosion and siltation, the CITY reserves the right to employ outside assistance or to use its own forces to provide the corrective measures indicated. The cost of such work, plus engineering costs, will be deducted from monies due CONTRACTOR.
2) Dust:
a) Prevent blowing and movement of dust from exposed soil surfaces and access roads to reduce on- and off-site damage and health hazards. b) Control may be achieved by irrigation in which the site is sprinkled with water until the surface is moist.
c) Repeat the process as needed.
3) Noise:
a) All noise -generating construction activity shall occur within the hours permitted by the Municipal Code, or as otherwise specified by the hours permitted by the ENGINEER. All construction activities shall comply with the CITY’s Noise Ordinance.
6. Sewer Bypass Pumping
33 05 26-8
Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe Bursting
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
a. The CONTRACTOR shall provide bypass pumping and/or flow diversion in accordance with Section 01 57 03.
7. Excavation Support Systems
a. Below Grade Structure Excavation Support
1) Provide, install, and maintain excavation support systems for all structural excavations where excavation support is required (at a minimum, as required by OSHA).
2) Follow all OSHA guidelines and other applicable laws and ordinances. 3) Prepare excavation support plan addressing the following topics:
a) Details of shoring, bracing, sloping or other provisions f or worker protection from the hazards of caving ground
b) Design assumptions and calculations
c) Methods and sequencing of installing excavation support d) Proposed locations of stockpiled excavated materials e) Minimum lateral distance from the excavations for vehicles, equipment, and materials
f) Location of vertical and horizontal monitoring points on structures and recommended frequency of monitoring for excavation support system stability and performance
4) Design of excavation support systems and excavation support plan shall be prepared by a civil or structural engineer registered in the state in which the system is installed.
5) CONTRACTOR shall be made aware of Temporary excavation and groundwater management recommendations in the Geotechnical Report.
8. Vibration
a. The CONTRACTOR shall address the potential for vibration impacts to residences during construction activities by preparing a detailed monitoring and notification plan, subject to review and approval by the ENGINEER and the CITY. The plan shall include, at a minimum, the following items:
1) Public Notification. The CONTRACTOR shall notify property owners and residents located within 100 feet of pipe bursting activities at least one week prior to construction.
2) Vibration Monitoring. The CONTRACTOR shall perform vibration monitoring to establish the level produced by high impact activities during construction.
Monitoring should be conducted continuously whenever pipe bursting is done within 25 feet of any structure. Monitoring shall be conducted using a portable vibration monitoring instrument that provides a calibrated record of local ground movement/accelerations. If construction vibration exceeds 2.0 in./sec at the nearest exterior wall during vibration monitoring, construction activities shall immediately stop, and alternative work methods shall be used. The monitoring protocol and all monitoring results shall be submitted to the ENGINEER and CITY for review and approval.
3.3 PIPE BURSTING EQUIPMENT
A. Should it become necessary to temporarily stop bursting operations, provisions shall be made to remotely start and stop the bursting head.
B. Winch or Pulling Unit
33 05 26-9
Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe Bursting
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
1. The winch or pulling unit shall be operated to provide constant pull to the bursting unit in order that it may operate in an efficient manner with a minimum of recoil. It shall ensure directional stability in keeping the bursting unit in line.
2. The winch shall be of the constant load type and shall be fitted with a direct reading load gauge to measure the winching load. It shall also be fitted with a device to automatically disengage when loading exceeds a preset maximum load.
3. Contractor shall supply sufficient cable in one (1) continuous length so that the pull may be continuous between winching points.
4. The winch cable and cable drum shall be provided with safety cage and supports.
5. The CONTRACTOR shall also provide a system of guide pulleys and bracing at each manhole to minimize contact of cable with the existing sewer between manholes.
6. A nose cone shall be fixed to the first pipe or the head of the bursting unit and shall be fitted with a swivel attachment to reduce the twist transmission between the winch cable and nose cone.
7. Excavation supports in the insertion pit shall remain completely separate from the pipe support system and shall be so designed that neither the pipe nor the winch cable shall be in contact with them at any time.
C. Pneumatic Pipe Bursting
1. This section is intended to provide the CONTRACTOR with general guidance on the methods and equipment to be used to install the sewer pipe using the pneumatic pipe bursting method. Nothing contained herein shall relieve the CONTRACTOR from completing the pipe bursting operation in the most feasible, efficient, and safe manner, using required materials to the lines and grades shown on the plans and to the requirements of these specifications.
2. Pneumatic pipe bursting shall only be implemented for replacing fracturable pipe such as:
a. Asbestos Cement Pipe
b. Cast iron Pipe
c. Clay lined Concrete Pipe
d. Non-reinforced Concrete Pipe
e. Galvanized Steel Pipe
f. Polymer Concrete Pipe
g. PVC Pipe
h. Vitrified Clay Pipe
3. Only HDPE pipe shall be used for the pneumatic pipe bursting method.
4. The Pneumatic bursting unit shall consist of the following components at minimum:
a. Displacement hammer with an expander head fitted to the front or rear designed to force its way through the existing pipe bursting it as it progresses. The hammer may include components to allow reversible methods. b. Constant tension winch designed to keep the hammer in contact with the existing pipe keeping the hammer in alignment with the existing pipe. c. Air compressor to supply the adequate force necessary to power the pneumatic hammer and fracture and displace the existing pipe and surrounding soil.
D. Static Pipe Bursting
1. This section is intended to provide the CONTRACTOR with general guidance on the methods and equipment to be used to install the sewer pipe using the static pipe bursting method. Nothing contained herein shal l relieve the CONTRACTOR from completing the pipe bursting operation in the most feasible, efficient, and safe manner, using required materials to the lines and grades shown on the plans and to the requirements of these specifications.
2. Static pipe bursting shall only be implemented for replacing fracturable pipe unless a series of cutters, splitters, or other assemblies are attached to the bursting head.
33 05 26-10
Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe Bursting
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
3. The Static Pipe Bursting unit shall consist of the following components at minimum:
a. An Expander head designed to force its way through the existing pipe, bursting it as it progresses. The expander head may include cutting or splitting assemblies to allow the bursting of non-fracturable pipe.
b. A rod, cable, or chain to be inserted into the existing pipe to align and guide the expander head and the new pipe. The rod, cable, or chain are attached to a static pipe bursting machine placed in an excavated pit at one end of the existing pipe. c. A hydraulic power pack to provide the necessary power to apply a large pull force on the expander head and fracture and displace the existing pipe and surrounding soil.
3.4 PIPE JOINING
A. Continuous Pipe:
1. For purposes of pipe storage on the job site above ground, s ections of HDPE/fPVC pipe shall be joined into continuous lengths of no more tha n 50' unless otherwise authorized by the ENGINEER. The joining method shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. Fusion equipment used in the joining procedure shall be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including, but not limited to, fusion temperature, alignment, and fusion pressure. CONTRACTOR shall keep a quality control log for every joint and pipe segment, certifying that all meet manufacturer requirements.
2. A fire-retardant bag or suitable enclosure shall be used with the heater plate to protect the heater plate surfaces from dirt and other debris when not in use. The heater plate surfaces shall be cleaned regularly as needed to prevent accumulation of fusion welding residues or other substances that may result in faulty pipe joining.
3. Butt fusion shall conform to ASTM D2657 and pipe manufacturer's criteria for the type of joining. Joint strength shall be equal to that of the adjacent pipe.
4. The inside and outside of the pipe ends shall be cleaned with a cotton or non - synthetic cloth to remove dirt, water, grease, and other foreign materials. The pipe ends shall be cut square and carefully aligned just prior to heating.
5. After achieving the proper melt pattern, the pipe ends shall be brought together in a firm, rapid motion applying sufficient pressure to form a pipe bead (1/8 inch to 3/16 inch in height) around and inside the entire circumference of the pipe.
6. The inside weld bead shall be removed by cutting the bead away without scoring the inside wall of the pipe. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, for review as part of the submittal requirements, a de-beading process for use in removing the internal bead for the newly joined HDPE/fPVC pipe sections.
7. A single electrofusion coupling may be used to complete the new pipe connection to each existing manhole.
3.5 PIPE INSTALLATION
A. The Contractor shall install the pipe by utilizing a constant tension system with a hydraulic, pneumatic, or static bursting device that breaks apart the existing pipe. The void created by the bursting device shall be sufficient in size to accommodate the new pipe which shall be installed immediately after the void has been formed.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall bear full responsibility for completing the pipe installation regardless of selected method. CONTRACTOR shall have no right to claim additional costs
33 05 26-11
Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe Bursting
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
for the failure of the selected method to result in successful pipe installation. Failure of the CONTRACTOR’s submitted installation method shall not be an acceptable delay or idle time claim.
C. CONTRACTOR shall be aware that the geotechnical report lists recommendations for mitigation measures for ground deformation and provides methods for estimating whether impingement into existing, adjacent utility trenches might occur, based upon the diameter and depth of the existing utility.
D. CONTRACTOR shall submit for approval by ENGINEER detailed calculations showing how the selected method of construction will develop the forces required to successfully complete the pipe installation including the pipe bursting head expander configuration and outside diameter, the annular space created between the expander head and the new pipe outside diameter.
E. The CONTRACTOR shall excavate by hand or hand-operated mechanical equipment and expose potential obstructions to pipe bursting (e.g., past repairs, couplings, pipe collars or changes in pipe direction that may stop the bursting head) and remove obstructions prior to bursting. There will be no additional compensation for removal of pipe bursting obstructions, either known by the CONTRACTOR in advance of bursting or encountered during bursting.
F. The CONTRACTOR shall excavate by hand or hand-operated mechanical equipment and expose pipelines within two diameters of the pipe to be burst to reduce stresses on the those pipelines during construction.
G. The CONTRACTOR shall excavate by hand or hand-operated mechanical equipment and expose all building sewer lateral connections prior to replacing the existing sewer. The existing connections may be encased in mortar, concrete, or reinforced concrete. There will be no additional compensation for demolition of this concrete.
H. The CONTRACTOR shall excavate pits at each end of the sewer segment to be burst. Pits shall be of sufficient size to allow access for bursting equipment and installation of new pipeline. All excavation shall be fully braced and supported in accordance with Section
3.2.b.7. Pits shall be centered over the existing sewer. Prior to conducting the work, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a plan to the ENGINEER showing the size and location of the proposed pits. All excavations shall be covered and securely fenced during non-working hours.
I. The CONTRACTOR shall record the general progress i.e., insertion rates i n feet per minute, reasons for stoppages, signs of failure of equipment and road or other surface damage. Contact by radio shall be always maintained between key positions so that slowing down, stopping and starting can be affected when necessary.
J. The CONTRACTOR shall anchor the pipe to manholes after the pipe has been installed along the length of the sewer replaced. The CONTRACTOR shall use a modular seal, as specified and shown on the Drawings that is firmly seated perpendicular to the pipe axis, around the pipe exterior and cast into the structure base or near the structure wall center and conforms to ASTM C923. The structure or manhole connection shall be made a minimum of 48 hours after pipe insertion, but no sooner than the pipe has stopped
33 05 26-12
Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe Bursting
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
moving in response to temperature changes. All cutting and sealing of the new pipe at manhole connections shall provide watertight pipe and manhole trough seals.
K. Continuous Pipe Installation Specific Requirements
1. The CONTRACTOR shall fuse together the full length of HDPE/fPVC pipeline to be installed prior to the start of pipe bursting. The above grade pipe shall be protected from scratching and gouging using pipe rollers or other suitable means.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. General: Field acceptance of the new pipeline shall be based on the CITY’s testing methods as required under “ SANITARY SEWER CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA” of Construction Standards.
1. CONTRACTOR shall perform all Work in the presence of the CITY’s representative.
B. Manhole Inspection:
1. Manholes will be inspected after completion and within the guarantee period. Leakage and other defects that were a result of the CONTRACTOR’s work shall be eliminated and repaired by the CONTRACTOR as required by the ENGINEER, at the CONTRACTOR’s expense.
3.7 EXCAVATION BACKFILL
A. Refer to Section 31 05 03, Earthwork and standard details as shown on the drawings.
3.8 FINAL CLEANING AND CCTV INSPECTION
A. Prior to final acceptance and final inspection of the pipe by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall flush and clean all parts of the system by removing all accumulated construction debris, rocks, gravel, sand, silt, and other foreign material from the pipe.
B. After completion of the pipe installation, finish work at the manholes and final cleaning, the CONTRACTOR shall televise the sewer in accordance with CITY’s requirements or section 33 01 3 1, Sewer Pipeline CCTV Inspection . The original video, stills, and electronic logs shall be provided to the ENGINEER and CITY.
C. Upon completion of all work, CONTRACTOR shall remove all surplus materials and rubbish, shall repair all damages caused by his workers and shall leave the premises in a clean and orderly condition.
3.9 DISPOSAL OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS
A. Material removed from the excavations that does not conform to the requirements for fill or is in excess of that required for backfill shall be hauled away from the Work site and disposed of by the CONTRACTOR in compliance with ordinances, codes, laws and regulations at no additional cost to the CITY.
B. A site is not available to dispose of excess material.
33 05 26-13
Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe Bursting
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
3.10 RESTORATION OF EXISTING SURFACES
A. Refer to Section 32 12 16 and 03 01 03 or CITY Standard Details ++ END OF SECTION ++
33 05 26-14
Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe Bursting
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
40 05 06-1
Piping Specialties
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 40 05 06
PIPING SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Manufacturer’s data on materials, construction, end connection s, ratings, overall lengths, etc.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 2.1 RESTRAINED MECHANICAL JOINT GLANDS (RMJ)
A. Features:
1. Pressure Rating:
a. Minimum Working Pressure Rating: Not less than 150 psi. b. Safety Factor: Not less than two times working pressure and shall be supported by manufacturer’s proof testing.
2. RMJ gland shall be designed for use with standard mechanical joint pipe. Pipe restraint products designed for use with push-on joints will not be acceptable.
3. Thrust Restraint:
a. Provide hardened steel wedges that bear against and engage outer pipe surface, and allow articulation of pipe joint after assembly while wedges remain in their original setting position on pipe surface.
b. Products employing set screws that bear directly on pipe will not be acceptable.
B. Manufacturers and Products:
1. Ductile Iron Pipe Only
a. EBAA Iron Sales Co.; Megalug.
b. Romac Industries Inc.: RomaGrip
c. Or Equal.
2.2 MODULAR MECHANICAL SEALS
A. Features:
1. Type: Interconnecting synthetic rubber links shaped and sized to continuously fill annular space between pipe and sleeve, blockout, or core-drilled opening in concrete slabs or walls.
2. Links: EPDM
3. Bolts and nuts: Type 316 stainless steel
4. Pressure plates: composite
5. Temperature range: -40 to 250 degrees Fahrenheit
6. Pressure rating: guaranteed by the manufacturer to provide a water-tight seal with a differential hydrostatic head of 40-feet of water
40 05 06-2
Piping Specialties
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
B. Manufacturers and Products:
1. PSI-Thunderline; Link-seal, Type S-316
2. Or equal
2.3 PIPE TO MANHOLE CONNECTORS
A. Features:
1. Type: Resilient rubber male -to-female wedge-style flexible connector between a circular gravity pipe and a circular opening core-drilled into a precast or cast-in-place concrete structure.
2. Performance Requirements:
a. Able to hold 10 psi head pressure for 10 minutes with no leakage b. Load Rating: 150 lbs per inch pipe diameter
3. Materials:
a. Body: resilient rubber material conforming to ASTM C923 b. Hardware: 300 Series Stainless Steel conforming to ASTM C923, ASTM A666 and ASTM A240
B. Manufacturers and Products:
1. Trelleborg Pipe Seals Milford, Inc., Model Kor-N-Seal I – 106 Series for pipes up to 18” diameter and Kor-N-Seal II – 206 Series for pipes from 20” to 54” in diameter.
2. Or Equal
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General
1. Follow all manufacturer’s directions
B. Restrained Mechanical Joint Glands
1. Follow all manufacturer’s directions
2. Tighten mechanical joint gland bolts before tightening restraint lugs
3. Tighten restraint lugs until torque head breaks off
4. In buried installations, wrap joint with plastic fastened to pipe to protect bolts and coupling from backfill material
++ END OF SECTION ++
40 05 10-1
Pipe and Fittings
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 40 05 10
PIPE AND FITTINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Product data sheets for each piping system.
a. Include information on pipe, fittings and joint systems.
2. Complete catalog information, descriptive literature, specifications, and identification of materials of construction.
3. Complete descriptions and data for all coatings and linings.
4. Tests and inspection data for pipe and coatings/linings.
5. Qualifications for welders and /or technicians performing joining processes that requires spec ialized equipment to perform the work or as specifically identified herein.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data as specified in Submittal Procedures section of these specifications.
1.2 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. In accordance with manufacturer’s directions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPING SYSTEM DATA SHEETS
A. Piping system data sheets (PSDS) have been attached to this Specification and are incorporated herein by reference. Provide piping systems in accordance with piping system data sheets.
2.2 THRUST RESTRAINT
A. Provide rigid or restrained joints and fittings for all piping systems specified with a test pressure in the Pipe Schedule.
B. Unless otherwise specified in the Pipe Schedule or shown on the Drawings, thrust blocks shall not be used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PIPE SCHEDULE
A. A Pipe Schedule is included in the Specifications and is incorporated herein by reference.
Install piping systems in accordance with Pipe Schedule.
40 05 10-2
Pipe and Fittings
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
B. For pipe which is shown on the Drawings, but not referenced in the Pipe Schedule, CONTRACTOR to provide pipe material and fittings which are appropriate for the intended service and acceptable to the ENGINEER.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Inspect pipe and fittings before installation, clean ends thoroughly, and remove foreign matter and dirt from inside.
B. Repair any coatings or linings which were damaged during shipping and handling using manufacturer-approved coating and lining repair materials in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. Join pipe and fittings in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, unless otherwise shown or specified.
B. Joint Assembly:
1. Flanged Joints (FLG):
a. Bolt Holes: Straddle vertical centerlines, aligned with connecting equipment flanges or as shown.
b. Follow a bolt tightening pattern which produces uniform bearing pressure. c. Do not over-tighten bolts. Follow manufacturer’s recommendation for bolt torque. d. Provide gasket at every flanged joint.
e. Provide insulating flange kit where indicated on Drawings and required in this Specification.
2. Thermally butt fused (BF) HDPE joints
a. In general, the individual performing thermal butt fusion and electrofusion and the equipment used shall meet the requirements of the Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI), Technical Note (TN) 42, Recommended Minimum Training Guidelines for PE Pipe Butt Fusion Joining Operators and the requirements of Title 49, CFR Subpart F, 192.282 and 192.285.
b. Specific requirements that apply when joining HDPE pipe using butt fusion shall be as follows:
1) Submit documentation that the fusion technician has been qualified and trained by the fusion equipment manufacturer or pipe manufactur er in the operation and procedures of the butt fusion process. All qualifications and training shall have been received within 1-year from the date of submitting the information. If acceptable documentation cannot be provided, sample joints shall be made and test ed in accordance with TN-42. If pipe wall thickness is greater than 1–inch, submit an acceptable method recommended by the pipe manufacturer that will be used to test the sample joint. All costs associated with the sample joint testing and any retesting shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.
2) Each 2” NPS and larger butt fusion joint shall be documented using a data logging device or written log that records the following minimum parameters per completed joint:
a) Date and time
b) OWNER’s project number and/or name
40 05 10-3
Pipe and Fittings
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
c) Fusion Machine model
d) Pipe size, rating and PE type code (i.e. PE4710)
e) Heater plate surface temperature (minimum 2 values for each side of the heater plate per joint)
f) Recorded drag pressure
g) Gauge pressure and associated interfacial pressure (psi) h) Heating time
i) Transfer time between heater plate being removed from the face of the opposing pipe ends and when the pipe ends are butted together j) Cooling time
3) Provide log records at the end of each day in hardcopy format or as agreed upon with the OWNER and/or ENGINEER. Submit one (1) copy as a minimum to the OWNER’s Representative or ENGINEER.
4) At the completion of the work, submit all data log records on a compact disc that can be accessed using the data log manufacturer’s software or if using written logs, all individual written daily logs are transferred into a pdf format and identified by day as a separate file.
c. All joints that are determined to be defective visually or as a result of pressure testing shall be repaired using a thermal fusion method unl ess otherwise approved by the OWNER’s Representative or ENGINEER.
d. Install buried HDPE pipe in accordance with ASTM D2774 and the pipe manufacturer’s specific recommendations.
3. Insulating Flanges, Couplings, and Dielectric Unions:
a. Applications: Provide insulating flange, coupling or di-electric union for all joints at the following locations:
1) Dissimilar metal piping connections.
2) Cathodically protected piping penetration to buildings. 3) Submerged to unsubmerged metallic piping connections. 4) Where required for electrically insulated connection. b. Installation:
1) Insulating joints connecting immersed piping to non-immersed piping shall be installed above maximum water surface elevation.
2) Align and install insulating joints according to manufacturer's recommendations to avoid damaging insulating materials.
C. Exposed Piping Installation:
1. Piping Runs:
a. Parallel to building or column lines and perpendicular to floor, unless shown otherwise.
b. Piping upstream and downstream of flow measuring devices shall provide straight lengths as required for accurate flow measurement.
2. Supports: As specified in Piping Support Systems section of these specifications.
3. Group piping wherever practical at common elevations; install to conserve building space and not interfere with use of space and other work.
4. Provide unions or flanges at each piping connection to equipment or instrumentation on equipment side of each block valve to facilitate installation and removal.
5. Install piping so that no load or movement in excess of that stipulated by equipment manufacturer will be imposed upon equipment connection;
6. Install piping to allow for contraction and expansion without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment.
40 05 10-4
Pipe and Fittings
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
7. Piping clearance, unless otherwise shown:
a. Over Walkway and Stairs: Minimum of 7 feet 6 inches, measured from walking surface or stair tread to lowest extremity of piping system including flanges, valve bodies or mechanisms, insulation, or hanger/support systems. b. Between Equipment or Equipment Piping and Adjacent Piping: Minimum 3 feet 0 inch, measured from equipment extremity and extremity of piping system including flanges, valve bodies or mechanisms, insulation, or hanger/support systems.
c. From Adjacent Work: Minimum 1 inch from nearest extremity of completed piping system including f langes, valve bodies or mechanisms, insulation, or hanger/support systems.
d. Do not route piping in front of or to interfere with access ways, ladders, stairs, platforms, walkways, openings, doors, or windows.
e. Headroom in front of openings, doors, and windows shall not be less than the top of the opening.
f. Do not install piping containing liquids or liquid vapors in transformer vaults or electrical equipment rooms.
g. Do not route piping over, around, in front of, in back of, or below electrical equipment including controls, panels, switches, terminals, boxes, or other similar electrical work.
D. Buried Pipe Installation:
1. Pipe Placement:
a. Keep trench dry until pipe laying and joining are completed. b. Exercise care when lowering pipe into trench to prevent twisting or da mage to pipe.
c. Prevent foreign material from entering pipe during placement. 1) Close and block open end of last laid pipe section when placement operations are not in progress and at close of day’s work.
d. Lay pipe upgrade with bell ends pointing in direction of laying. e. Deflect pipe at joints for pipelines laid on a curve using unsymmetrical closure of spigot into bell. Utilize a maximum of 75 percent of manufacturer’s recommended allowable joint deflection.
1) If joint deflection of standard pipe lengths will not accommodate horizontal or vertical curves in alignment, provide:
a) Shorter pipe lengths.
b) Fittings/bends.
f. Secure pipe which has been placed from movement or damage while placing the next section of pipe.
g. Prevent uplift and floating of pipe prior to backfilling.
E. Cleaning:
1. Following assembly and testing, and prior to disinfection and final acceptance, flush pipelines with water at 2.5 fps minimum flushing velocity until foreign matter is removed. At a minimum, flush for a period of time which will flush the entire pipeline volume three times.
a. If impractical to flush large diameter pipe at 2.5 fps, clean in-place from inside by brushing and sweeping, then flush line at lower velocity. If lower velocity is used, flush the entire pipeline volume five times.
2. Provide temporary means of removing flushing water from pipeline during flushing.
40 05 10-5
Pipe and Fittings
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
3. Provide means for removal/screening of debris from the flushing water, disposal of debris and disposal of flushing water.
3.4 TESTING
A. Pressure test piping in accordance with th e Pipe Schedule, Testing of Pressure Piping Systems section of these specifications.
3.5 SUPPLEMENTS
A. The following supplements are attached to this Specification section and incorporated herein by reference:
1. 40 05 23.03 – Piping System Data Sheet - Welded Stainless Steel Pipe (WSSTP)
2. 40 05 33.12 – Piping System Data Sheet - HDPE Pressure Pipe (HDPE)
3. 40 05 41 – Piping System Data Sheet - Vitrified Clay Gravity Sewer Pipe (VCP)
++ END OF SECTION ++
40 05 10-6
Pipe and Fittings
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
40 05 10.01-1
Pipe Schedule
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 40 05 10.01
PIPE SCHEDULE
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. General:
1. This schedule is provided for the convenience of the CONTRACTOR. Some flow streams may be shown on the drawings, but not listed here.
B. Flow Stream IDs:
1. SS - Sanitary Sewer
2. SSFM - Sanitary Sewer Forcemain
C. Pipe Materials:
1. Ductile Iron Process Pipe (DIP)
2. Welded Stainless Steel Pipe (WSSTP)
3. Fusible HDPE Pressure Pipe
4. Vitrified Clay Gravity Sewer Pipe (VCP)
D. Joint Types:
1. FLG – Flanged
2. MJ – Mechanical JointPO – Push On
3. WLD – Butt Welded
E. Lining Systems:
1. CE – Ceramic Epoxy
F. Coating Systems:
1. System numbers as described in Section 09 91 03, Painting.
1.2 PIPE SCHEDULE
Contractor shall install piping systems in accordance with the following pipe schedule:
Contractor shall install piping systems in accordance with the following pipe schedule:
SERVICE DESCRIPTION EXPOSURE SIZE
RANGE
MATERIAL JOINT TYPE TEST PRESSURE LINING COATING
SYSTEM/
COLOR
NOTES
SS Sanitary
Sewer
Buried (Pipe
Burst)
10”
and
12”
HDPE WLD 5 psi N/A SEE
PSDS
SS Sanitary
Sewer
Buried
(Open Cut)
10”
and
12”
VCP PO 5 psi N/A SEE
PSDS
SSFM Sanitary
Sewer
Exposed
(Wet Well)
8” DIP FLG, MJ 150 psi Ceramic
Epoxy
SEE
PSDS
SSFM Sanitary
Sewer
Exposed
(Wet Well)
8” WSSTP FLG 150 psi N/A SEE
PSDS
++ END OF SECTION ++
40 05 03.19-1
Piping System Data Sheet – Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP)
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 40 05 03.19
PIPING SYSTEM DATA SHEET – DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP)
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Pipe Buried Piping: Pressure class as indicated in the pipe schedule. If not indicated:
• All pipe 12” diameter and smaller shall be pressure class 350. • All pipe 14” through 20” shall be pressure class 250. • All pipe larger than 20” shall be pressure class 200.
Flanged Piping: Special Thickness Class 53
Pressure class shall be per AWWA C150/A21.50 and
AWWA C151/A21.51
Lining Wastewater: Ceramic epoxy as follows:
1. Amine cured novalac epoxy containing at least 20% by volume of ceramic quartz pigment.
2. Permeability rating of 0.00 when tested per Method A of ASTM E 96, Procedure A with a test duration of 30 days.
3. Minimum lining thickness: 40 mils nominal dry film thickness.
4. The following tests must be run on coupons from factory lined Ductile Iron pipe:
a. ASTM B 117 Salt Spray (scribed panel). Results to equal
0.0 undercutting after two years.
b. ASTM G 95 Cathodic Disbondment (1.5 volts at 77ºF).
Results to equal no more than 0.5 mm undercutting after 30 days.
c. Immersion Testing rated using ASTM D 714.
i. 20% Sulfuric Acid: No effect after two years.
ii. 140ºF 25% Sodium Hydroxide: No effect after two
years.
iii. 160ºF Distilled Water (scribed panel): No effect after two years.
iv. 120ºF Tap Water (scribed panel): 0.0 undercutting after two years with no effect.
v. Abrasion Resistance: Less than .075 mm (3 mils) loss after one million cycles on a ±22.5º sliding aggregate
slurry abrasion tester using a sharp natural siliceous
gravel with a particle size between 2mm and 10 mm
(European Standard SN598).
5. Manufacturer and Product:
a. Protecto 401 Ceramic Epoxy Lining; Or Equal.
40 05 03.19-2
Piping System Data Sheet – Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP)
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
ITEM DESCRIPTION
a.
Coating Unless otherwise specified in the Pipe Schedule, piping shall be coated as follows:
Buried Piping:
• AWWA C151/A21.51: Minimum 1-mil asphaltic coating.
• AWWA C105/A21.5: Polyethylene encasement, 4-mil high- density cross laminated or 8-mil linear-low density, color as required by local/state regulations.
Exposed/Immersed Piping:
• Primer Coating: Where shop primer is applied to protect pipe during shipping, storage and handling, primer shall be
compatible with pipe coating requirements of Section 09 91 03, Painting.
Fittings Lined and coated same as pipe.
Push-On (PO): AWWA C110/A21.10 and C111/A21.11, gray or ductile iron, 250 psi minimum working pressure. American Cast Iron Pipe Co., Fastite Joint; U.S. Pipe and Foundry, Tyton Joint.
Mechanical Joint (MJ): AWWA C110/A21.10, C111/A21.11, and C153/A21.53 gray or ductile iron, 250 psi minimum working pressure.
Follower glands shall be ductile iron.
Flange (FLG): AWWA C110/A21.10 ductile iron, faced and drilled, 125-pound flat face. Gray cast iron will not be allowed.
Joints Push-On (PO): 250 psi minimum working pressure,
AWWA C110/A21.10 and C111/A21.11. American Cast Iron Pipe Co., Fastite Joint; U.S. Pipe and Foundry, Tyton Joint.
Mechanical Joint (MJ): 250 psi minimum working pressure.
Flange (FLG): 125-pound flat face, ductile iron, threaded conforming to AWWA C115/A21.15. Gray cast iron will not be allowed.
Branch connections 3 inches and smaller, shall be made with service saddles as specified in Section 40 05 06, Piping Specialties.
Bolting T-Bolts and other specialty bolts: Type 304 stainless steel Hex Bolts: ASTM A193 B8, Type 304 stainless steel
Nuts: ASTM A194 Grade 8, Type 304 stainless steel
40 05 03.19-3
Piping System Data Sheet – Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP)
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Gaskets Push-On, Mechanical, and Proprietary Restrained Joints: Red Rubber (SBR) conforming to ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11.
Flanged, Water and Sewage Service: 1/8 inch-thick, red rubber (SBR), hardness 80 (Shore A), rated to 200 degrees F, conforming to ANSI B16.21, AWWA C207, and ASTM D1330, Grades 1 and 2.
Full face for 125-pound flat-faced flanges, flat-ring type for 250-pound raised-face flanges. Blind flanges shall be gasketed covering the entire inside face with the gasket cemented to the blind flange.
Gasket pressure rating to equal or exceed the system hydrostatic test pressure.
Joint
Lubricant
Manufacturer's standard.
++ END OF SECTION ++
40 05 03.19-4
Piping System Data Sheet – Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP)
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
40 05 23.03-1
Piping System Data Sheet – Welded Stainless Steel Pipe (WSSTP) Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 40 05 23.03
PIPING SYSTEM DATA SHEET – WELDED STAINLESS STEEL PIPE (WSSTP)
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Pipe ANSI/AWWA C220, Standard for Stainless Steel Pipe, 1/2-inch diameter and larger, latest revision. Pressure class to accommodate test pressure listed in Pipe Schedule. Type as indicated in the Piping Schedule. Minimum Schedule 10.
Linings/Coatings Factory Finish:
1. All pipe and fittings shall be pickled after manufacture by immersion in acid bath until all weld discoloration and iron pickup is removed.
2. Passivate all piping welds after fabrication.
3. Thoroughly wash all pipe and fittings with clear water after pickling.
Joints Full penetration butt-welded, flanged, rolled grooved end, or threaded where shown and/or required. Field welded pipe joints are prohibited unless approved by ENGINEER. Where approved, field welds shall be pickled, passivated and cleaned.
Fittings All fittings 6” and smaller shall be forged.
Buried fittings 8” to 24” may be fabricated or forged. Buried fittings larger than 24” shall be fabricated.
Exposed fittings 24” and smaller shall be forged. Exposed fittings 30” to 48” may be fabricated or forged. All fittings larger than 48” shall be fabricated.
Fabricated: Type 304 stainless steel fabricated in accordance with AWWA C208; elbows to have a 22.5 degree maximum miter
section angle and a radius of 2.5 times the diameter, unless shown otherwise; wyes, tees, crosses, and outlets to be reinforced in accordance with AWWA M 11. Fitting wall thickness shall be equal to or greater than adjoining pipe.
Forged: Butt-welding fittings, ASTM A403M, type 304 stainless steel. Fitting wall thickness to match adjoining pipe.
Threaded: Piping 4” and less, threaded per ANSI B1.20.1, pressure class to accommodate test pressure, stainless grade to match pipe grade (ASTM A351 CF8 for grade 304 pipe and CF8M for grade 316 pipe).
Flanges AWWA C207, Class D (150 psi), Class E (250 psi), or Class F (275 psi) hub or ring type, flat-face. Type 304 stainless steel, pressure class to match pipe.
Bolting Hex Bolts: ASTM A320/A320M, Type 304 stainless steel, grade 5 Nuts: ASTM F594, Type 304 stainless steel, grade 5.
Gaskets 1/8-inch thick, cloth-inserted rubber, corrosive acid and alkali free for intended service conforming to ANSI B16.21 and AWWA C207; full-face gaskets for flat-face flanges; flat ring gaskets for raised-
40 05 23.03-2
Piping System Data Sheet – Welded Stainless Steel Pipe (WSSTP) Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
ITEM DESCRIPTION
face flanges.
Gaskets for rolled grooved ends shall be as recommended by manufacturer for intended service.
Thread Lubricant Non-seizing, industrial grade thread sealing compound that is insoluble in water
++ END OF SECTION ++
40 05 33.12-1
Fusible High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 40 05 33.12
FUSIBLE HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. SCOPE
1. This section specifies high density polyethylene (HDPE) pressure pipe and fittings for water and wa stewater applic ations, including standar ds for dimensionality, testing, quality, acceptable fusion practice, safe handling and storage.
2. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install and test HDPE pipe and fittings, complete as show n on the Drawings and as specified herein.
3. Each offsite pipeline system shall utilize a singl e continuous length of the same pipe material, size, and pressure class unless otherwise noted on the Contract Drawings.
4. Pipe shall co nform to the following di mensionality and general characteristics table:
PIPE DESCRIPTION
NOMINAL
DIAMETER
(IN.)
DR
(IPS) COLOR
PRESSURE
CLASS
(PSI)
REQD
INNER
DIAMETER
(IN.)
12” SS 12 17
Grey/Black
with green
stripe
125 11.16
10” SS 10 17
Grey/Black
with green
stripe
125 9.41
*Reference hydraulic grade line drawings for maximum working head depictions. Maximum working head is defined as the maximum hydraulic grade line to be used in CONTRACTOR calculations for test pressures as specified in Section 15990.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Work performe d under this s ection shall conform to the Contract Drawings a nd Specifications and shall c omply with all standards, r ules and regulations, l aws an d ordinances of the OWNER and all other authorities having juri sdiction, as amended.
That which is necessary to make the work comply with the above requirements shall be provided without additional cost to the OWNER.
B. Unless oth erwise specified, refer ences to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of design, bid, or construction, whichever is earl iest. If refe renced
40 05 33.12-2
Fusible High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, referen ces to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last ve rsion of the document before it was discontinued.
C. Where doc ument dates are given in the following list ing, referenc es to those documents s hall m ean the specific document version associ ated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been super seded by a ver sion with a later date, discontinued or replaced.
D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International, most recent version:
1. ASTM D 2321 Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications
2. ASTM D 268 3 Standard Specification for Socket-Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter Controlled Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing
3. ASTM D 2737 Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Tubing
4. ASTM D 2774 Standard Practi ce for Undergr ound Installatio n of Thermoplastic Pressure Piping
5. ASTM F 2880 Standard Specification for Lap-Joint Type Flange Adapters for Polyethylene Pressure
6. Pipe in Nominal Pipe Sizes 3⁄4 in. to 65 in.
7. ASTM D 3035 Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR -PR) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter
8. ASTM D 3261 Standard Specification for Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing
9. ASTM D 3350 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe an d Fittin gs Materials
10. ASTM F 585 Standard Guide for Insertion of Flexible Polyethylene Pipe Into Existing Sewers
11. ASTM F 714 Standard Specification f or Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR -PR) Based on Outside Diameter
12. ASTM F 905 Standard Practice for Qualifi cation of Polyethylene Saddle -Fused Joints
13. ASTM F 1055 Standard Specification for Electrof usion Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter Controlled Polyethylene Pipe
14. ASTM F 1290 Standard Practice for Electrof usion Joining Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings
15. ASTM F1417 Standard Test Method for Installation Acceptance of Plastic Gravity Sewer Lines Using Low-Pressure Air
16. ASTM F 1962 Standard Guide for Use of Maxi -Horizontal Directional Drilling for Placement of Polyethylene Pipe or Conduit under Obstacles, In cluding River Crossings
17. ASTM F 2164 Standard Practice for Field Leak Testing of Polyethyle ne (PE) Pressure Piping Systems Using Hydrostatic Pressure
18. ASTM F 2206 Standard Specification for Fabricated Fittings of Butt -Fused Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe, Fittings, Sheet Stock, Plate Stock, or Block Stock
40 05 33.12-3
Fusible High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
19. ASTM F 2620 Standard Practice for Heat Fu sion Joining of Po lyethylene Pipe and Fittings
20. ASTM F 3124 Standard Practice for Data Recording the Procedure Used to Produce Heat Butt Fusion Joints
21. ASTM F 3183 Stan dard Practice for Guided Side Bend Evaluation of Polyethylene Pipe Butt Fusion Joint
22. ASTM F 3190 Stand ard Practice for Heat Fusion Equipment (HFE) Operator Qualification on Polyethylene (PE) and Polyamide (PA) Pipe and Fitting E. American Water Works Association (AWWA), most recent version:
1. AWWA C600 - Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances
2. AWWA C901 - Polyethylene (PE) Pressur e Pipe and Fittings, 1/2 -in Through 3 -in, for Water Distribution and Transmission
3. AWWA C906 - Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and F ittings, 4-in Through 63 -in, for Water Distribution and Transmission
4. ANSI/AWWA C651 Standard For Disinfecting Water Mains
5. AWWA M55 – PE Pipe – Design and Installation
F. American National Standards Institute (ANSI), most recent version:
1. ANSI B16.1 - Cast Iron Flanges and Flanged Fittings.
2. ANSI B16.21 - Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges.
3. ANSI/NSF 61- Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects G. Plastic Pipe Institute, PPI
1. PPI Handbook of Polyethylene Pipe – 2009 (2ndEdition)
2. PPI Municipal Advisory Board (MAB) Generic Electrofusion Procedure for Field Joining of 12 Inch and Smaller Polyethylene (PE) Pipe 15XXX -2 (Section 15XXX – HDPE Pipe) (12/12/17)
3. PPI Material Handling Guide for HDPE Pipe and Fittings
4. PPI TR-34 Disinfection of Newly Constructed Polyethylene Water Mains
5. PPI TR-38 Bolt Torque for Polyethylene Flanged Joints
6. PPI TN -42 Recom mended Minimum Training Guidelines for PE Pipe Butt Fusion Joining Operators for Municipal and Industrial Projects
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. The name of the pipe and fitting manufacturers and a list of materials to be furnished by each manufacturer. Also, include information on the supplier and distributor.
B. The name and qualifications of each technician propos ed to perfo rm fusion of pipe joints (including sidewall saddle fusion and electro fusion).
C. Shop D rawings including piping layouts and schedules shall include dimensioning, fittings, types and locati ons of valves and appurtenances, joint details, methods and location of supports, a nchorage, gasket material, grade of material and a ll other pertinent technical information for all items to be furnished.
D. Pipe manufacturer and Fusion services provider shall include the following:
40 05 33.12-4
Fusible High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
1. Minimum Bending Radius
2. Maximum Safe Pull Force
E. Submit certification that the stress regression testing has been performed on the specific polyethylene resin being utilized in the manufactu ring of the pipe for this contract in accordance with ASTM D2837.
F. Prior to each shipment, submit certified test reports that the pipe and fittings for this contract were manufactured and tested in accordance with the ASTM and AWWA Standards specified herein.
G. After pipe installation, the following A S-RECORDED DATA is required from th e contractor and/or fusion provider to the OWNER upon request:
1. Surveyed point and vertical elevation of each butt fused joint, elect rofusion coupling, and saddle.
2. Approved datalogger device reports
3. Pipe Size and Thickness
4. Machine Size
5. Fusion Technician Identification
6. Job Identification
7. Fusion Joint Number
8. Fusion, Heating, and Drag Pressure Settings
9. Heat Plate Temperature
10. Time Stamp
11. Heating and Cool Down Time of Fusion
12. Ambient Temperature
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. A representative of the pipe supplier shall witness and inspect the fusion of the first 20 joints installed by each fusion technician.
B. All HDPE pipe to be installed under this Contract may be inspected at the factory for compliance with this Section by an independe nt test ing laboratory provided by the OWNER. The manufacturer's cooperation s hall be required in these inspections. The cost of these plant inspections of all pipe approved for this Contract will be borne by the OWNER.
C. Inspection of the p ipe may also be made by the ENGINEER or other repr esentatives of the OWNER after delivery. Th e pipe shall be subject t o rejection at any t ime on account of failure to meet any of the specified requirements, even though pipes may have been accepted as sati sfactory at the place of manufacture. Pipe reject ed after delivery shall be marked for identification and shall immediately be removed from the jobsite.
40 05 33.12-5
Fusible High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
1.5 WARRANTY
A. The pipe and pipe installation via fusion services shall be warranted for a minimum of one year per the pipe supplier’s standard terms.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe Materials
1. All material shall be manufactured from a PE 4710 resin listed with the Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI) as TR-4. The resin material shall meet the specifications of ASTM D 3350 with a minimum cell classif ication of 445474C. HD PE pipe and fittings shall contain no recycled compounds except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification from the same raw material.
2. Pipe carrying fluids with d isinfection residuals such as potable water, recycled water, or p urified water, shall include Chlorine Class III Oxidative Resistance as defined by PPI TN-44, ASTM F2263, and ASTM D3350.
3. Pipe shall be made of HDPE material with a minimum materia l designation code of PE4710 and with a mi nimum Cell Classification as noted above. The polyethylene compound shall be suitably protected against degradation by ultraviolet light by means of carbon black of not les s than 2 percent. The manufacture of the H DPE resin shall certify the cell classification indicated.
4. Pipe sizes 3” and large shall have a manufacturing standard of ASTM F 714, while pipe smaller than 3” shall be manufactured to the dimensional requirement s listed in ASTM D 3035. Dimension Ratio ( DR) and Outside Diameter (IPS/DIPS) shall be as specified on plans.
5. Pipe shall meet AWWA C901 (1/2” to 3”) or AWWA C906 (4” to 63”), and shall be listed as meeting NSF-61.
6. Pipe shall be manufactured by an ISO 9001 certified manufacturer. The pipe manufacturer shall h ave an ongo ing Quality Control program for incoming and outgoing materials and shall assure that the pipe will meet the material requirements of this specification. HDPE resins for manufacturing of pipe shall be checked for density, melt flow ra te, and contamination. The facility shall have the necessary testing equipment to verify that pipe meets the AWWA and NSF standards. Pipe shall be checked for outside diameter, wall thickness, length, and surface finish on the inside and outside. The Manuf acturer’s production f acilities shall be open for inspection by the OWNER or ENGINEER.
7. HDPE pipe is a flexible conduit and shall be designed to transfer imposed loads to the surrounding embedment medium. The pipe and fittings shall be homogeneous throughout and free of all defects incl uding but not limited to , holes, foreign inclusions, voids, indentations, delaminations, cracks, bubbles and pinholes, which due to their n ature, degree, or extent, detrimentally af fect the strength and serviceability of th e pipe. Any p ipe or fittings with such d efects which, in the judgement of the ENGINEER, wi ll affect the strength and serviceability shal l be repaired or rejected.
8. Pipe shall be furnished in standard laying lengths not exceeding 50-ft.
40 05 33.12-6
Fusible High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
B. HDPE FITTINGS
1. All polyethylene pipe fittings shall be HDPE PE4710 an d meet the requirements of ASTM F714 . Fittings shall be made of HDPE material with a minimum material designation code of PE4710 and with a minimum Cell Cl assification 445474C.
Fittings shall have a minimum pressure rating equal to or greater than the pipe to which they are joined unless otherwise specified on the plans or accepted by ENGINEER. All fittings shall meet the requirements of AWWA C901 or C906
2. HDPE fittings carrying fluids with disinfect ion residuals such as potable water, recycled water, or p urified water , shall include Chlorine Class III Oxidative Resistance as defined by PPI TN-44, ASTM F2263, and ASTM D3350.
3. HDPE fittings shall be joined using fully self-restrained butt fusion and electrofusion. Adhesives , solvents, cements, socket fittings, push-on-joints, grooved joints, and mechanical compression j oints shall not be permitted. All joints shall be made in s trict compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations and ASTM 2657.
4. Butt Fusion Fittings
a. Molded fittings shall comply with the requirements of ASTM D 3261.
5. Electrofusion HDPE Fittings
a. Electrofusion Fittings shall have a manufacturing standard of ASTM F1055. For potable water systems, all electrofusion fittings shall have AWWA approval.
6. Elbow fittings shall be long radius and may not exceed 90 degrees.
C. MECHANICAL FITTINGS
1. The use of self-restrained and unrestrained mechanical coupling s are not permitted.
D. SADDLE SIDEWALL FUSION CONNECTION
1. Mechanical saddle connections to HDPE carrier pipe are not permitted
2. Electrofusion saddles are not permitted.
3. Saddle connections to host HDPE pipe shall be made via saddle sidewall fusion.
E. PIPE IDENTIFICATION
1. At 5 -ft intervals along the pipe, the pipe shall be marked with the name of the manufacturer, size and class (pressure and DR), and manufa cturing reference to ASTM F714.
2. All pipe shall be color coded for the intended service. The color coding shall be permanently coextruded stripes on the pipe outside surface as part of the pipe’s manufacturing process. Painting HDPE pipe to accomplish color coding is not permitted. Color coding shall be as follows:
a. Communications or Power - orange
b. Sewer – green
c. Potable Water - blue
d. Non Potable Water, Recycled Water, or Purified Water – purple.
F. CONNECTION HARDWARE
40 05 33.12-7
Fusible High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
1. Bolts, nuts, and washers for buried service shall be made of non-corrosive, high- strength, low-alloy steel having the characteristics sp ecified in A NSI/AWWA C111/A21.11, regardless of any other protective coating.
G. All ductile iron mechanical and fl anged fittings shall be lined and coated with Tnemec 431 or Protecto 401 and as per manufacturer recommendation.
2.2 CONNECTIONS TO SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES A. HDPE pipe shall be connected to manholes and other structures to provide a leakfree, properly graded flo w into or out of t he manhole or s tructure shall be as indicated in the Contract Documents.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. All HDPE pipe and fittings shall be cut, joined, and installed i n accordance with t he manufacturer's recommendations. Joining, laying, and pulling of polyethylene pipe shall be accomplished by personnel experienced in working with polyethylene pipe systems.
3.2 TRANSPORTATION, UNLOADING, HANDLING, AND STORAGE A. The manufacturer shall package product in a manner designed to deliver the pipe and fittings to the project neatly, intact and without physical damage. During transportation each pipe shall rest on suitable pads, strips skids, or blocks securely wedged or tied in place.
B. During loading, t ransportation, and unloading, every precaution shall be taken to prevent damage to the pipe. The handling of the pipeline shall be in such a ma nner that the pipe is not damaged by draggin g it over sharp a nd cutting objects. Cuts or gouges that reduce the wall thickness by more than 10% are not acceptable and must be cut out and discarded.
C. Handle the pipe in accordance with the PPI Handbook of Pol yethylene Pipe (2nd Edition), Chapter 2. All pipe and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or by skidding in order to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be rolled or skidded against pipe on the groun d. Slings, hooks or pipe tongs shall be padded and used in such a manner as to prevent damage to the exterior surface or interior of the pipe. All pipe and fittings shall be subjected to visual inspection at time of delivery and before they are lowered into the trench to be laid.
40 05 33.12-8
Fusible High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
D. Materials, if stored, sha ll be kept safe fr om damage and shall not be stacked higher than the limits recommended by the manufacturer. The bottom tiers shall be kept off the ground on timb ers, rails, or concrete. Pipe shall not be s tored close to heat sources.
E. The interior of the p ipe as well as all sealing surfaces of mating components (i.e. flange faces) shall be kept free from dirt or foreign matter at all times. The open ends of all sec tions of joined and/or installed pipe (not i n ser vice) shall be plugged to prevent insects, an imals, or foreign material from entering the pipe line or pipe section. The practice of stuffing cloth or paper in the open ends of the pipe will not be permitted. Use waterproof nightcaps to prevent the en trance of any typ e of natural precipitation into t he carrier or cont ainment pipe and will be secured to the pipe in such a manner that the wind cannot blow them loos e. Where possible, the pipe shall be raised and supported at a suitable distance from the o pen end such that the open end will be below the level of the pipe at the point of support.
F. All pipe and fittings shall be subjected to visual inspection at time o f delivery and before they are installed or lowered into the trench to be laid. Defective, damaged, or unsound pipe will be rejected. Cuts, pun ctures, or gouges that penetrate or reduce the wall thickness by 10% or more are not acceptable and must be remov ed and discarded.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Cutting pipe shall be done per the manufacturer’s recommendations. No machine oil shall be imparted upon the cut s urface. The cut shall leave a smooth cut at right angles to the axis of the pipe.
B. HDPE pi pe shall be pulled into place. Prior to pulling the pipeline, C ontractor shall place rollers or other approved devices beneath the pipe to avoid unnecessary damage and to reduce pipe drag. Dragging the pipe on concrete or asphaltic pavement is not permitted.
C. Per ASTM F1804, the Contractor shall determine and document the maximum proposed pull-in length and pull -in force f or the pressure class and pipe diameter to be pulled . Pull-in lengths may not exceed the maximum lengths for the class and diameter pipe.
D. Contractor shall install HDPE for horizontal directional d rilling (HDD) trenchless construction pursuant to ASTM F19 62, PPI TR -46, and PPI PE Hand book at a minimum.
E. Contractor shall slipline HDPE inside a host pipe pursuant to ASTM F585 and PPI PE Handbook. A minimum 24 -hour pipe rela xation period is required for sliplining operations prior to final connection to and installation of fittings.
F. Fusible HDPE PE4710 pipelines maximum radius of curvature shall not exceed 100 x pipe outer diameter as insta lled. A maximum of 75% of manufacturer-permitted
40 05 33.12-9
Fusible High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
minimum long-term cold bending radii shall only be permitted by the ENGINEER in special c ircumstances wher e fittings or flanges are not p resent or as designed by ENGINEER.
3.4 FUSION AND JOINING
A. GENERAL
1. All HDPE pipe segments shall be joined via butt fusion or electrofusion couplings.
Smaller diameter connections to the HDPE pipe shal l be made vi a sidewall fusion saddles or a butt fused reducing tee. The Contractor shall make every effort to reduce the u se of electrofu sion couplings as much as feasible and limit it to connecting separate testing runs , different classes of pipes, or repaired sections.
Alternatives shall not be permitted for intermediate joints c onnecting two HDPE pipe segments unless permitted by ENGINEER on an individual basis.
B. BUTT FUSION REQUIREMENTS
1. The pipe shall be joined by the butt f usion procedure outlined in AS TM F 2620 or PPI TR-33. All fusion joints shall be made in compliance with the pipe or fitting manufacturer’s recommendations. Fusion joints shall be made by qualified fusion technicians per PPI TN -42. A record or certificate of training for the fusion operator must be provided that documents training to the fundamentals of ASTM F 2620.
2. Each fusion joint s hall be recorded and logged by an electronic monitoring device (data logger) connected to the fusion machine.
3. Only appropriately sized and ou tfitted fusion machines that have been appro ved by the pipe suppli er shall be used for the fusion process. Fusio n machines must incorporate the following elements:
a. HEAT PLATE - Heat plates shall be in good condit ion with no deep g ouges or scratches. Plat es shall b e cle an and free of any debris or contamination.
Heater controls shall function properly; cord and plu g shall be in good condition. The appropriately sized heat plate shall be capable of maintaining a uniform and consistent heat profile and temperature for the size of pipe being fused, per the pipe supplier’s guidelines.
b. CARRIAGE – Carriage shall travel smoothly with no binding at less than 50 psi.
Jaws shall be in good condition with proper inserts fo r the pipe size be ing fused. Insert pins shall be installed with no interference to carriage travel. c. GENERAL MACHINE - Overview of machine body shall yield no obvious defects, missing parts, or potential safety issues during fusion. d. DATA LOGGING DEVICE – An approved datalo gging device wi th the cur rent version of the pipe supplier’s recommen ded and compatible sof tware shall be used. Datalogging device operat ions and maintenance manual shall be with the unit at all times. If fusing for extended periods of time, an independe nt 110V power source shall be available to extend battery life.
4. Other equipment specificall y required for the fusion process shall include the following:
a. Pipe rollers shall be used for support of pipe to either side of the machine. b. A weather protection canopy that allows full machine motion of the heat plate, fusion assembl y and carriage shall b e provided for fusion in inclement,
40 05 33.12-10
Fusible High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
extreme tem peratures, and /or w indy we ather, per the pipe sup plier’s recommendations.
c. An infrared (IR) pyrometer for checking pipe and heat plate temperatures shall be used.
d. Fusion machine operation s and maintenance manu al shall be kept with the fusion machine at all times.
e. Facing blades specifically designed for cutting HDPE pipe shall be used.
C. ELECTROFUSION REQUIREMENTS
1. Electrofusion joining shall be done in accor dance with t he manufacturers recommended procedure. Other sources of electrofusion joining information are ASTM F 1290, PPI TN 34, and PPI Municipal Advisory Board (MAB) Generic Electrofusion Procedure for Field Joining of 12 Inch and Smaller Polyethylene (PE) Pipe. The process of electrofusion requires an electric source, commonly called an electrofusion processor that has wire leads and a method to read electronically (by laser) or otherwise input the barcode of the fitting. The electrofusion processor must be capabl e of reading and storing the input parameters and the fusion results for later download to a record file. Qualification of the fusion technician shall be demonstrated by evidence of electrofusion training within the past year on the equipment to be utilized for this project.
D. SADDLE SIDEWALL FUSION CONNECTION
1. Saddle sidewall fusion shall be done in accordance with ASTM F 2620 or T R-41 or the fitting manufacturer’s recommendations and PPI TR-41.
2. Saddle sidewall fusion joints shall be made b y quali fied fusion technicians.
Qualification of the fusion te chnician shall be demonstrated by eviden ce of fusion training within the past year on the equipment to be utilized on this project.
3. Saddle sidewall fusion is used to fuse br anch s addles, tapping t ees, and other HDPE constructs onto the wall of the main pipe (ASTM F905).
E. FUSION OPERATORS
1. The employer of the fusion machine operator is responsible for the fusion joint quality of the fusion weld made by that individual. The employer is responsible for documenting a ll training and qualification records for that individual, including compliance to any code requirements for fusion/bonder operators.
2. All HDPE fusion equipment operato rs shall be qualified to the procedure used to perform pipe joining. Fusion equi pment ope rators shall have current, formal training on all fusion equipment employed on the project. Training received more than two years prior to operation with no evidence o f activity within the past 6 months shall not be considered current.
3. Fusion oper ators must h ave a current fusion training certificate McElroy Fusion Training Certificate for the equipment to be used on the project
4. When the fusion machine operator is employed by the HDPE pipe and fusion machine s upplier, the supplier shall maintain an ISO 9001 Cer tified Quality Management System
F. FUSION DATA RECORDING
40 05 33.12-11
Fusible High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
1. McElroy DataLogger or equivalent fusion da ta recorder shall be used to record all fusion welds on hydraulically operated fusion machines. The device s hall be capable of meeting the requirements of ASTM F 3124, “Standard Practice for Data Recording the Procedure used to Produce Heat Butt Fusion Joi nts in Plastic Piping Systems or Fittings”. The device, or combination of devices, shall record the following variables of each fused joint:
a. Heater surface tem perature- immediately before inserting the heater plate, measure with a pyrometer and manually enter into the weld record. b. Gauge pressure during the initial heat cycle
c. Gauge pressure and elapsed time during the heat-soak cycle d. Heater removal (d well) time v . Gauge pressure and elapsed time during the fusing/cool cycle
e. Drag pressure vii. Pipe diameter and wall thickness
f. Type of HDPE material (Specification and Classification) and manufacturer g. Fusion Machine Identification
2. The device shall record t he operator name and a unique operator ID number, along with the date and time of each weld.
3. Records showing the device is up to date on all required calibration should be available for presentation when requested.
4. All fusion welds should be traceable to t he report (via operator and weld ID) with an indentation weld stamp or by permanent paint marker/pen next to fusion weld.
G. INSTALLATION AND FUSION WEATHER CONDITIONS
1. The CONTRACTOR s hall note that HDPE expands/contracts 1” for every 1 00-ft of pipe for every 10°F change. CONTRACTOR shall consider and make provisions for thermal expansion of HDPE during placement so as undue stresses do not develop at connection points to fittings from compression (cold pipe heating up) or tension (hot pipe cooling down). In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall make every effort to reduce snaking of the pipelin e from thermal expansion prior to placement of fill material to the sat isfaction of the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall base final lengths and make final connections to fittings when the outer temperature of the HDPE pipe is within 10°F of the monthly annual average temperature or within 10°F of the temperature of groundwater or if the CONTRACTO R has mitigated thermal expansion effects to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
2. Considerations shall be given to and provisions made to mitigate adverse weather conditions, such as temperatures below fr eezing, precipitation, heavy fog and mist, or wind.
3.5 TESTING
A. Butt Fusion Examinations and Testing
1. Visual: For pipe sec tions, examine the full exterior ci rcumference for bead uniformity before cutting. After cutting the pipe section, review the interior bead.
All beads should have visually acceptable bead formation as shown in Fig 4 and Appendix X2 of ASTM F 2620. In addit ion, the following char acteristics are expected:
a. There shall be no evidence of cracks or incomplete fusing
40 05 33.12-12
Fusible High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
b. There shall be no evidence of captured objects (e.g., pipe shavings, facer ribbons) between bonded surfaces.
c. Variations in upset bead heights on oppo site sides of the cleav age and around the circumference of fused pipe joints are acceptable
d. The apex of the cleavage between the upset beads of the fused joint shall remain above the base material surface
e. Fused joints shall not display visible angular misa lignment, and outside diameter mismatch shall be less than 10% of the nominal wall thickness f. Fusion data record review that meet criteria of section 3.04.D.1 can be used as additional verification of visual indicators.
2. Fusion Data Record Review
a. The fusion date record for each fu sed joint shall be compared to the approved fusion procedure. The reviewer shall verify the following:
1) That all data required herein was recorded
2) Interfacial pressure was within the acceptable range 3) Heater surface temperature was within the acceptable range 4) Butt fusion pressure applied during the fusing/cool cycle was correctly calculated to include drag pressure, fell within the acceptable range for the applicable size and agrees with the recorded hydraulic fusing pressure. 5) Butt fusing pressure was reduced to a value less than or equal to drag pressure at the beginning of the heat soak cycle.
6) Fusing machine was opened at the end of the heat soak cycle, the heater was removed, and the end were brought together at the fusion pressure with the acceptable time range
7) Cooling time at butt fusing pressure met the minimum time specified b. If the recorded data is outside the limits of the a cceptable range, the joint is unacceptable, and must be removed and replaced.
c. Frequency. Records for test fusion joints should be r eviewed immediately after the joint is completed. Fusion joints for jobsite fusions should be reviewed daily or before being covered with backfill.
3. Mechanical Test
a. Contractor shall mechanically test t he first fusion of each operator and each machine used on the project. Installation shall not continue until a fusion test has passed the test. Additional mechanical test are not required as long as long as the fusion are reviewed with the frequency specified herein. b. Testing of fusion joints with no fusion data record revi ew shall be at a frequency specified by the Owner or Engineer.
c. The fusion shall be allowed to cool completely, then fusion test straps shall be cut out.
d. All samples shall be l abeled with operator information. Testing must be done at 73 degrees F plus or mi nus 5 degrees. The test temper ature and sample size are critical to testing. Testing performed at cold or elevated temperatures may not give similar results to tests performed at ambient temperatures. e. Each pipe sample weld shall be subjected to testing at two locations 180 degrees apart from each other in the joint weld. All specimens shall be tested by one of the following methods:
1) Reverse Bend Test are allowed for pipe sizes 4” IPS or smaller. The
40 05 33.12-13
Fusible High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
specimens shall be prepared and tested in accordance with ASTM F 2620, Appendix X4.
2) Guided Side Bend Test are allowed for all wall thicknesses of 1” or greater.
The specimens shall be removed and tested in accordance with ASTM F 3183. 3. Hydrostatic Burst Test is allowed for pipe sizes 2”-24”. The specimen length should measure 6 times pipe diameter with the butt fusion joint in the center of the specimen. The specimen should be tested in a tank filled with water, and testing conditions monitored and recorded with computerized equipment. The specimen will be tested at 4 times pipe rated pressure for 5 minutes with no failure of joint allowed. f. Results of any mechanical test should be documented. Information on the weld and operator shou ld be transferred from the sample to the testing record.
3.6 PIGGING, FLUSHING, CLEANING, AND DISINFECTING
A. All mains shall be pigged, cleaned and flushed to remove all dirt, sand, debris , cuttings, and other foreign matter. The Contractor shall be responsible for deve loping a pigging and flushing plan to be submitted to the Eng ineer for ap proval prior to pigging and flushing.
B. Disinfection:
1. Cleaning and disinfecting of potable water systems shall be in accordance with AWWA C651 and AWWA M55 Chapter 10, and PPI Han dbook of Polyethylene Pipe Chapter 2 (2nd Edition).
2. The liquid disinfection chemical solution should be limited to less than 12% active chlorine. The time -duration of the disinfection should not exceed 24 hours.
Chlorine tablets or powders are not permitted.
3. Upon completion, the system should be thoroughly flushed with fr esh water, a nd retested to verify the disinfectant chlorine level has been re duced to potable drinking water concentrations in all service water tubing and branch lateral pipes
+ + END OF SECTION + +
TOC-4
Table of Contents
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville NOVEMBER 2022
WWE Project: 21-060 100% Design Submittal
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
40 05 41-1
Piping System Data Sheet – Vitrified Clay Gravity Sewer Pipe (VCP) Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 40 05 41
PIPING SYSTEM DATA SHEET – VITRIFIED CLAY GRAVITY SEWER PIPE (VCP)
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Pipe Conform to the requirements of ASTM C700 (4 to 42-inch) with unglazed extra strength vitrified clay pipe (VCP). The crushing strength (3-edge bearing method) shall be as set forth in the National Clay Pipe Institute (NCPI) Specification ER 4-67 for VCP.
Fittings Conform to the requirements of ASTM C700 (4 to 42-inch) with watertight preformed joints used with VCP.
Joints Two part polyurethane mixture joint with bell and spigot conforming to ASTM C425. Joints shall have resilient properties.
Gaskets Conform to the requirements of ASTM C700.
Joint Lubricant Vegetable based soap lubricant and as per Manufacturer’s standard.
++ END OF SECTION ++
40 05 41-2
Piping System Data Sheet – Vitrified Clay Gravity Sewer Pipe (VCP) Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
40 05 58-1
Fabricated Slide Gate
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 40 05 58
FABRICATED SLIDE GATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope: This Section describes the design, fabrication, and supply of fabricated stainless steel slide gates, including wall thimbles (if applicable), pipe adapters (if applicable), discs, guide frames, stem guides, seats, operating stem, operator, and anchorage. Gate supplier shall provide all materials, equipment, and accessories necessary to furnish and install slide gates as described herein and as shown on Drawings.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Reference Standards: Comply with requirements and recommendations of the following references, except as otherwise specified:
1. AWWA C561-12, Fabricated Stainless Steel Slide Gates
2. NSF/ANSI 61, Drinking Water System Components Health Effects
3. ASTM A 276, Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes
4. American Gear Manufacturers Association (AGMA)
5. Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (ABMA) B. Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Gate manufacturer shall have a minimum of five years of experience of producing substantially similar equipment and shall be able to show evidence of at least ten installations in satisfactory operation for at least five years.
C. Unit Responsibility: All equipment specified herein shall be coordinated and provided by a single gate manufacturer. Manufacturer assumes full responsibility for coordination of all components.
D. Source Quality Control:
1. Shop Tests:
a. Test each slide gate fully assembled for proper seating, operation, and for leakage.
b. Fully open and close gate disc in its guide syst em to ensure that it operates freely.
E. Warranty: Provide a 1-year warranty on all equipment from date of start-up. Warranty shall cover defects in workmanship, design, and materials. If any component should fail during the warranty period, it shall be corrected and the unit restored to service at no expense to the OWNER.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
40 05 58-2
Fabricated Slide Gate
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
1. Detailed drawings showing component and assembly dimensions, location of mechanical connections, weights of all equipment, installation details, and accessory details.
2. Drawings, templates and directions for installation of anchor bolts and stem couplings.
B. Product Data:
1. Descriptive literature, specifications, and engineering data.
2. Materials of construction for all components and accessories.
3. Force calculations for gate operator and stem, including seismic loading calculations.
4. Shipping, storage, protection and handling instructions.
5. Installation directions.
6. Operation and Maintenance Manual.
C. Shop Test Results:
1. Submit results of the required shop tests.
D. Field Test Results:
1. Submit a written report giving the results of the field tests required.
1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Gate manufacturer shall provide any special unloading, storage and handling instructions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT AND MANUFACTURER:
A. Golden Harvest, GH-46NRS
B. Or equal
2.2 GOVERNING STANDARD
A. Except as modified or supplemented herein, fabricated slide gates and their appurtenances shall conform to the applicable requirements of AWWA C561.
2.3 SERVICE CONDITIONS AND PERFORMANCE
A. Gate Schedule:
Tag G-01
Location Wier Manhole
Service Raw Wastewater
Operation Open-Close
Size (W x H) Coordinate with Hybrid PVC Manhole
Manufacturer for 12” VCP inlet pipe
40 05 58-3
Fabricated Slide Gate
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
Tag G-01
Self-Contained No
Seating Head ~14 feet
Unseating Head 12 inches
Inv. Elevation 194
Embedded Inv.
Operating Floor Elevation
Mounting Wall
Closure J-Bulb Seal
Top Seal No
Actuator Nut
Gate Opening Direction Upward
Stem Movement Non-Rising
Stem Cover Type None
Limit Switches No
B. Performance:
1. Closed leakage shall not exceed 0.05 gallons per minute (GPM) per foot of gate periphery under seating or unseating head conditions.
2.4 COMPONENTS
A. General:
1. Slide gates and all appurtenances shall be provided by one gate manufacturer.
2. All components of the gates shall have a minimum thickness of ¼-inch.
3. Gates shall be either self-contained or non self-contained of the rising stem or non- rising configuration as indicated on the gate schedule.
B. Frame:
1. Frame Material: ASTM A-276 Type 316L SS.
2. Designed for maximum rigidity as column to take the thrust developed during the slide gate operation under maximum head.
3. Bolt-together guide frames are allowed.
4. Guide frame corners shall be factory welded.
5. The guides shall extend above or beneath the opening a sufficient amount to support the disc in the fully open or closed position.
6. The frame configuration shall be of the flush -bottom type and shall allow the replacement of the top and side seals without removing the gate frame from the wall.
7. Provide bolt holes in upper portion of sides of frame for connection to supporting angle.
C. Disc:
1. Material: ASTM A-240 Type 316L SS.
2. Disc shall be reinforced as necessary to limit deflection under the design operating head to less than 1/360 of the gate span.
3. Reinforcing members shall be 316L SS angle or channels welded to the plate.
D. Guides and Seals:
40 05 58-4
Fabricated Slide Gate
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
1. The guides shall be provided with frame mounted ASTM D-4020 ultra high molecular weight polyethylene (UHMWPE) seals that contact both sides of the sli de disc and shall be of such length as to retain and support two thirds of the vertical height of the slide in the fully open position.
2. Side and top seals shall be neoprene ASTM D-2000 or ASTM D-4020 UHMWPE, and shall be mechanical and fully adjustable in the field, or shall be self-adjusting type with a continuous compression cord.
3. Lower seals shall be flush bottom resilient neoprene, mounted to the bottom of the disc or to the frame.
E. Yoke and Pedestal (For Self-Contained Gates):
1. Self-contained gates shall be provided with a yoke to support the operating bench stand. The yoke shall be formed by two structural members welded at the top of the guides to provide a one piece rigid frame. The maximum deflection of the yoke shall be 1/360 of the gate's span.
F. Pedestal (For Non Self-Contained Gates):
1. Non-self contained gates shall be provided with pedestal mounted lifts. Pedestal shall be stainless steel and provided with shop coating.
G. Stem:
1. Material: ASTM A-276 Type 316L SS.
2. Diameter shall be 1-1/2 inch minimum, and be sized as necessary to withstand two times the compressive force when 40 pounds of force are applied at the operator.
3. Stem shall be supported such that the L/r ratio for unsupported lengths does not exceed 200.
4. Threaded portions of the stem shall be full-depth ACME type cold rolled threads with a maximum surface roughness of 0.000016 inches. Machine cut threads will not be accepted.
5. Join stems of more than one section by stainless steel or silicon bronze couplings threaded and keyed to the stems. All threaded and keyed couplings of the same size shall be interchangeable.
6. Provide rising stems with an adjustable stop collar on the stem on all gates with manual operators.
7. Connect the stem to the disc by means of a bolted connection with a minimum of two bolts.
H. Stem Guides:
1. Provide Type 316 stainless steel stem guides when necessary to ensure that the maximum L/R ratio for the unsupported part of the stem is 200 or less per AWWA C561 standards. Maximum stem spacing allowed is 10 feet.
2. Guides shall consist of collar with UHMWPE bushings, and bracket with slotted holes for adjustment in two directions.
3. Inside diameter of the collar and bushings shall be slightly larger than the gate stem to prevent binding.
I. Manual Actuator:
1. Crank Type:
a. Each crank-operated manual actuator shall be provided with a removable crank having a revolving grip.
40 05 58-5
Fabricated Slide Gate
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
b. Crank handles shall have an overall length of not less than 6 inches and not more than 15 inches.
c. Crank handles shall be made of corrosion resistant material. d. Maximum effort required to open the gate shall not be more than 40 pounds, and shall be able to withstand, without damage, an effort of 80 pounds. e. Crank shall have fully enclosed single or double gear reducer as required for lifting capacity.
1) Gears shall be machine cut.
2) Arrow marked “open” shall be cast on the housing to indicate direction of rotation to open the gate.
3) All bearings and gears shall be totally enclosed in a cast steel weather tight housing.
4) Provide anti-friction bearings to properly support both opening and closing thrusts. Ball or roller bearings shall be used to support the stainless steel pinion shaft on crank-operated gearboxes.
5) Lubrication fitting shall be provided in gear housing to permit lubrication of all gears and bearings.
2. Handwheel Type:
a. Direct Drive without reduction gearing
1) Maximum handwheel diameter shall be 30 inches.
3. Furnish threaded bronze lift nut to engage threaded portion of stem. a. Lift nut shall be flanged and supported on roller bearings. b. Lift nut shall be capable of thrust developed during opening and closing of the gate without damage.
c. Provide adjustable bronze stop collar for OPEN and CLOSED position limitation. d. Distance from center of radius of crank arm or center of handwheel to ground shall be less than 48 inches.
J. Fasteners and Anchor Bolts:
1. All fasteners necessary for installation and operation shall be furnished by the gate manufacturer.
2. Fasteners shall be Type 316 stainless steel
3. Fasteners shall be ½-inch diameter minimum, and adequately sized to withstand all operational stresses.
4. Provide Type 316 stai nless steel anchor bolts as required for stem guides, floorstands, and all equipment or appurtenances which must be secured to concrete walls or floors. Anchor bolts shall be of ample size and strength for the purpose intended, and shall be furnished by the gate manufacturer. Anchor bolts shall have a minimum diameter of 1/2-inch. Anchor bolts shall conform to the requirements of Specification Section 05 05 06, Anchors, Inserts, and Epoxy Dowels.
K. Spare Parts: Provide the following spare parts:
1. Bronze lift nuts:
a. One for each stem diameter provided
2. Special tools required for servicing operator
L. Identification:
40 05 58-6
Fabricated Slide Gate
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
1. Identify each slide gate with gate m anufacturer’s nameplate stamped with the approved designation as shown in the Gate Schedule. Manufacturer’s nameplate shall be permanently fastened to the gate at the factory.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Installation shall be as shown on the Drawings and in accordance with gate manufacturer’s written instructions.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Conduct functional and performance tests under approved simulated operating conditions.
B. Functional Tests:
1. Each slide gate with appurtenances shall be field tested. Tests shall demonstrate to ENGINEER that each part and all parts together function in the manner intended. All necessary testing equipment and manpower shall be provided by CONTRACTOR at his expense. OWNER will furnish all power, and incidental material and labor required for the tests.
C. Leakage Tests:
1. Maximum permissible leakage shall be in accordance with the requirements of Sub- Section 2.2, above. Excess leakage shall be reduced to meet specified requirements by adjusting the gate, or replacement will be required.
D. In the event that the gate manufacturer is unable to demonstrate to ENGINEER that his equipment meets the requirements of the tests, the deficient equipment will be rejected, and adjustments and/or modifications shall be made. Retest the equipment as often as necessary to meet the specified requirements. No separate payments shall be made for adjustments and/or modifications.
3.3 MANUFACTURER’S FIELD SERVICES:
1. Minimum 2 trips for Manufacturer’s Field Services:
a. 1 person-day for installation assistance
b. 1 person-day for inspection, testing, alignment, and training
++ END OF SECTION ++
40 66 33-1
Fiber Optic Cabling and Equipment
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 40 66 33
FIBER OPTIC CABLING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. The minimum requirements for product quality and performance, including preparation and installation of fiber optic cabling.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. All fiber optic, instrumentation and control equipment and materials, including installation and testing, shall conform to the following Codes and Standards, where applicable:
1. ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B and B.3, Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standards
2. ISO/IEC 11801, Generic Cabling for Customer Premises
3. IEEE 802.3, Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet, 10 Gigabit Ethernet
4. ITU-T G.652.D
5. ATM Forum, User Network Interface (UNI)
6. ANSI X3T9.5, FDDI
7. EIA/TIA 492CAAB and ITU G.652.C
8. EIA-455-41, Crush Resistance Standards
9. EIA-455-25, Impact Resistance Standards
10. EIA-455-104, Flexure Standards
11. EIA/TIA-598, Color Coding of Fiber Optic Cables
12. NFPA - National Fire Protection Agency
13. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Act Standards
14. UL - Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
B. The revisions of these Codes and Standards in effect on the date of issuance of the Contract Documents shall apply. Codes and Standards referenced shall be considered minimum acceptable work. In instances where two or more Codes are at variance, the most restrictive requirements shall apply.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Fiber Optic Submittal:
1. All shop drawings shall be submitted on 11 x 17-inch or 24 x 36-inch sheets at one time.
Drawings prepared on 8 1/2 x 11-inch sheets will not be accepted. Shop drawings shall be drawn to scale or completely dimensioned and shall include all information required to completely describe the contents. Drawings shall show front views, plan views, elementary wiring diagrams and numbered connection points.
2. Product Submittals:
a. Product submittals shall be submitted within 20 work days after the Notice to Proceed.
Any products that are purchased, fabricated or shipped before the product submittals have been favorably reviewed by the Engineer shall be done solely at the Contractor’s risk.
b. Furnish to the Engineer detailed specifications of the material, shop drawings including product dimensions, catalog cuts, fiber optic diagrams, wiring diagrams, bill of material, and other descriptive material as required to fully describe the equipment being furnished under these Specifications Sections.
40 66 33-2
Fiber Optic Cabling and Equipment
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
c. Furnish 10 one-meter lengths of the submitted fiber optic cable with the Product Submittal.
3. Fiber Optic Routing Diagram:
a. The Fiber Optic Routing Diagram shall show all connections, splices and fiber optic devices. All cables shall be numbered consecutively on the diagrams. Cable identification shall be unique. "Typical" diagrams are not acceptable. b. The Fiber Optic Routing Diagram shall show the connections and physical relationship of fiber optic devices and apparatus in pairs or groups by functionality or use within each location. Identify each fiber by its size and color on the Fiber Optic Routing Diagrams according to the fiber numbers shown on the Fiber Optic Routing Diagrams. Fiber identification on adapter plates shall be as shown on the Fiber Optic Routing Diagrams.
4. Cable Pulling Calculations:
a. Submit Pulling Calculations including distance, lubrication amounts, maximum and expected pulling tensions per segment(s). Pulling Calculations shall be submitted and approved prior to cable installations.
b. The Contractor may perform calculations on the worst case or typical segment(s) as an overall guideline. These may be submitted in place of each segment if desired. c. Submit a Pulling Plan that describes how the fiber optic cables will be installed. This plan shall include sequence of installation steps, such as those described in Part 3, order of installation and quantity of cables, including cable name and cable number. The approved plan is required prior to cable installation. Note: Interduct cleaning and proofing may occur in advance of this plan’s approval.
5. Fiber Optic Link Loss Calculations: Submit Fiber Optic Link Loss Calculations as described in this section prior to fiber link testing.
B. Certificate
1. Submit certification of supplier qualifications as detailed below.
2. Submit certification of installed qualifications as detailed below.
C. Field Quality Control
1. Items listed under Part 3, 3.2 of this specification sections.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the manufacturers listed in the applicable Articles below are acceptable.
2.2 FIBER OPTICS:
A. QUALITY
1. All products specified in these Specifications and shown on the Contract Drawings are intended to be of the highest quality. All equipment and materials shall be new and the products shall be from reputable suppliers with adequate experience in the manufacturing of these products. For uniformity, provide only one manufacturer for each type of product.
Provide the manufacturer's latest product that conforms to these Specifications.
2. All equipment shall be designed for the service intended. The equipment shall be rugged and have ample strength to withstand all stresses that may occur during fabrication, transportation, erection, and continuous or intermittent operation.
3. All individual parts making up the product shall be adequately braced, anchored, and installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. All components and devices installed shall be standard items of industrial grade, unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents, and shall be of 40 66 33-3
Fiber Optic Cabling and Equipment
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
sturdy and durable construction. Light duty, fragile, and competitive grade devices of doubtful durability shall not be used. Utility, as well as appearance and safety, shall be given consideration in the design of products.
4. All products shall be Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listed, unless this requirement is waived by the Engineer or specified otherwise.
5. Products that are specified in these Specifications establish a standard of quality and do not prohibit the use of equal products of other manufacturers. However, all products furnished, whether specified or not, shall be favorably reviewed by the Engineer prior to purchase, delivery and installation.
6. When required by the Specifications or requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit equipment or material samples for test or evaluation. The samples shall be furnished with information as to their source and prepared in such quantities and sizes as may be required for proper examination and testing, with all freight and charges prepaid by the Contractor. All samples shall be submitted before shipment of the equipment or material to the job site and in ample time to permit the making of proper tests, analyses, examinations, rejections, and resubmissions before incorporation into the work.
7. All fiber optic materials shall be new and free from defects. All fiber optic materials shall conform, where applicable, to the Standards listed in this Section, unless otherwise noted.
B. SUBSTITUTIONS
1. Substitution requests shall be submitted for review and approval prior to purchasing.
Substitution submittals shall include, at minimum, the following:
a. Complete product specification including mechanical and electrical. b. Name and contact information of manufacturer or supplier. c. Trade or brand name.
d. Type, model, style, and/or catalog number.
2. The Contractor assumes full responsibility for including complete, correct data in the submittal and shall include complete diagrams and descriptive technical data sheets for the Engineer’s determination of equality or suitability for any substitution. Only one such request may be submitted. The rejection of any substitution shall automatically require the Contractor to furnish the specified item without further discussion or delay.
C. NAMEPLATES
1. All fiber optic equipment and devices including all pull boxes shall be properly identified with a descriptive nameplate.
2. Pull Boxes and Vaults:
a. An industry standard 4 inch orange or yellow label marked “CAUTION FIBER OPTIC CABLE” in black font shall be attached to each fiber optic cable in each pull box. b. Provide stainless steel nameplates with machine engraved or stamped letters. Size of letters shall be 1/2-inch high, minimum. Letters shall be machine engraved. All nameplates shall be screw mounted with stainless pan head machine screws tapped into the front of the pull box collar. Adhesive material shall not be used.
3. Devices: All devices shall be identified as to function and shall bear ZONE7 in the top line of the Nameplate.
D. SINGLE-MODE FIBER OPTIC CABLE
1. Manufacturers:
a. Corning Altos All-Dielectric cable.
b. Approved equal.
2. Description: Outdoor rated, single-mode, dual window dielectric, single jacketed, water blocking yarn (or gel filled) fiber optic cable.
3. General Fiber Specifications:
40 66 33-4
Fiber Optic Cabling and Equipment
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
a. The fiber optic cable described below shall be a dielectric, single jacketed, water blocking yarn or gel filled, with loose tube construction optimally protected from water infiltration.
The cable shall contain multiple fibers and shall meet or exceed the specifications listed below.
b. All optical fibers must be usable and meet specifications. c. Each optical fiber shall be proof tested by the fiber manufacturer at a minimum of 100 kpsi.
d. The attenuation specification shall be a maximum value for each cabled fiber at 23 +5 OC.
4. Single-Mode Cable Specifications:
a. The fiber cable shall be single -mode with a low water peak cable that meets or exceeds EIA/TIA 492CAAB and ITU G.652.C.
b. The cable shall meet all requirements stated in the ANSI/ICEA Standard for Fiber Optic Outside Plant Communications Cable, ANSI/ICEA S-87-640-1999. c. The cable shall be an all-dielectric single jacket cable. d. The cable shall have a glass-reinforced plastic (GRP) dielectric central member, loose tube and a single MDPE jacket. The jacket material shall have a low coefficient of friction that is sufficiently low enough to allow free movement of the fibers. e. The fiber cable shall contain 6 as indicated on the drawings. f. Individual fibers shall be color coded per EIA/TIA-598 standards. g. The cable shall contain a buffer tube filling that is either a water-blocking yarn or homogenous hydrocarbon-based gel with anti-oxidant additives to prevent water intrusion and migration. If gel filled, the gel chemical shall be chemically and mechanically compatible with all cable components, non-nutritive to fungus, non-hygroscopic and electrically non-conductive. The filling shall be clean, free of dirt and foreign matter and shall be readily removable with conventional non-toxic solvents.
5. The cable shall have manufacturer rating of at least 600 pounds maximum tensile strength loading during installation (loading).
6. The cable shall have manufacturer rating of at least 130 pounds maximum tensile strength for unloaded application (in-service).
E. Fiber Characteristics:
1. Each optical fiber shall consist of a germania-doped silica core surrounded by a concentric glass cladding. The fiber shall be a matched clad design.
2. Single-mode fibers within the finished cable shall meet the following requirements:
a. Fiber Category: 50 µm MM (OM3)
b. Central Element: Central Element
c. Fiber Count: 12
d. Core Diameter 8.3 μm (nominal)
e. Proof/Tensile 100 kpsi, minimum
f. Attenuation:
1) 3.0 dB/km / 1.0 dB/km
g. Label cables according to the plans and special specifications at the time of installation.
Label cable at each end, at each pull box or junction box along the run. Cable label lettering shall be at least 0.25 inches in height and be black lettering with a white sleeve.
3. Shipping:
a. Cables shall be shipped on a strongly constructed reel. The reel shall be designed to prevent damage to the cable during both shipment and cable installation. b. Both cable ends shall be sealed to prevent moisture from entering or gel filling compound from escaping.
c. The outer cable shall be wrapped in protective wrap over the outer turns of the cable. d. Both fiber optic cable ends shall be equipped with flexible pulling eyes. 40 66 33-5
Fiber Optic Cabling and Equipment
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
e. Factory Testing shall be favorably completed and submitted to the Engineer prior to installing the fiber optic cable.
f. OTDR Testing of each cable shall accompany each reel.
4. Testing: Factory Testing requirements are covered in Part 3.3 of this specification and covers both factory and field tests.
F. SINGLE-MODE LC CONNECTORS
1. Manufacturers:
a. Corning
b. Approved equal.
2. Fiber Optic connectors shall be a ceramic ferrule LC type for single-mode fiber. The connectors shall use an Anaerobic or Unicam connection to the fiber strands.
3. The connector shall comply with the following standards:
a. ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.3
b. TIA/EIA 604-2
4. The connectors shall comply to the following characteristics:
a. Fiber Category: 50 µm MM (OM3)
b. Keyed: No
c. Product Type (FOJP): Field-Installable Connectors
d. Technology: Field Polish (anaerobic)
e. Boot Color: Aqua
f. Connector Ferrule Material: Ceramic
g. Connector Housing Color: Metal
h. Connector Housing Material: Metal
i. Design - Connector Type: LC Compatible
j. Temperature Cycling: = 0.3 dB IL, -40 to +75C, 21 cycles k. Insertion Loss, Max_ (Connector): = 0.75 dB
l. Insertion Loss, Typical (Connector): = 0.2 dB
m. Reflectance (Connector): = -26 dB
G. FIBER OPTIC TERMINATION PANELS
1. Enclosure:
a. Manufacturer:
1) Dinspace SNAP-12LC-SM or SNAP-12LC-MM.
2) Approved equal.
2. The enclosure shall be installed and fully loaded with six 6-port (SM-ST) adapter plates.
3. The enclosure shall have top and bottom grommets as well as swing-out doors and latches.
4. The enclosure shall have strain-relief hardware and routing guides to help maintain minimum bend radius.
5. At locations shown on the plans, provide a fiber optic patch panel that shall have a connection port per fiber strand. If future requirements are stated, this capability shall be provided within this contract.
6. The patch panels shall be constructed of 16-gauge powder coated steel. The patch panel shall be modular and shall be capable of housing up to 12 LC fibers, either three 4-fiber cables or two 6-fiber cables.
7. Adapter Plates:
a. Manufacturers:
1) Corning CCH-CP06-19T.
2) Approved equal.
8. Adapter plates shall have 6 LC single-mode female to female connection points.
9. Provide space for up to four adapter plates.
40 66 33-6
Fiber Optic Cabling and Equipment
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
H. SPLICES – FUSION
1. The field splices shall connect to fiber cables together for the purpose of a permanent splice in the cables.
2. If these splices are necessary to support the pulling plan of the fibers, these splices and enclosures shall be provided and installed at no additional cost to the City.
3. Typical field splice loss shall be <0.05 dB for single-mode fibers. The maximum installed loss may not exceed 0.30 dB (per TIA-568) for any splice.
4. The splice enclosure shall meet the following requirements:
a. Manufacturer:
1) Corning.
2) Approved equal.
b. The cable splice enclosure shall be a complete kit including the following:
1) Connection brackets.
c. Stand-off studs with locking nuts.
d. Ground clamps.
e. Outer shell (typically 2 halves).
f. Inner shell assembled in 2 parts.
g. End caps as required.
h. Inner shell supports for splice trays shall be provided. i. Outer shell clamp assemblies.
j. Cable entry through the ends of the enclosure.
k. Insulation/sealing tape.
5. The splices shall be encased in an outdoor rated splice enclosure at a mutually agreed pull box location or as specified on the plans. All changes shall be marked on the field set of drawings at the time of construction.
6. The splice enclosure shall be air and water tight, corrosion resistant, rodent-proof and re- enterable.
7. The splice enclosure shall be manufacturer certified for below ground, junction (pull box) installation.
8. The splice case shall be no larger than 5.5 inches in diameter by 22.5 inches in length (nominal). The splice case shall be designed and equipped with the necessary mounting hardware to be attached to the side of the pull box, and to be suspended vertically with sufficient clearance at each end for acceptable cable bends.
9. All fusion splices shall be made with a fusion splicer. The unit shall be portable and capable of both AC and battery powered operation. The unit shall be capable of splicing the cable specified and supplied under this contract. The fusion splicer shall have the following characteristics:
a. Splice protection sleeve heater.
b. Battery charging unit.
c. Spare electrodes, fuses and lamps.
d. Power meter/ light source and carrying case(s).
10. Splice construction shall be per splice and cable manufacturer’s guidelines. A copy of the procedure shall be submitted and approved prior to performance of fusion splicing.
11. Mechanical Splices are not permitted.
12. The accepted procedure shall be on site and with the fusion installer at the time of the splice.
The Engineer shall be informed of when splicing operations will take place and may witness the splicing operations. Failure to strictly adhere to these specifications will result in the Contractor having to re-splice the connection at no additional cost to the City. 40 66 33-7
Fiber Optic Cabling and Equipment
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install telemetry system as shown on Drawings in accordance with manufacturer's written instruction.
B. Provide documentation verifying the data communication rate (actual throughput), signal strength and signal quality for each radio.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Conduct startup of equipment and perform operational checks.
B. Maintain and submit an accurate daily or weekly log of all commissioning and startup functions.
1. All commissioning/startup functions may be witnessed by the Engineer.
2. All reports shall be signed and dated by the Contractor.
C. Provide City with a written statement that equipment has been installed properly, started up, and is ready for operation by City’s personnel.
3.3 FIBER INSTALLATION
A. General
1. All work in this Section shall conform to the Codes and Standards outlined herein.
2. Employ personnel that are skilled and experienced in the installation and connection of all elements, equipment, devices, instruments, accessories, and assemblies. All installation labor shall be performed by qualified personnel who have had experience on similar projects.
Provide experienced workmanship for all installations.
3. All work shall be performed in a workmanlike manner by craftsmen skilled in the particular trade. Work shall be performed in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, manufacturers' recommendations, and the best practice of the trade. Completed work shall present a neat and finished appearance.
4. The Contractor shall be responsible for, and shall correct by repair or replacement, at his sole expense, equipment that in the opinion of the Engineer, is malfunctioning caused by faulty mechanical or electrical assembly by the Contractor. Necessary tests to demonstrate that the electrical and mechanical operation of the equipment is satisfactory and meets the requirements of these Specifications shall be made by the Contractor at no additional cost to the City.
5. Ensure that all equipment and materials fit properly in the installations and locations for which they are intended. Perform any required work to correct improper installations at no additional expense to the City.
6. The Engineer reserves the right to halt any work that is found to be substandard or being installed by unqualified personnel.
7. All cutting, trimming and notching shall be laid out in advance. Notching or cutting of any structural member or building surface shall not proceed without specific approval from the Engineer. Cutting, channeling, chasing, or drilling of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, paving, or other surfaces required for the installation, support, or anchorage of conduit, raceways, or other electrical materials and equipment shall be carefully conducted. The Contractor shall restore surfaces neatly to new condition using skilled craftsmen of the trades involved at no additional cost to the City.
8. Maintain the premises free from accumulation of waste material or rubbish on a daily basis.
Upon daily completion of work, remove materials, scraps, and debris from the premises and from the interior and exterior of all devices and equipment. 40 66 33-8
Fiber Optic Cabling and Equipment
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
9. Follow and adhere to all manufacturers’ instructions for handling, receiving, installation, and commissioning requirements prior to energizing the equipment. After energizing the equipment, the Contractor shall provide qualified technicians or manufacturer's services for troubleshooting, re-programming, and calibration of equipment.
10. Vacuum clean the interior of all motor control centers, panelboards, junction boxes and other enclosures supplied under this project containing fiber optic equipment to remove all dirt, metal chips, stripped insulation, etc., from the enclosure. This cleaning shall be done prior to energizing the device initially and a second time immediately prior to the final acceptance inspection.
11. After all other work has been accomplished, all work areas and all other fiber optic equipment shall be cleaned of all dust, dirt, grease, plaster, paint or other marks, by the Contractor.
B. Material and Equipment Installation:
1. Follow the manufacturer's installation recommendations unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Drawings. Keep a copy of the manufacturer's installation instructions available at the job site for review at all times.
2. All fiber optic equipment and appurtenance facilities that are separately mounted or anchored shall be so installed as to be in conformance to all requirements of the Uniform Building Code both for vertical and seismic loading.
3. Locate and install all equipment such that it can be readily accessible for operation and maintenance. The City reserves the right to require minor changes in location of panels or equipment, prior to roughing in, without incurring any additional costs or charges.
4. Equipment supports/anchors and restrainers shall meet the seismic requirements specified in these specifications.
C. Cable Installation:
1. The cable shall be installed by licensed electricians using industry standard practices for fiber optic installation. The following are minimal generic guidelines that must be observed and performed.
2. The interduct (installed by others) shall be blown down with compressed air for 5 minutes per segment (between pull boxes) or until the run is clear, whichever is longer.
3. All interduct segments shall be “proofed” by passing a rigid mandrel, 90 percent of the size for the interduct or conduit, (typically 1.8 inches for a 2-inch PVC interduct) through the interduct or conduit. The proofing shall be performed by pushing a mandrel through the interduct (or conduit) segment. The Contractor shall record the distance of any obstructions prior to fiber optic installation. These records shall be submitted prior to cable installation. No compensation for cable damage will be considered or approved unless the segment was proofed prior to installation. If an obstruction is detected and unable to be cleared, the Contractor shall perform a subsequent re-test under observation of the Engineer. The Contractor shall allow up to three of these observed re-tests under this contract. During the mandrel operations, a table of distances from pull box to pull box shall be noted to allow for cable installation planning.
4. Pulling Calculations including distance, lubrication amounts, maximum and expected pulling tensions per segment(s) shall be submitted and approved prior to cable installation.
5. Upon completion of the mandrel testing and collection of pull distances, the Contractor shall set up a meeting between the Contractor, Engineer and the City to review results and present the installation plan. At this meeting, any issues or traffic control shall be discussed and resolved.
6. Fiber Optic Cables shall be pulled in by hand from pull box to pull box. Cable lubricants shall be used in pulling the cables. The lubricant shall be approved by the fiber optic cable manufacturer. Typically on large runs, the fiber will be pulled from the center of the run. 40 66 33-9
Fiber Optic Cabling and Equipment
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
7. At the pull box before and after any point of intersection (or spurs) of interduct runs and approximately every 1500 feet of the interduct run, the contractor shall coil 50 feet of additional cable at these pull boxes. All pull boxes shall have at least one loop to prevent micro or macro bends by exceeding minimal bend radiuses.
8. The cable shall be kept on the factory roll, clean and away from foot or vehicular traffic. Cones, blockades and personnel shall be used to protect the cable from damage. Any cable that is run over by vehicular traffic shall be replaced by the contractor at no additional cost to the City.
9. All pull boxes shall be kept closed when not in use. Any open pull boxes must be barricaded or marked with cones or other acceptable means. No open pull boxes will be allowed to be left overnight without expressed City approval.
10. Unless specified otherwise on the plans, 6 feet of copper and/or 15 feet of fiber optic cable slack shall be provided in each pull box. 50 feet of copper and/or 100 feet of fiber optic cable slack for each signal interconnect cable run shall be provided in the dedicated communications Home Run pull box in front of each signal controller or the last pull box before the controller if a dedicated communications Home Run pull box is not available.
D. Connections:
1. Install LC connectors per manufacturer’s standard instructions. A copy of these instructions shall be onsite with the installer and available for inspection when onsite. If these instructions are not onsite, all connections made during that time will be removed and then re-installed after the instructions are onsite. This additional work shall be performed at no cost to the City.
E. Fusion Splices:
1. All fusion splices shall be witnessed by the Engineer or City’s representative. A copy of the splice instructions shall be onsite with the installer and available for inspection. If these instructions are not onsite, all splices made during this time will be removed and then re- installed after the instructions are onsite. This additional work shall be performed at no cost to the City.
F. Testing:
1. General Requirements:
a. Perform a complete test of the installed project to demonstrate that the fiber optic system is functional as shown on the Contract Drawings.
b. Provide labor, instruments, and other material to complete the tests. c. Submit a test report including the tests that were performed and the results. d. Perform all tests, excluding Factory Testing, in the presence of the City’s representative. e. The tests shall include Factory Tests, Fiber Loss Tests and Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR) Testing.
f. All instruments shall be NIST certified within one year of the test being conducted. These certifications shall be included in the submittal for the test procedures and again with the actual test reports.
g. At least 2 weeks prior to the start of field testing, submit a test procedure for each type of test, sample test forms, and NIST calibration or Certifications for each instrument.
2. Factory Tests (FT):
a. Factory tests shall be performed to demonstrate that the cables have been fabricated properly and are working correctly. Submit a test report indicating that the Factory Test was performed for Engineer’s review. No cables shall be released for installation until the FT has been reviewed and approved by the Engineer.
b. All cabled optical fibers shall be 100 percent attenuation tested using an OTDR. The attenuation of each fiber shall be shipped along with the reel in a cable packet.
3. Fiber Optic Link Loss Budget:
40 66 33-10
Fiber Optic Cabling and Equipment
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
a. Prepare a fiber optic link loss budget based on actual cable used and distances, connectors and splices on each fiber run. This budget information shall be in an excel spreadsheet format similar to the Fiber Optic Link Loss Budget form shown in Appendix A.
b. The fiber optic link loss budget must be submitted and approved prior to performing OTDR testing.
4. Fiber Loss Tests (FL):
a. Upon completion of a fiber cable run in which the cable has been installed in a fiber termination enclosure and connectors terminated, the individual fibers will be tested using a fiber loss kit with a 1310-nm laser source.
b. Testing shall be performed with both 1310 and 1550-nm laser light sources at one end and an optical loss meter at the other end of each fiber. Record results for each cable. If any cables are outside expected loss results, this shall be recorded including steps taken to correct these issues. Final fiber loss results shall be indicated on the test form. If unable to correct, the cable shall be replaced at no expense to the City. c. The FL includes testing of all fibers installed under this contract including fibers that are for future splicing or future use.
d. Loss Testing shall be conducted from each end of a fiber and all results recorded on a form similar to the Fiber Loss Test Form shown in Appendix A.
5. Optical Time Domain Reflectometer Testing (OTDR):
a. The Contractor shall perform the Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR) Testing after he has delivered written notice to the Engineer that the Fiber Loss Tests has been successfully completed. This notice shall be in the form of the Fiber Loss Test Report. b. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer at least one week prior to the OTDR so that the Engineer may witness the test.
c. The OTDR includes testing of all fibers installed under this contract including fibers that are for future use and spares.
d. If any equipment or cable fails the OTDR, the Contractor shall correct the problem and shall repeat the test until it is successful. If unable to correct, the cable shall be replaced at no expense to the City.
e. The OTDR shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer. f. Any OTDR testing without the Engineer or City personnel shall not be accepted. Any re- testing of un-witnessed testing shall be performed solely at the Contractors expense. No time extensions or additions will be accepted for this work. g. The OTDR test unit shall be designed for use on single-mode fiber at 1310 and 1550 nm wavelength and shall be a field unit with the following characteristics:
h. Dead zone: 49.2 feet or better
i. Attenuation range: 15 decibels or better
j. Distance range: 32,808.4 feet or better
k. Accuracy: + 6.6 feet
l. Printer: must be capable of printer or file output.
m. The OTDR test unit shall be capable of downloading the results to a PC and this file shall be provided to the City. Test results shall be readable via one of the following formats:
pdf, xls, doc, or txt.
6. Test Reports:
a. Sample test forms and procedures for each type of test (Factory, Fiber Optic Link Loss, Fiber Loss and OTDR Summary) shall be submitted and approved prior to fiber shipment or installation as applicable.
b. Submit test results for review and approval immediately (within 1 week) after each test is completed.
c. Submit a copy of the approved test results with the O&M manual. 40 66 33-11
Fiber Optic Cabling and Equipment
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
7. Damage:
a. Fiber Optic Cable and related facilities damaged during construction shall be replaced/repaired to current City standards and as specified below at the contractor’s cost. This work shall include fiber optic cable, conduit, pull boxes/vaults, trenches, concrete, asphalt, traffic control, pull tape, splices, splice enclosures, terminations, labor, etc., as required.
b. Damage is described as a breach in the fiber optic cable jacket, a kink, a break of the cable, or any other condition that causes a reduction in the capacity of the cable. c. Should fiber optic cable facilities be damaged during construction without visible damage to the cable, the cable shall be tested by a certified fiber optic technician provided by the contractor at the contractor’s cost to ensure that there is no internal damage. Should the test show internal damage, the cable shall be replaced as specified below. Otherwise, the cable shall be protected and the facilities repaired to current City standards.
8. Repair:
a. Fiber optic cable running between and terminating at adjacent devices shall be replaced from:
1) Termination to termination. All new cable and terminations shall be acceptance tested as required elsewhere in the City standards.
2) If the new cable must be pulled through conduits that contain traffic signal phase wiring, then a “MAX CELL” or equivalent sleeve, per City standards, shall be installed in the conduit prior to the installation of the new fiber optic cable. a) Pull box adjacent to the damage to controller cabinet. (1) No more than 5 feet of slack may be used out of any one pull box. (2) Pull boxes where new splices shall occur will be replaced with Fiberlyte FL36 24 inch deep vaults as specified in these construction standards (86-
2.06)(02006110).
(3) At least 50 feet of slack must be provided in the new splice vault. (4) The slack shall be provided in even amounts on either side of the splice enclosure.
(5) Only fusion splicing meeting City standards by a certified fiber optic technician will be allowed.
(6) All new cable, splices, and terminations shall be acceptance tested as required elsewhere in the City standards.
(7) The average optical loss of each splice shall not exceed 0.10 dB. The average is determined by measuring the splice loss in both directions with an OTDR, adding the 2 readings, and dividing by 2. Testing should be performed for both the 1310 and 1550 nm wavelengths.
(8) Splicing will not be allowed in pull boxes or vaults shared with non-signal interconnect cables.
(9) If the new cable must be pulled through conduits that contain traffic signal phase wiring, then a “MAX CELL” or equivalent sleeve, per City standards, shall be installed in the conduit prior to the installation of the new fiber optic cable.
b) Fiber optic cable running continuously past multiple traffic signal devices may be repaired by splicing at adjacent pull box locations.
(1) A single splice location may be appropriate if the damage is close enough to the adjacent pull box that the repair may be accomplished by using some of the slack in the existing cable.
(a) No more than 5 feet of slack may be used out of any 1 pull box. 40 66 33-12
Fiber Optic Cabling and Equipment
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
(b) Pull boxes where new splices shall occur will be replaced with Fiberlyte FL36 24 inch deep vaults as specified in these construction standards (86-2.06)(02006110).
(c) At least 50 feet of slack must be provided in the new splice vault. (d) The slack shall be provided in even amounts on either side of the splice enclosure.
(e) Only fusion splicing meeting City standards by a certified fiber optic technician will be allowed.
(f) All new cable, splices, and terminations shall be acceptance tested as required elsewhere in the City standards.
(g) The average optical loss of each splice shall not exceed 0.10 dB. The average is determined by measuring the splice loss in both directions with an OTDR, adding the 2 readings, and dividing by 2. Testing should be performed for both the 1310 and 1550 nm wavelengths. (h) Splicing will not be allowed in pull boxes or vaults shared with non-signal interconnect cables.
(2) 2 splices may be necessary if the damage is not near an existing pull box. In this case, a splice shall be provided on either side of the damage and a new length of cable meeting City standards shall be installed between the splices. (a) Pull boxes where new splices shall occur will be replaced with Fiberlyte FL36 24 inch deep vaults as specified in these construction standards (86-2.06)(02006110).
(b) At least 100 feet of slack must be provided in each vault. (c) The slack shall be provided in even amounts on either side of the splice enclosure.
(d) Only fusion splicing meeting City standards by a certified fiber optic technician will be allowed.
(e) All new cable, splices, and terminations shall be acceptance tested as required elsewhere in the City standards.
(f) The average optical loss of each splice shall not exceed 0.10 dB. The average is determined by measuring the splice loss in both directions with an OTDR, adding the 2 readings, and dividing by 2. Testing should be performed for both the 1310 and 1550 nm wavelengths. (g) Splicing will not be allowed in pull boxes or vaults shared with non-signal interconnect cables.
(h) If the new cable must be pulled through conduits that contain traffic signal phase wiring, then a “MAX CELL” or equivalent sleeve, per City standards, shall be installed in the conduit prior to the installation of the new fiber optic cable.
(3) Repair work must begin within 24 hours and be completed within 48 hours of the damage occurring irrespective of weekends and holidays. (4) Should the contractor be unable to make the repairs within this time frame, the City will complete temporary repairs and bill the contractor for their time and materials at the City’s billable rate. The temporary repair shall be treated with the same restrictions, requirements, and care as the original cable. The contractor will still be required to make the permanent repairs prior to completion of the project.
3) Temporary copper SIC repairs must be made within 48 hours of the damage and provide sufficient bandwidth and reliability for the intended purpose of the copper SIC. Permanent repairs shall be completed within 30 days of the damage. The City 40 66 33-13
Fiber Optic Cabling and Equipment
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
may make the repairs and bill the contractor for the work should the contractor be unwilling or unable to meet these requirements.
4) Should the copper SIC installation be required by the City, the contractor shall test all copper SIC prior to installation as follows:
a) For continuity of each wire pair. Resistance shall be consistent. b) For high resistance (meggar) testing (250v setting):
(1) Each wire pair to ground
(2) Each wire pair to the cable shielding
(3) Each wire pair to wire pair
c) The test may be in the field or shop
d) A city technician does not need to be present
5) The contractor shall be liable for all inspection costs related to the removal and re- installation of new cable should untested cable found to be faulty after installation 6) Fiber optic cable shall be acceptance tested, every strand, both before and after installation at both 1310 and 1550 nm wavelengths. All testing shall be documented on OTDR Acceptance Test and Splice Loss Record forms. Losses shall not exceed
1.85 dB per mile of cable including patch panels and splices.
END OF SECTION
TOC-4
Table of Contents
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville NOVEMBER 2022
WWE Project: 21-060 100% Design Submittal
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
40 90 10-1
Control Strategies
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 40 90 10
CONTROL STRATEGIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The PLC programming and SCADA application programming shall be performed by OTHERS and is excluded from CONTRACTORS Scope of Supply. This information is provided as information only.
B. The control strategies shall be developed and PLC and SCADA programming and configuration will be provided by OTHERS.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate equipment testing as required by Contract Documents with City Integrator to complete Start-up and Testing requirements.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 40 91 00 Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems B. Section 40 95 10 PLC-Based Control System Hardware
C. Division 26 Electrical Specifications
1.03 FUNCTIONS AND CONTROL MODES
A. Functions
1. LOCAL: The term “LOCAL” means “in the field” i.e. at the physical location of the equipment.
Local control means at the equipment or control from the MCC starter panel.
2. REMOTE: The term “REMOTE” means away from the equipment. Remote control means ability to control the equipment at the control panel/PLC or from the HMI away from the equipment or away from the MCC.
3. Local Control Panel (LCP): refers to the presence of a field-situated panel, which serves as a control location. Usually this panel contains the PLC.
4. Local Display: This function refers to the display of equipment status or process variable at a location in the field, local to the equipment.
5. Local Interlock: This function refers to the presence of field control logic in which the status of other equipment directly effects the operation and control of the equipment being controlled.
6. Control System Alarms and Status: Variable or status data to be alarmed in the Control Room.
7. Local Alarms: Alarms that are announced in the field.
8. Set Points: Values which are adjustable at the eng ineer (supervisor) level displays without requiring any software configuration. These values are not adjustable by the operator from the display station. Whenever a LOCAL/REMOTE set point selection is provided, in LOCAL, the set point shall be adjustable from the equipment. In REMOTE, the set point shall be adjustable from a REMOTE set point input.
B. Control Modes
1. Local Manual Control Mode: This mode enables manual control to the equipment. The equipment is then manually controlled (e.g. START, STOP, OPEN-STOP-CLOSE, etc.) by a local selector switch by switching the position to “HAND” or “OFF”, or “OPEN-STOP- 40 90 10-2
Control Strategies
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
CLOSE”. The control logic and set points in the control system PLC are bypassed and do not affect the operation of the equipment. All the controls from the HMI are disabled.
2. Local Automatic Control Mode: This mode enables automatic control that is provided and performed external to the PLC. In some cases, the equipment in the plant is pre-packaged with a Local Control Panel complete with its own automation logic.
3. Remote Manual Control Mode: This mode allows control from the HMI. The operator switches the “Auto/Manual” switch at the HMI to “MANUAL” position to enable manual operation from the HMI. In this position the operator is able to “START”, “STOP”, “OPEN”, CLOSE” etc. the equipment, or manually change the control output to the equipment. Consequently, in this position the automatic control logic and set points in the controller are overridden. In this mode the local control system is also bypassed with the except of equipment safety interlock.
4. Remote Automatic Control Mode or SCADA Mode: This mode allows control of the equipment from the HMI and PLC. The operator switches the “AUTO/MANUAL” switch at the HMI to “AUTO” position to enable PCIS automatic operation. In this mode the equipment is controlled automatically by the control logic and set points residing in the PLC. The supervisor is able to change operational parameters through the HMI by entering new set points. A control mode status signal will be sent to the PLC to indicate when the PLC is allowed to control the equipment. The PLC shall monitor the control mode status (LOCAL/ REMOTE) and attempt to control only that equipment which is in the REMOTE mode.
C. General Control and Mode Switches Terms
1. “LOCAL-OFF-REMOTE” Switch: For the purpose of this definition and for simplicity, it is assumed that the switches is located at MCC.
a. LOCAL Position: In this position equipment automation and control from the control panel/PLC are bypassed. Control from the PLC and HMI is also disabled. b. OFF Position: In this position all equipment control functions are off and disabled. c. REMOTE Position: In this position equipment automation and control are available from the control panel/PLC. An AUTO-MANUAL and a START-OFF-STOP switch (or OPEN- OFF-CLOSE) shall be provided at the operator HMI workstation from which remote manual control is performed.
2. “HAND-OFF-AUTO” Switch: This switch is located usually at the LCP. Control through this switch is performed from the LCP only if the LOCAL-OFF-REMOTE switch at the MCC is in LOCAL position as discussed above. All the control functions are performed locally and external to the PLC.
a. HAND Position; in this position the equipment is started manually. b. OFF Position: The equipment is off.
c. AUTO: In this position the equipment is automatically controlled locally and external to the PLC by local control hardware.
3. HMI Switches:
a. For equipment that is controllable from the PLC in either a MANUAL or AUTOMATIC mode, the operator shall be provided with a software “AUTO-MANUAL” selector switch at the operator HMI workstation. This switch is functional only when LOCAL-OFF- 40 90 10-3
Control Strategies
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
REMOTE switch in the field is in REMOTE position. The following are the AUTO- MANUAL functions:
AUTO – In this position the operator delegates and enables the automation and control functions of the equipment to be performed at the PLC/control panel in the field. The operator is unable to manually control the equipment from the HMI. MANUAL – In this position the operator is able to override the control functions in the PLC and remotely control the field equipment manually from the HMI. b. A second software switch such as “START-OFF-STOP” or OPEN-STOP-CLOSE”, etc. or as required by the application, shall be provided in the HMI to control the equipment in the field manually from the HMI.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The Control Strategies shall be tested outside of the contactors scope and implemented during the field startup activities coordinated by the contractor in cooperation with the City integrator.
PART 2 -
PRODUCTS – NONE
PART 3 - EXECUTION -NONE
END OF SECTION
TOC-4
Table of Contents
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville NOVEMBER 2022
WWE Project: 21-060 100% Design Submittal
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
40 91 00-1
Instrumentation and Control Process Systems
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 40 91 00
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL PROCESS SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide Instrumentation and Control System (I&CS) complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for a complete and operational system, and for all control functions of the pump station.
C. The Division 40 drawings and specifications are to be read together with drawings and specifications of all other Divisions and specifically Division 26. Additional information necessary to complete the work is included in other sections of the drawings and specifications.
D. The requirements of this Section apply to every component of the I&CS unless indicated otherwise.
E. All tables shown of the Division 40 drawings and specifications are for information purposes only and may show partial lists of equipment and materials. A complete take-off from all drawings and specifications shall be done by the CONTRACTOR in order to determine accurate quantities of equipment and materials.
F. PLC, OIT, and SCADA programming is excluded from CONTRACTORS scope of work. All other elements of the project and control function of the pump station, including but not limited to, Reduced Voltage Soft Starter configuration, forward/reverse controls, Derrager device configuration, and power monitor setup and integration shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR.
1.02 DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. System Supplier : The System Supplier shall be a single firm, corporation, or other entity assuming full responsibility through the CONTRACTOR to perform all engineering and to select, furnish, program, configure, integrate, supervise the installation and connections, test, calibrate, and place into operation all instrumentation, controls, communication hardware and software. The System Supplier shall specialize and have an experienced engineering and technical staff in the design, integration, and supply of systems similar to the one in these Contract Documents.
B. AI/AO Analog Input/Output
C. CMMS Computerized Maintenance Management SysteM
D. DI/DO Digital Input/Output
E. FOC Fiber Optic Cable
F. HMI Human Machine Interface
G. HSE High Speed Ethernet
H. I/O Input/Output Signals
I. LAN Local Area Network
J. LIMS Laboratory Information Management System
K. MM Multimode (Fiber)
L. OIT Operator Interface Terminal
M. OPC OLE for Process Control (communication interface driver) 40 91 00-2
Instrumentation and Control Process Systems
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
N. PID Proportional, Integral and Derivative Process Controller O. PLC Programmable Logic Controller
P. PS Pump Station
Q. RAM Random Access Memory
R. SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition
S. SM Single Mode (Fiber Optic)
T. UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply
U. WAN Wide Area Network
V. WTP Water Treatment Plant
W. WWTP Wastewater Treatment Plant
1.03 RESPONSIBILITIES
A. The CONTRACTOR, through the use of a single System Supplier and qualified electrical and mechanical installers, shall be responsible to the OWNER for the implementation of the I&CS and the integration of the I&CS with other required instrumentation and control devices.
B. Due to the complexities associated with the interfacing of numerous control system devices, it is the intent of these specifications that the System Supplier will be responsible to the CONTRACTOR for the integration of the I&CS with existing devices and devices provided under this and other Divisions with the objective of providing a completely integrated control system free of signal incompatibilities.
C. As a minimum, the implementation of the I&CS by the CONTRACTOR shall include the following WORK:
1. Integrate the I&CS with existing devices and systems provided under this and other Divisions
2. Prepare the required I&CS submittals
3. Design and develop project-wide loop diagrams including t hose associated with equipment provided under other Divisions and OWNER-furnished and existing equipment
4. Design and develop control panel drawings
5. Field verify existing conditions
6. Prepare factory and field test submittals
7. Prepare training plan
8. Prepare spare parts submittal
9. Procure hardware and software
10. Configure and factory test the I&CS
11. Bench calibrate instruments and verify calibration after installation
12. Terminate signals inside control and network panels; terminate communication and network devices and nodes
13. Supervise and coordinate installation and termin ation of field signals, power, and utilities associated with the I&CS. Resolve signal, power, or functional incompatibilities between the I&CS and new and existing interfacing devices.
40 91 00-3
Instrumentation and Control Process Systems
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
14. Loop test in accordance with the loop diagrams. Validate and certify loops
15. Oversee, document, and certify system commissioning
16. Conduct system performance test
17. Prepare technical manuals
18. Conduct training classes
19. Prepare I&CS as-built final construction drawings
D. Any Instrumentation Supplier responsibilities in addition to the list above are at the discretion of the CONTRACTOR and the Instrumentation Supplier. Additional requirements in this Section and throughout Division 17 that are stated to be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility may be performed by the Instrumentation Supplier if the CONTRACTOR and Instrumentation Supplier so agree.
1.04 RELATED WORK
A. Section 40 91 00 Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems B. Division 26 Electrical Specifications
C. All electrical work required under this section shall conform to the requirements of Division 40 and the applicable requirements of Division 01, Division 26.
1.05 REGULATORY AGENCIES AND STANDARDS
A. Without limiting the generality of other requirements of these Specifications, all WORK specified herein shall conform to or exceed the applicable requirements of the referenced documents to the extent that the requirements therein are not in conflict with the provisions of this Section; provided, that where such documents have been adopted as a code or ordinance by the public agency having jurisdiction, such code or ordinance shall take precedence.
B. The I&CS WORK shall conform to or exceed the applicable regulations, standards, specifications, and codes which are referenced in Section 01 42 03 Reference Standards and Abbreviations, and current as of the date of the final inspection for this Contract, including, but not limited to, those which are established by the following sources:
1. The International Society of Automation (ISA)
2. National Electrical Code (NEC)
3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
4. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
5. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
6. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
7. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEA)
8. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA)
9. Local Power and Telephone Companies
10. Local Authorities having jurisdiction over the work
11. Federal Communication Commission (FCC)
12. Underwriter Laboratory (UL)
40 91 00-4
Instrumentation and Control Process Systems
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
C. Where the requirements set forth in these Specifications or on the Drawings are greater or more rigid than the mandatory requirements referenced above, the applicable Specifications or Drawings shall govern.
D. In the case of conflict between any mandatory requirements and Specifications or Drawings, the mandatory requirement shall be followed in each case, but only after submitting such proposed changes to the ENGINEER for approval.
E. Nothing contained in these Specifications or shown on the Drawings will be so construed to conflict with any national, state, municipal, or local laws or regulations governing the installation of work specified herein, and all such acts, ordinances, and regulations, including the National Electrical Code, are hereby incorporated and made a part of these Specifications. All such requirements will be satisfied by the CONTRACTOR at no additional expense to the OWNER.
F. The Drawings and Specifications are complementary to each other; what is called for by one shall be as binding as if called for by both. If a conflict between Drawings and Specifications is discovered, this shall be referred to the ENGINEER as soon as possible for resolution. Should a conflict exist between the Drawings, Specifications, and/or mandatory requirements (i.e., codes, ordinances, etc.), it will be assumed that the more expensive method has been estimated, unless such alternate has been agreed to prior to submission of bids.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01 33 03 – Submittal Procedures and 40 91 00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the I&CS part of the WORK so that a complete instrumentation and control system will be provided and will be supported by accurate Shop Drawings and as-built drawings.
C. The submittals and their schedules shall be shall be in accordance with the requirements listed below: Any incomplete submittal will be rejected and returned without comments.
D. Interface between instruments, motor control centers, engines, starters, control valves, flowmeters and other equipment related to the I&CS shall be included in the shop drawing submittal. Interface between existing equipment, instruments and control panels shall also be included.
E. The CONTRACOTR shall be submitted in paper and electronic (PDF) format and shall include but not be limited to:
1. Equipment descriptive data, including equipment tag as identified in the contract documents.
2. Full manufacturer's part number indicating all selected options.
3. Equipment installation, service manuals, operation/maintenance manuals and recommended spare parts lists.
4. Schematics and interconnecting wiring diagrams.
5. Records of conductor identification, field terminals, changes, etc.
6. Instrumentation and control panel shop drawings, face layouts, schematics and point-to-point wiring diagrams.
7. Ethernet network control system architecture drawings complete with wiring identification numbers.
8. Records of as-built information for the control system components. 40 91 00-5
Instrumentation and Control Process Systems
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
F. Symbols and Nomenclature: In these Contract Documents, systems, meters, instruments, and other elements are represented schematically, and are designated by symbols as derived from Instrument Society of America Standard ISA S5.1 - Instrumentation Symbols and Identification.
The nomenclature and numbers designated herein and on the Drawings shall be employed exclusively throughout Shop Drawings, and similar materials. No other symbols, designations, or nomenclature unique to the manufacturer's standard methods shall replace those prescribed above, used herein, or on the Drawings.
G. Shop Drawings shall include the letter head or title block of the System Supplier. The title block shall include, as a minimum, the System Supplier's registered business name and address, project name, drawing name, revision level, and personnel responsible for the content of the drawing.
1. Organization of the Shop Drawing submittals shall be compatible with eventual submittals for later inclusion in the Technical Manual. Submittals not so organized will not be accepted.
2. For a project with multiple sites the CONTRACTOR shall provide a separate and unique set of drawings for each site.
3. Drawings that require more than one sheet due to space limitation or continuation in the subject of the drawings (e.g. loop diagrams, etc.) shall be given the same drawing number but with different sheet number (e.g. sheet 1 of x, sheet 2 of x, etc.).
4. Each submittal shall include a complete index appearing in the front of each bound submittal volume. Drawings and/or system groups shall be separated by labeled tags. The organization of the initial shop drawing submittal required above shall be compatible to eventual inclusion with the Technical Manuals submittal and shall include final alterations reflecting as-built conditions.
5. Interfaces between new and existing instruments, motor starters, control valves, variable speed drives, flow meters, chemical feeders, panels, and other equipment related to the I&CS shall be included in the Shop Drawing submittal.
H. Field Instrument Submittal
1. Submittal Schedule: The CONTRACTOR shall submit for approval a complete field and process instrument submittal, all at one time, within 60 calendar days after the date of Notice to Proceed is given to the CONTRACTOR.
2. Submittal Contents: The submittal shall include a complete index which lists each device by tag number, type, and manufacturer in accordance with the specified data sheets provided in this CONTRACT. A separate manufacturer technical brochure or catalog sheet shall be included with each specified instrument data sheet. If, within a single system or loop, a single instrument is employed more than once, one manufacturer brochure or catalog sheet may cover multiple identical uses of that instrument in that system. Each manufacturer brochure or catalog sheet shall include a list of tag numbers for which it applies. System groups shall be separated by labeled tags. Special options and features which are furnished shall be identified.
I. System Hardware Submittal:
1. Submittal Schedule: The CONTRACTOR shall submit for approval a complete system hardware submittal, all at one time, within 90 calendar days after the date of Notice to Proceed is given to the CONTRACTOR. This submittal shall be submitted together with the 40 91 00-6
Instrumentation and Control Process Systems
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
submittal for the System Architecture, and Communication Diagrams submittal and the Project-Wide Wiring Diagrams and Panel Drawings submittal specified below.
2. Submittal Contents:
a. The submittal shall be for the hardware specified under Sections 40 95 10 – PLC -Based Control System Hardware and 40 95 13 - Control Panels.
b. The submittal shall include a complete index which lists each device by type, and manufacturer in accordance with the contract documents. A separate manufacturer technical data sheet or brochure shall be included for each hardware component. If, within a single system a single component is employed more than once, one manufacturer technical data sheet or brochure may cover multiple identical uses of that component in that system. Special options and features which are furnished shall be identified.
c. The submittal shall include load calculations and size of the various UPS systems to demonstrate that the UPS is able to accommodate present and future load requirements, as well as overload capacity requirements.
d. Spare Parts and Tools List: A list of spare parts and tools shall be submitted, covering items which are specified and furnished under this Contract. The list shall include the name, address, and phone number of manufacturer and manufacturer's local service representative of these parts. The list shall also include recommended spare parts and tools, quantities and prices from which the OWNER will select the "Additional Recommended Spare Parts and Tools".
J. Project-Wide Wiring Diagrams and Panel Drawings Submittal
1. Submittal Schedule: The CONTRACTOR shall submit for approval a complete set of project- wide wiring diagrams (PWWD) and panel drawings, all at one time within 120 calendar days after the date of Notice to Proceed is given to the CONTRACTOR. The PWWD and panel drawings shall be a singular complete hard copy bound package and accompanied with a PDF on a CD. This submittal shall be submitted together with the System Hardware submittal and the System Architecture and Communication Diagrams submittal specified herein.
2. Submittal Contents: The PWWD and panel drawings shall be submitted as a single and comprehensive set of drawings. The submittal shall include a complete index in the front of each part of the submittal. The drawings shall be indexed by systems, sites, or process areas. Diagrams shall be tagged in a manner consistent with the Contract Documents and shall include the following:
a. Project-Wide Wiring Diagrams: The PWWD shall define and document the contents of each analog and discrete monitoring, alarming, hardware interlock, and control functions associated with equipment provided under Division 40 sections. The PWWD shall also cover equipment provided under sections in other Divisions, existing, and OWNER- furnished equipment. The PWWD shall also include both field and panel wiring diagrams. Drawings showing definitive diagram for every analog and discrete instrumentation loop system. These diagrams shall show and identify each component in each loop or system using legend and symbols from the standards in the Contract Documents. The wiring diagrams shall be presented on an 11"x17" drawing with no more than 10 loops per drawing.
40 91 00-7
Instrumentation and Control Process Systems
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
In general, loops shall be grouped and organized by PLC (if used) and the I/O cards within the PLC. Each I/O card shall be presented on a separate sheet(s) and on the right side of the drawing. The type of card, part number and its slot location shall be identified. Each I/O shall be identified as well as its location on the card and its address. Existing, spare, and future I/Os shall also be shown. Power supply wiring to the card/loops, wire colors, and terminal numbers shall be shown on the wiring diagrams. The I/O cards, the loops and any device in the loop shall be shown together. Each loop shall be complete, including the source/destination within new or existing panels, device(s) in the loop, field connection panels or field junction boxes, field and PLC interface terminal blocks and wire numbers. In addition wiring diagrams shall show the following details Functional name of each loop
Reference name, drawing, and loop diagram numbers for any signal continuing off the wiring diagram sheet.
MCC panel, circuit, and breaker numbers for power feeds to the loops and instrumentation.
Wiring type, size and color
Designation, and if applicable, terminal assignments associated with every manhole, pull box, junction box, conduit in which wiring is to be located, and panel through which the loop circuits pass.
Vendor panel, instrument panel, conduit, junction boxes, equipment and PLC terminations, termination identification wire numbers and colors, power circuits, and ground identifications.
Wiring diagrams shall be developed for loops in equipment vendor-supplied packages, equipment provided under Division 40, and OWNER-furnished equipment.
b. Panel Wiring Diagrams: Panel wiring and/or piping diagrams shall be prepared in concert with the PWWD and shall include the following information:
Name of panel
Power distribution schematic diagrams associated with each panel or system (120VAC, 24VDC and other DC systems, control circuits). The schematic diagram shall show source of power for the panel (circuit breaker panel and breaker) and fuses. All power backup system distribution shall also be shown. Schematic diagrams for control circuits in accordance with ANSI standards. The diagrams shall show complete details on the circuit interrelationship of all devices within and outside each Control Panel. Including primary measurement and control devices.
Communication diagram(s) for the equipment inside the panel. Interfaces with existing control and monitoring systems. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all necessary diagrams that depict any and all modifications made to existing measurement and control circuits, equipment and wiring. It is the responsibility of the System Supplier to ascertain actual field conditions of the 40 91 00-8
Instrumentation and Control Process Systems
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
existing circuits, equipment and wiring. The CONTRACTOR may request copies of as built drawings and data that the OWNER can provide that show such existing conditions. Lack of such drawings shall not alleviate the contractual responsibility to ascertain and implement interfaces and modifications to existing measurement and control circuits, equipment and wiring.
Surge protection and signal and safety grounding circuits Wiring type and piping size and material
Terminal block numbers and wire numbers
c. Panel Drawings: Panel drawings, including console, and cabinet layout drawings, shall be prepared and submitted for each panel and shall include the following information:
These drawings shall include enough other details to define exactly the style, the contents, and overall appearance of the panel assembly. Name of Panel.
Panel Dimensions; front, side, and plan views and layout to scale. Arrangement of internally and externally mounted instruments and equipment to scale. Note: Control panel layouts shown on the Contract Drawings are diagrammatic.
Location of terminal blocks, electrical devices, and conduit entry location(s). Tag number or item number and functional name of items mounted in and on panel, console, or cabinet.
Nameplate legend which includes text, letter size, and colors to be used. Complete and detailed Bills of Materials shall include all items within a panel and shall be presented on the panel layout drawing. The bill of material list shall include quantity, description, manufacturer, and part number.
Panel mounting information, including conduit entrance location. Communication hardware installation, such as radio, mast and antenna. Assembly and construction drawings. These drawings shall include dimensions, identification of all components, construction material and gauge, surface preparation and finish data, panel door locks and hinge mechanism, nameplates, and the like.
K. Factory Test Procedure Submittal:
1. Submittal Schedule: The CONTRACTOR shall submit for approval a comprehensive factory acceptance test (FAT) procedure complete within 180 calendar days after the date of Notice to Proceed is given to the CONTRACTOR, but not later than 60 calendar days prior to the Factory Acceptance Test date.
2. Submittal Contents:
a. The CONTRACTOR shall develop and submit a factory test procedures to show that the integrated system hardware and software is fully operational and in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
b. The FAT procedures shall include the following tests to be conducted:
Hardware review and inventory
40 91 00-9
Instrumentation and Control Process Systems
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
Central computer system(s) start-up
Security
Navigation and operator’s commands
Database definition and configuration
Graphic displays and editing function
Monitoring and alarm features and functions
Trending functions
Reports and report system functions
Redundancy and backup
Network Communication and access from all the network nodes Remote access from laptops
PLC functionality – I/O processing
Site/facility/Process PLC and HMI operation including pump and valve control c. Procedure Format: The test procedure shall have a table of contents and each procedure shall be provided on a separate sheet or sheets. The following shall be provided for each procedure:
Test number
The purpose of the test
The procedure
The expected result
Space to indicate “Pass” and “Fail” and explanation
Space for sign-off Signature for the Contractor/System Supplier, the ENGINEER, the OWNER, and DATE
Space to provide comments and punch list items
1.07 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. In addition to the requirements specified in Division 01, provide the following information:
1. Information in the Technical Manual shall be based upon the approved Shop Drawing submittals as modified for conditions encountered in the field during the WORK. The Technical Manuals shall therefore contain the as-built drawings and information.
2. The Technical Manuals shall include installation, connection, operating, calibration, set points (e.g., pressure, pump control, time delays, etc.) adjustment, test, troubleshooting, maintenance, and overhaul instructions in complete detail.
3. The Manuals shall have the following material organized in volumes and divided by subject and tabs The Technical Manual shall have the following organization for each process (the number and the enumeration of the sections shall be project specific):
a. Section A - Process and Instrumentation Diagrams (as built copy) b. Section B - System Architecture and Communication System Block Diagram(s) 40 91 00-10
Instrumentation and Control Process Systems
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
c. Section C - Wiring Diagrams. A separate set of drawings shall be provided for each site.
Each set shall be arranged in a separate tab (drawings shall also be provided in PDF). d. Section D – Functional design report. It shall include a copy of the site graphic display(s) and description how the site is controlled and any special control strategies specific for each site. Special control functions in the server shall also be included. Calibration, set points (e.g., pressure, pump control, time delays, etc.) shall also be included. e. Section E - Instrument Data Sheets and corresponding manufacturer’s data sheet/catalog cuts/brochure that was used in the hardware submittal and the operation and maintenance/user manual.
f. Section F - Calibration Documentation
g. Section G – Communication survey and test results
h. Section H - Loop, Commissioning and Performance Test Results
1.08 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the specified spare parts and tools. In addition, The ENGINEER and the OWNER will select from the priced list of “Additional Recommended Spare Parts” in the Hardware Equipment Submittal. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish these parts and will be paid for them from the corresponding allowance item in the Bid. The total price will not exceed the amount of the allowance item.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish a priced list of special tools required to calibrate and maintain the instrumentation provided from which the ENGINEER or the OWNER will select the needed tools.
After approval the CONTRACTOR shall furnish tools on that list. The cost of these tools will be included in the allowance.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish one (1) portable instrument loop calibrator with current simulator with charger and carrying case. The calibrator shall be Fluke 709H series, Ametek AccuPro Calibrator CL-9005, or equal.
1.09 COORDINATION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall examine the drawings and specifications of each division associated with this work. Before commencing work, obtain a ruling from the ENGINEER any conflicts between divisions.
B. The drawings and specifications shall be read and interpreted in conjunction with other Divisions.
C. The responsibility to determine which Division provides various products and work rests with the Contractor. Additional compensation will not be considered because of differences in interpretation of specifications.
D. Provide work plan and identify methodologies for equipment installation with provision made for the most expeditious means to complete the work.
E. Treat any item or subject omitted from this Division's specifications, but which is mentioned or reasonably specified in other Divisions' specifications or drawings and pertains to the instrumentation and control system, as being integral to the overall system. Provide such specified items or subjects.
F. Structural members shall not be cut without prior approval of the ENGINEER.
G. The Contractor is responsible to coordinate their work with other trades, and the OWNER’S Representative.
40 91 00-11
Instrumentation and Control Process Systems
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
H. The Contractor is responsible for determining cable lengths for manufacturer supplied equipment and devices with integrated cables.
1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Factory Acceptance Tests (FAT)
1. Prior to shipment, the I&CS including all panels, integrated SCADA system, PLCs, peripherals, communications equipment, etc. provided under this Division, shall be assembled, connected, and all software loaded for a full functional factory acceptance test (FAT) of the integrated system. Existing equipment is not required to be included in this test.
2. In preparation for the FAT, the CONTRACTOR shall check, troubleshoot, debug and test the I&CS prior to arrival of the ENGINEER in order for the I&CS to be ready for the FAT, minimize testing time, and minimize re-testing during the visit. Similar testing shall be performed even if the ENGINEER chooses not to witness the FAT.
3. The CONTRACTOR shall allow the ENGINEER and OWNER to inspect the I&CS and witness the functional testing of the system at the site of assembly and integration of the system.
4. A minimum of 21 Days notification shall be given to the ENGINEER prior to testing. No shipments shall be made without the ENGINEER's approval. A successful completion of the test is a prerequisite to the shipment of the system.
5. The factory test will be witnessed by the ENGINEER and the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall pay and provide for travel, food, and lodging for all the test witnesses.
6. The factory acceptance test shall be conducted at the place where the system was engineered, fabricated, assembled, and programmed.
7. It is considered reasonable that once scheduled, the system will be ready for the test and the test will be successfully completed in one session. If during the test, at the opinion of the ENGINEER and in accordance with the test procedure, the system is not ready for the test or has failed, and the ENGINEER and the OWNER must extend their stay or leave and arrive at another date, the OWNER reserves the right to withhold monies due to the CONTRACTOR to cover additional costs of the ENGINEER’s time, travel, food, and lodging and associated project cost.
8. During the factory acceptance test, the CONTRACTOR’s Project Manager and software engineers (HMI application software and PLC programming) who worked on the I&CS shall be available on the premises where the test is being conducted for explanation, demonstration or corrections.
9. After the successful completion of the test, the ENGINEER will generate a punch list. The list may include items that must be corrected or addressed prior to the shipment of the system, and/or items that must be corrected later in the field during installation and startup.
B. Field Tests: The CONTRACTOR's attention is directed to the Article "EXECUTION" of this Section which delineates all the tests that are required to be performed in the field in order to demonstrate compliance with the Contract Documents.
C. Prior to final acceptance of the I&CS System and related equipment, the CONTRACTOR shall propose and present in writing to the OWNER a one-year maintenance contract and quotation which will become effective upon the expiration of the warranty. The maintenance contract is an option that the OWNER may purchase from the System Supplier. The contract shall offer different maintenance, site visit and help-desk with options each with its respective cost. 40 91 00-12
Instrumentation and Control Process Systems
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
1.11 FIELD SITE CONDITIONS
A. The I&CS shall be designed and constructed for satisfactory operation and long, low maintenance service under the following environmental conditions:
1. Sewage Lift Station
B. Site Equipment:
C. Ambient temperature range: -18° through 60° C
D. Thermal shock: 1.0° (1.8° F) per minute maximum
E. Relative humidity: 95 percent maximum non-condensing.
F. Unless specified otherwise, provide equipment and instrumentation suitable for continuous operation at an elevation of 1000 feet above sea level.
G. Classification of Plant Areas.
1. Refer to Division 16.
1.12 WARRANTY
A. All parts, material labor, travel, subsistence, or other expenses incurred in providing services and service visits during the warranty period shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR under the guarantee specified in Division 1. Equipment, software, and materials that do not achieve their intended purpose shall be replaced by the CONTRACTOR to attain compliance, at no additional cost to the OWNER.
B. Extended Period for Correction of Defects: The CONTRACTOR shall correct defects in the I&CS upon notification from the OWNER within 2 years from the date of Substantial Completion.
Corrections shall be completed within 5 Days after notification.
C. The performance of the servers and workstations hardware shall be guaranteed (repair of parts and labor at the owner's site including travel expenses) for a period of three (3) years following the date of completion and formal acceptance of the work (next business day on-site service).
D. Software Upgrades: During the warrantee period, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install at no additional cost to the OWNER any application software upgrades published applicable to OWNER’s applications and compatible with OWNER’s hardware and operating system.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Standard and Current Technology: All I&CS hardware, software, materials, and equipment furnished under this contract shall be new, free from defects, and shall be standard products and technology produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacturer of these products.
Meters, instruments, and other components shall be the most recent field-proven models marketed by their manufacturers at the time of submittal of the Shop Drawings unless otherwise required to match existing equipment.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a Substitute Item Req uest Form in case of discontinued or upgraded product or other cases where changing tech nology requires changes in equipment or software.
C. Adverse Environmental Impact: No component of an instrumentation system shall contain liquid mercury.
40 91 00-13
Instrumentation and Control Process Systems
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
D. Hardware Commonality and Modularity: Instruments which utilize a common measurement principle shall be furnished by a single manufacturer. Panel mounted instruments shall have matching style and general appearance. Instruments performing similar functions shall be of the same type, model, or class, and shall be from a single manufacturer. All equipment shall be of modular design to facilitate interchangeability of parts to assure ease of servicing and expandability.
E. Instrument and Loop Power: Power requirements and input/output connections for components shall be verified. Power for transmitted signals shall, in general, originate in and be supplied by the control panel devices. The use of "2 wire" transmitters is preferred, and use of "4 wire" transmitters shall be minimized. Individual loop or redundant power supplies shall be provided as specified and/or as required by the manufacturer's instrument load characteristics to ensure sufficient power to each loop component. Power supplies shall be mounted within control panels or in the field at the point of application.
F. Loop Isolators and Converters: The CONTRACTOR is responsible to resolve any signal level incompatibilities where required.
G. Signal Levels: Analog measurements and control signals shall be as indicated herein, and unless otherwise indicated, shall vary in direct linear proportion to the measured variable. Electrical signals outside control panels shall be 4 to 20 milliamperes DC except as indicated. Signals within enclosures may be 1 to 5 volts DC. Electric signals shall be electrically or optically isolated from other signals. Pneumatic signals shall be 3 to 15 psig with 3 psig equal to 0 percent and 15 psig equal to 100 percent.
H. Alternative Equipment and Methods: Equipment or methods requiring redesign of any project details are not acceptable without prior written approval of the ENGINEER through the "or equal" process of [[[Section 016000 - Products, Materials, Equipment, and Substitutions.]]] [[[The Bid Forms.]]] Any proposal for approval of alternative equipment or methods shall include evidence of improved performance, operational advantage, and maintenance enhancement over the equipment or method indicated, or shall include evidence that an indicated component is not available.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Refer to the requirements of Division 01 for additional requirements.
B. Shipping
1. After completion of shop assembly, factory test, and approval, the tested I&CS equipment, cabinets, panels, and computer hardware shall be packed in protective crates and enclosed in heavy duty polyethylene envelopes or secured sheeting to provide complete protection from damage, dust, and moisture. Dehumidifiers shall be placed inside the polyethylene coverings. The equipment shall then be skid-mounted for final transport. Lifting rings shall be provided for moving without removing protective covering. Boxed weight shall be shown on shipping tags together with instructions for unloading, transporting, storing, and handling at the Site.
C. Special Instructions
40 91 00-14
Instrumentation and Control Process Systems
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
1. Special instructions for proper field handling, storage, and installation required by the manufacturer shall be securely attached to each piece of equipment prior to packaging and shipment.
D. Tagging
1. A permanent stainless steel or other non-corrosive material tag marked with the instrument or equipment tag number shall be provided on each piece of equipment in the I&CS.
Identification shall be prominently displayed on the outside of the package.
E. Storage
1. It is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to assure proper handling and on-site storage of instrumentation and control equipment in accordance with the System Supplier's recommendations. All equipment and materials delivered to the jobsite shall be stored in a location which will not interfere with the operations of other contractors or the OWNER.
Equipment shall not be stored outdoors. Storage and handling will be performed in manners which will afford maximum protection to the equipment and materials.
2. Equipment shall be stored in dry shelters, including in-line equipment, and shall be adequately protected against mechanical damage. If any apparatus has been damaged, such damage shall be repaired by the CONTRACTOR. If any apparatus has been subject to possible damage by water, it shall be thoroughly dried out and put through tests as directed by the ENGINEER. If such tests reveal defects, the equipment shall be replaced.
3.02 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Use all means necessary to protect the installation and to protect products and installed work of all other trades.
B. Any damage to the products and/or installed work shall be repaired or replaced by the contractor, to the satisfaction of the OWNER and ENGINEER, at no additional cost to the OWNER.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. All systems and instrumentation, including instrumentation furnished under other Divisions, shall be installed, connected calibrated, tested, started, and placed into operation in accordance with CONTRACT documents under Division 40 and the manufacturers' instructions. The installation shall be coordinated with the ENGINEER and the OWNER. This shall include final integration in concert with equipment specified and provided by others.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall employ installers who are skilled and experienced in the installation and connection of all I&CS equipment.
C. Equipment Locations: The monitoring and control system configurations indicated in the contract documents are diagrammatic. The locations of equipment are approximate unless dimensioned.
The exact locations and routing of wiring and cables shall be governed by structural conditions and physical interferences and by the location of electrical terminations on equipment. Equipment shall be located and installed so that it will be readily accessible for operation and maintenance.
Where job conditions require reasonable changes in approximated locations and arrangements, or when the OWNER exercises the right to require changes in location of equipment which do not impact material quantities or cause material rework, the CONTRACTOR shall make such changes without additional cost to the OWNER.
40 91 00-15
Instrumentation and Control Process Systems
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
D. The CONTRACTOR shall review the existing site conditions and examine all shop drawings for the various items of equipment in order to determine exact routing and final terminations for all wiring and cables.
E. The Contract Documents identify conduits and instruments required to make a complete I&CS.
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for providing any reasonable additional or different type connections as required by parts of the I&CS’ specific installation requirements, or as practical.
3.04 CONDUIT, CABLES, AND FIELD WIRING
A. Conduits, process equipment control wiring, 4 to 20 mA signal circuits, signal wiring to field instruments and to control panels, PLC input and output wiring, and other field wiring and cables shall be provided under Division 26 and without delay to the WORK of Division 40.
B. PLC equipment cables, communication networks shall be provided under Division 40, but the installation in the field shall be under Division 26.
C. Terminations and wire identification inside I&CS equipment and panels furnished under this or any other Division shall be provided under Division 40.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall supervise and coordinate installation and termination and identification of field signals, power, and utilities associated with the I&CS. Resolve signal, power, or functional incompatibilities between the I&CS and new and existing interfacing devices.
3.05 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS AND INSTALLATIONS
A. Instruments, control panels, and equipment shall be anchored by methods that comply with seismic requirements applicable to the Site. Appropriate mounting stands and bracket materials and workmanship shall be provided and shall comply with requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. Existing Instruments that are to be removed and reinstalled shall be cleaned, reconditioned, and recalibrated by an authorized service facility of the instrument manufacturer. The CONTRACTOR shall provide certification of this WORK prior to reinstallation of each instrument.
C. The Contract Documents show necessary conduit and instruments required to make a complete instrumentation. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for providing any additional or different type connections as required by the instruments and specific installation requirements. Such additions and such changes, including the proposed method of installation, shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for approval prior to commencing that WORK. Such changes shall not be a basis of claims for extra WORK or delay.
D. Field Connection Panels and Interface Terminal Blocks: In cases where field I/O wiring has to be extended to a control panel or from enclosures or devices that are removed, the CONTRACTOR shall provide separate enclosures or junction boxes with interface terminal blocks that will serve as a field connection panel (FCP). The FCP and the terminal block shall be shown on the project- wide wiring diagrams.
E. Conduits and/or raceways in building interior locations shall be surface mounted on walls or ceilings wherever possible and run perpendicular and parallel to building lines. Conduits shall not be routed on floors in areas subject to foot traffic. In exterior locations conduit shall be routed below grade.
F. Wires and cables shall be arranged in a neat manner and securely supported in cable groups and connected from terminal to terminal without splices unless specifically approved by the ENGINEER. Wiring shall be protected from sharp edges and corners. 40 91 00-16
Instrumentation and Control Process Systems
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
G. Signal and 24VDC low voltage wiring shall be run in a separate conduit from power and 120-volt control wiring.
H. Field wiring shall terminate at terminal blocks in the control panel. Field wiring shall not be wired directly to equipment in the control panel except communication and specialty cables that must be wired directly to their respective equipment.
I. Wires shall be marked clearly with an identification wire number labels that are of a permanent nature.
J. Connectors shall be, as a minimum, water tight.
K. Flexible cables and capillary tubing shall be installed in flexible conduits. The lengths shall be sufficient to withdraw the element for periodic maintenance.
L. Differential pressure elements shall have 3 valve manifolds.
M. The CONTRACTOR shall verify the correctness of each installation, including polarity of electric power and signal connections. The CONTRACTOR shall certify in writing all discrepancies have been corrected for each loop or system checked out. In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall make sure process connections are free of leaks.
N. Moisture barriers shall be provided with enclosure rated for area installation.
3.06 SEALING OF WALL AND FLOOR OPENINGS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall seal all conduit and cable entries passing through outside walls of buildings, through partition walls separating electrical rooms from other areas, through fire separations, and through floors above grade.
B. Sealing material shall be fire resistant and not contain any compounds which will chemically affect the wiring jacket or insulating material. Cable penetrations through fire separations, if required, are to be sealed. Acceptable methods are Canstrut "Fire Stop", Electrovert "Multi-Cable Transit" or Dow Corning RTV Silicone Foam.
C. Cable transit blocks (with knock out blocks) are also acceptable as long as they have capability to be sealed.
3.07 SLEEVES
A. Provide sleeves of galvanized steel pipe with machine cut ends of ample size to accommodate conduits passing through walls, partitions, ceilings, floors, etc.
B. For wall, partitions and ceilings the sleeve ends are to be flush with the finish on both sides. For floors the ends shall extend 4” above finished floor level.
C. Fill the space between the sleeve and the conduit with fire stop material and caulked around the top and bottom with approved permanently resilient, non-flammable and weatherproof silicone base compound. Ensure that the seal is compatible with the floor and ceiling finishes.
D. Locate the sleeves and position exactly prior to construction of the walls and floors.
E. Failure to comply with the above requirements shall be remedied at the Contractor's expense.
3.08 TAGGING STANDARDS FOR DEVICES AND WIRING
A. Tag all devices, wires and I/O using the assigned loop, equipment or device tag name. Where tag naming and numbering is not defined, the Engineer will provide naming and numbering that is consistent with the plant naming conventions.
40 91 00-17
Instrumentation and Control Process Systems
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Devices provided under Division 40 shall be initially calibrated by the manufacturer at the manufacturer’s facility prior to shipment. Following installation, the devices shall be field calibrated according to the manufacturer's recommended procedures to verify operational readiness and ability to meet the indicated functional and tolerance requirements.
B. Each instrument shall be field tested, inspected, and adjusted to the indicated performance requirement in accordance its manufacturer's specifications and instructions. Any instrument which fails to meet any contract requirement, or, in the absence of a contract requirement, any published manufacturer performance specification for functional and operational parameters, shall be repaired or replaced, at the discretion of the ENGINEER.
C. Calibration Points: During bench and field calibration each instrument shall be calibrated at least at 0, 25, 50, 75, and 100 percent of span using test instruments to simulate inputs and outputs.
The test instruments shall have accuracies traceable to National Institute of Standards and Testing.
D. Bench Calibration: Instruments that have been bench-calibrated by the manufacturer shall be verified in the field after installation to determine whether any of the calibrations are in need of adjustment.
E. Field Calibration: Instruments which were not bench-calibrated shall be calibrated in the field to insure proper operation in accordance with the instrument loop diagrams or specification data sheets.
F. Analyzer Calibration: Each analyzer system shall be calibrated and tested as a workable system after installation. Testing procedures shall be directed by the manufacturers' technical representatives. Samples and sample gases shall be furnished by the manufacturers.
G. Calibration Sheets: Each instrument calibration sheet shall provide the following information and a space for sign-off on individual items and on the completed unit:
1. Project name
2. Loop number and site or process name and number
3. Tag number
4. Manufacturer
5. Model number
6. Serial number
7. Calibration range
8. Calibration data: Input, output, and error at 0 percent, 50 percent, and 100 percent of span
9. Switch setting, contact action, and dead-band for discrete elements
10. Space for comments
11. Space for sign-off by System Supplier and when applicable by the manufacturer and date
12. Test equipment used and associated serial numbers
13. Calibration Tags: A calibration and testing tag shall be attached to each piece of equipment or system at a location determined by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall have the System Supplier sign the calibration sheet when calibration is complete. The ENGINEER will sign the calibration sheet when the calibration and testing has been accepted. 40 91 00-18
Instrumentation and Control Process Systems
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
14. Loop Testing: The Contractor shall test newly installed loops for continuity and functionality.
The up-to-date wiring diagrams shall be used as reference. The ENGINEER and/or the OWNER shall witness the loop testing.
H. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER of scheduled tests minimum of 30 calendar days prior to the estimated completion date of installation and wiring of the I&CS. After the ENGINEER's review of the submitted loop diagrams for correctness and compliance with the specifications, loop testing shall proceed. The loop testing shall be witnessed by the ENGINEER and/or the OWNER.
I. Control Valve Tests: Control valves, cylinders, drives and connecting linkages shall be stroked from the operator interface units as well as local control devices and adjusted to verify proper control action, hand switch action, limit switch settings, torque settings, remote control actions, and remote feedback of valve status and position. Control valve actions and positioner settings shall be checked with the valves in place to insure that no changes have occurred since the bench calibration.
J. Interlocks: Hardware and software interlocks between the instrumentation and the motor control circuits, control circuits of variable-speed controllers, and packaged equipment controls shall be checked to the maximum extent possible.
K. Loop Validation:
1. Control loops shall be checked under simulated operating conditions by impressing input signals at the primary control elements and observing appropriate responses of the respective control and monitoring elements, final control elements, and the HMI displays associated with the PLC or DCS. Actual signals shall be used wherever available. Following any necessary corrections, the loops shall be retested.
2. Accuracy tolerances for each analog network are defined as the root-mean-square (RMS) summation of individual component accuracy requirements. Individual component accuracy requirements shall be as indicated by contract requirements or by published manufacturer accuracy specifications, whenever contract accuracy requirements are not indicated. Each analog loop shall be tested by applying simulated analog or discrete inputs to the first element of an analog loop. For loops which incorporate analog elements, simulated sensor inputs corresponding to 0, 25, 50, 75, and 100 percent of span shall be applied, and the resulting element outputs monitored to verify compliance to calculated RMS summation accuracy tolerance requirements. Continuously variable analog inputs shall be applied to verify the proper operation and setting of discrete devices. Provisional settings shall be made on controllers and alarms during analog loop tests. Analog loop test data, including calculated RMS summation system accuracy tolerance, shall be documented by the CONTRACTOR on the loop validation sheets. The validation sheets shall be included in the O&M Manuals.
L. Loop Validation and Certification Sheets:
1. Loop Validation: The CONTRACTOR shall prepare loop validation sheets for each loop covering each active instrumentation and control device except simple hand switches and lights. Loop validation sheets shall form the basis for operational tests and documentation.
Each loop validation sheet shall cite the following information and shall provide spaces for sign-off on individual items and on the complete loop by the System Supplier:
a. Project name
b. Loop number
40 91 00-19
Instrumentation and Control Process Systems
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
c. Tag number, description, manufacturer, and model number for each element d. Installation bulletin number
e. Specification sheet number
f. Loop description number
g. Adjustment check
h. Space for comments
i. Space for loop sign-off by the System Supplier and date j. Space for ENGINEER witness signature and date
2. Loop Certification: A certified copy of each loop test validation sheet signed by the System Supplier, the ENGINEER or the ENGINEER's representative as a witness, with test data entered, shall be submitted to the ENGINEER together with a clear and unequivocal statement that the loops have been tested and the instrumentation in the loop has been successfully calibrated, inspected, and tested.
M. Manufacturer’s Services
1. The CONTRACTOR shall provide jobsite visits and services of a manufacturer’s technical field representative for supervision of the following:
a. Oversee installation: Supervise installation and connection of all instruments, elements, and components of every system, including connection of instrument signals to primary measurement elements and to final control elements such as VFD, smart starters, pumps, valves, engines and chemical feeders
b. Verify that installed instrument and software meet manufacturer’s recommendations c. Certify installation and reconfirm manufacturer's accuracy statement d. Oversee loop testing, prepare loop validation sheets, and certify loop testing e. Certify when testing is completed.
f. Training the OWNER's personnel
3.10 COMMISSIONING
A. Commissioning is the verification that the complete WORK functions on an extended basis are in full conformance with the Contract requirements.
B. As part of the commissioning, the entire I&CS shall operate continuously without failure for 30 consecutive days without failure (see test details below), thus extending its operation test longer than the commissioning period specified in Division 01.
C. Refer to the requirements of Division 01 for additional commissioning requirements.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a report/letter states that CONTRACT requirements have been met and the I&CS is ready (2) weeks prior to energizing any system to allow inspections by ENGINEER.
E. The entire I&CS shall go through a final 30-day acceptance test. For the purpose of this CONTRACT, the terms “Final Acceptance Test” and “Final Performance Test” are synonymous and are used interchangeably. The 30-day test must be successfully completed prior to the date of and as a condition to substantial completion of the entire project WORK. During the testing period, all system functions shall be exercised, and any system interruption and accompanying 40 91 00-20
Instrumentation and Control Process Systems
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
component, subsystem, software, or program failure shall be logged for cause of failure, as well as time of occurrence and duration of each failure.
F. In addition to the requirements of Division 01, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish support staff as required to operate the system and to satisfy the repair or replacement requirements. The CONTRACTOR shall also provide a competently programmer on call during all normal working days and hours from the start of the acceptance test until final acceptance of the system. The on- call programmers shall be ready to respond within two hours of the notification of the problem.
G. Testing
1. The entire I&CS shall be tested and shall include, but not limited to the following:
a. Verify instrument calibration and provide written report. b. Verify signal levels and wiring connections to control panels for all instrumentation and control equipment.
c. Function check and adjust under operational conditions the instruments and control equipment.
d. Coordinate instruments and control equipment supplier's service personnel as required for complete system testing.
e. The CONTRACTOR shall make provision to be available and coordinate with the Plant Control System programming team, and the commissioning team to check the sensor signals from source to destination.
f. Instruct plant personnel in correct method of operation of instruments and control equipment.
g. Direct plant personnel at hand-over as to final adjustment of the system for correct operation of plant.
H. Failure During Testing: Failure of the system during the testing shall be considered as indicating that part of the I&CS does not meet the requirements of the specifications and corrective action shall be required before restarting the acceptance test.
I. Technician Report: Each time a technician is required to respond to a malfunction in the I&CS he/she must complete a report which shall include details concerning the nature of the complaint or malfunction and the resulting repair action required and taken. If a malfunction occurs which clears itself or which the operator on duty is able to correct, no report shall be required (logged as specified above). Each report shall be submitted within 24 hours to the ENGINEER or its representative, and the OWNER.
3.11 TRAINING
A. The CONTRACTOR shall train the OWNER'S personnel on the I&CS operation, maintenance, calibration, and repair of equipment provided under this Contract. The training shall be by qualified instructors. The training courses shall be given on-site to a minimum of Four (4) people of the OWNER’s personnel. All instruction, tools and training material shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR.
B. These courses shall be designed to provide the operations, maintenance and supervisory personnel with training in routine and preventive maintenance of all the I&CS including instrumentation, communication, PLCs software, and HMI. The training course shall include instruction on the use of all maintenance equipment and special tools provided under the contract. 40 91 00-21
Instrumentation and Control Process Systems
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
C. Instructions
1. The training shall be performed by qualified instructors. The training shall be performed by qualified representatives of the equipment manufacturers and shall be specific to each piece of equipment.
D. Training Manuals and Material
1. The CONTRACTOR shall use the approved Training syllabus and Training Manuals to develop training material. The training material shall be designed to provide the operations, maintenance and supervisory personnel with training in routine operation procedures, and preventive maintenance and troubleshooting of the I&CS, PLCs and the computer monitoring and control systems.
E. Schedule
1. Training shall be performed on-site during the calibration, loop and functional testing of the I&CS prior to the 30-day Final Acceptance Test. The training sessions shall be scheduled a minimum of 3 weeks in advance of when the courses are to be initiated. The ENGINEER will review the course outline for suitability and provide comments that shall be incorporated.
Due to availability and scheduling of the OWNER's staff, the CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with the OWNER the schedule of the classes. The OWNER reserves the right to videotape the training sessions for later use. Due to possible limited availability of the OWNER's staff, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the number of identical courses/sessions of each of the following training courses as indicated, each up to four (4) people of the OWNER's staff.
F. Training Subjects, Duration, and Agenda : The training shall include operation and maintenance procedures, troubleshooting with necessary test equipment, and changing set points, and calibration for that specific piece of equipment. During the course, hands-on experience with the system equipment shall be provided. Maintenance classes shall stress troubleshooting, repair, calibration, and other technical aspects of the I&CS and the PLCs. Operator classes shall stress operational theory and use of the I&CS and the PLCs.
1. Field Instruments
a. Duration – an average of half hour (1/2) hours per each type of instrument b. Subjects - installation, setup, configuration, maintenance, calibration, and troubleshooting:
Level transmitter
Flow measuring device and transmitter
Power monitoring equipment
Uninterruptible power supply (UPS)
G. Programmable Logic Controller (PLC)
1. The training for the PLC and SCADA software shall be performed by OTHERS.
END OF SECTION
40 91 06-1
Level Measuring
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 40 91 06
LEVEL MEASURING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. General: The CONTRACTOR shall provide level measuring systems, complete and operable in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Section 40 91 00 - Instrumentation and Controls for Process Systems.
B. Applicable Sections in Division 40 – Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems.
C. Division 26 – Electrical.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be provided in accordance with the requirements specified in Section 40 91 00 – Instrumentation and Controls for Process Systems.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SUBMERSIBLE TRANSDUCER TYPE LEVEL MEASUREMENT
A. Manufacturers:
1. Submersible level transducers/transmitters manufacturer and model shall be Keller America Level Rat, Dwyer Series PBLT2, TE KPSI 750, or Approved Equal.
2. Termination enclosure shall be of same manufacturer as level transducer.
B. Description: The submersible level measurement system shall be designed for level and depth measurements, such as wells, where small transducer size is required. The level measurement system shall consist of a submersible transducer, electronic transmitter, support cable, and interconnecting cable with cable shield, termination enclosure, and vent tube for atmospheric reference. The installation shall allow easy removal of the transducer and cable assembly for maintenance purposes
C. Performance / Design Criteria:
1. The transducer shall be the strain gauge type suitable for sensing pressure equivalent to the measured liquid level range. Various pressure ranges shall be available from 1 to 900 psig and shall be provided as indicated in the data sheet.
2. The transducer’ shall be less than 1-inch in diameter and shall be integral to and suspended by a corrosion resistant cable, as recommended by the manufacture
3. The transmitter shall produce a 24 VDC, 4 - 20 mA DC signal linearly proportional to the required level range as indicated in the data sheet. The measurement system shall operate over a temperature range of -5 to 140 degrees F with an accuracy of plus or minus 0.1 percent of full scale. Local indication shall be provided, unless otherwise indicated in the data sheet.
D. Materials / Components:
1. Submersible Transducer/Transmitter:
40 91 06-2
Level Measuring
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
a. The wetted parts of the transducer/transmitter’s body assembly shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. The transducer/transmitter shall be provided with a lightning surge arrestor. It shall be rated IP68/Type 6. Based on installation location rating, the unit shall be intrinsically safe and rated for Class I Div. II area. Intrinsically safe barriers shall be provided as required.
b. Vent Tube: The vent tube shall be used for atmospheric reference and terminated in a sensor termination enclosure. Vent tube shall be able to support a load of up to 115 lb. and its material shall be compatible with the measured liquid level as recommended by the manufacturer for the intended service and as indicated in the data sheet. c. Termination Enclosure: The vent tube and the pressure transducer shall be terminated in an enclosure rated for the installation location. The enclosure shall contain a replaceable desiccant module with an integral moisture status indicator, and a replaceable micro filter assembly against ingress of dust. A DIN standard terminal block shall also be included.
Mounting hardware shall be included for the required installation requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Level measuring systems shall be handled, installed, calibrated, loop-tested, pre-commissioned, and performance tested in accordance with Section 40 91 00 - Instrumentation and Controls for Process Systems. Manufacturer’s service, supervision, and training shall also be in accordance with Section 40 91 00 - Instrumentation and Controls for Process Systems.
END OF SECTION
TOC-4
Table of Contents
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville NOVEMBER 2022
WWE Project: 21-060 100% Design Submittal
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
40 91 07-1
Level Detection
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 40 91 07
LEVEL DETECTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. General: The CONTRACTOR shall provide level detection switches, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Section 40 91 00 - Instrumentation and Controls for Process Systems.
B. Applicable Sections in Division 40 – Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems.
C. Division 26 – Electrical.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be provided in accordance with the requirements specified in Section 40 91 00 – Instrumentation and Controls for Process Systems.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 TIPPING FLOAT TYPE LEVEL SWITCHES
A. Manufacturers: Tipping float type level switch manufacturers shall be MJK 7030, MAGNETROL T10, FLYGT ENM-10, or Approved Equal.
B. Description: Tipping float level switch shall consist of a switch, a moving float, and a connecting cable that is anchored at the midpoint of a differential band. As the level rises and falls the float rights itself or inverts causing switching actions. The cable anchoring point shall be protected by strain relief.
C. Performance / Design Criteria: The hermetically sealed switches shall have a SPDT output with a minimum rating of 10 Amps at 120 VAC.
D. Materials / Components: The float switch shall be mercury-free. Float material shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations for the intended service and installation application and as indicated in the data sheet.
2.02 VERTICAL FLOAT TYPE LEVEL SWITCHES
A. Manufacturers: Vertical float type level switch manufacturers shall be APG FS-400, Gems EW-xx or Approved Equal.
B. Description: Vertical float level switch shall consist of a switch, a moving float, and a connecting cable that is sealed for NEMA4X environmental rating. As the level rises and falls the float actuates a magnetic switch contained withing a stainless-steel housing.
C. Performance / Design Criteria: The hermetically sealed switches shall have a SPST output with a minimum rating of 0.8 Amps @ 120 VAC/1Amp @ 100VDC or less. Float shall be field reversable to change from N.C. to N.O. contacts
D. Materials / Components: The float switch shall be stainless steel with ¼” NPTM threads and 24” integrated cable
40 91 07-2
Level Detection
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Level detection switches shall be handled, installed, calibrated, loop-tested, pre-commissioned, and performance tested in accordance with 40 91 00 - Instrumentation and Controls for Process Systems. Manufacturer’s service, supervision, and training shall also be in accordance with Section 40 91 00 - Instrumentation and Controls for Process Systems.
END OF SECTION
40 95 10-1
PLC-Based Control System Hardware
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 40 95 10
PLC-BASED CONTROL SYSTEM HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The CONTRACTOR through the use of the System Supplier shall provide the programmable logic controllers (PLC)-based control system (PBCS) hardware for the I&CS, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. The PBCS shall be furnished complete with all system hardware as indicated in the I-Series Contract Drawings.
B. The System Supplier shall be responsible for selecting, sizing, and providing the correct and necessary type and quantity of hardware for the entire PBCS. The necessary hardware shall include but not limited to network hardware, PLC input/output (I/O) modules, interconnecting cables, accessories, communication ports, adapters and cards, and all appurtenances for proper operation of the PBCS and to meet the functional requirements described in these specifications, and as shown on the system architecture diagram or network diagram.
1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Section 40 91 00 - Instrumentation and Controls for Process Systems B. Applicable Sections in Division 40 – Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems C. Division 26 – Electrical
D. The PBCS equipment, materials, and other work shall conform to the specifications; codes and standards requirements specified Section 40 91 00 - Instrumentation and Controls for Process Systems.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. The PLC submittal shall be provided in accordance with the requirements specified in Section 40 91 00 - Instrumentation and Controls for Process Systems.
1.04 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Spare Parts:
1. It is intended that sufficient spare parts and supplies necessary to support the operation and maintain the system shall be furnished with the system. These spare parts are in addition to the “spare” I/Os listed in the I/O list. PLC system spare parts shall be furnished in accordance with Section 40 91 00 - Instrumentation and Controls for Process Systems.
2. As a minimum, the spare parts listed below are required to be furnished under this contract a. One (1) PLC I/O module of each type.
b. One (1) PLC CPU
c. One (1) PLC communication module (if a separate module is required) d. One (1) PLC power supply
e. One (1) Firewall appliance
1.05 WARRANTY
A. The CONTRACTOR shall guarantee the performance of all the new PLCs and the programming software for them as specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 40 95 10-2
PLC-Based Control System Hardware
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
B. All parts, material labor, travel, subsistence, or other expenses incurred in providing services and service visits during the warranty period shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR under the guarantee. Equipment, software, and materials that do not achieve their intended purpose shall be replaced by the CONTRACTOR to attain compliance, at no additional cost to the OWNER.
C. Guarantee and special corrections of defects and software upgrade requirements and warrantee shall be in accordance with Section 40 91 00 - Instrumentation and Controls for Process Systems.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 REFER TO BILL OF MATERIALS ON I-SERIES DRAWINGS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the OWNER with training on the subjects of use, maintenance, operation, troubleshooting and repair of all the components of the PLCs and the rest of the PBCS hardware. The training shall be specifically tailored to this project and reflect the hardware and the installation. All training shall be conducted on site unless another location is approved by the ENGINEER and OWNER. Hardware training subjects and the allocated hours for each class shall be in accordance with Section 40 91 00 - Instrumentation and Controls for Process Systems.
END OF SECTION
40 95 13-1
Control Panel
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 40 95 13
CONTROL PANEL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The CONTRACTOR through the System Supplier shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals as shown, specified, and required to furnish and install control panels for the PLC- based control system, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The system Supplier shall be responsible for selecting, sizing, and providing the required type and quantity of the panels for each process control applications. The hardware and responsibilities shall include but not limited to:
1. The selection of all accessories, materials and methods of fabrication not specifically covered by these specifications, but which are necessary to complete the fabrication of the panels.
Installation of all equipment shall be performed in accordance with good engineering and industry best practices.
2. Mounting enclosures.
3. Locating and mounting interior/exterior instrumentation, hardware and equipment in the control panel.
4. Field interface terminal blocks
5. Terminating panel internal wiring and signals.
6. Terminating communication and network cabling and wiring.
C. The requirements of Section 26 00 00 – General Electrical Work, apply to the WORK of this Section
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Division 26 Electrical Specifications
B. Section 40 91 00 Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems C. Section 40 95 10 PLC-Based Control System Hardware
D. All electrical work required under this section shall conform to the requirements of Division 40 and the applicable requirements of Division 01, Division 26.
1.03 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Reference Standards:
1. NFPA 70, National Electric Code
2. ANSI/UL 1449, Fourth Edition, Safety Surge Protective Devices
3. IEEE C62.41.1, Guide on the Surge Environment in Low-Voltage (1000V and Less) AC Power Circuits
4. IEEE C62.45, Recommended Practice on Surge Testing for Equipment Connect to Low- Voltage (1000V and Less) AC Power Circuits
5. UL 1283, Safety Electromagnetic Interference Filters
6. NFPA 70, National Electric Code
7. National Standards Institute (ANSI) / Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE):
40 95 13-2
Control Panel
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
a. C62.90.2, IEEE trial use standard withstand capability of relay systems to radiated electromagnetic interference from transceivers.
b. C62.41, IEEE recommended practice on surge voltages in low-voltage AC power circuits. c. C62.45, IEEE guide on surge testing for equipment connected to low-voltage AC power circuits.
8. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL):
a. UL 508, Industrial control panels.
b. UL 1283, Safety-electromagnetic interference filters. c. UL 1449, Surge protective devices.
9. Electronic Industries Association (EIA):
a. TIA-232-E, interface between data terminal equipment and data circuit-terminating equipment employing serial binary data interchange.
b. 422-A, electrical characteristics of balanced voltage digital interface circuits.
10. International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 9001, quality systems-model for quality assurance in design, development, production, installation, and servicing.
11. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):
a. ICS 1 - General Standards for Industrial Control and Systems. b. ICS 3 - Industrial Systems.
c. ICS 4 - Terminal Blocks for Industrial Use.
d. ICS 6 - Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems. e. LS1 - Low Voltage Surge Protection Devices.
f. Publication No. 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 V Maximum). g. NEMA IA 2.2 - Programmable Controllers - Equipment Requirements and Tests. h. NEMA IA 2.3 - Programmable Controllers - Programming Languages. i. NEMA ICS 3 - Industrial Control and Systems: Factory Built Assemblies. j. NEMA ICS 6 - Industrial Control and Systems: Enclosures.
12. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
13. Each control panel, including panels for service entrance equipment, shall meet all UL listing and labeling requirements including UL Standard 508 and UL Standard 508A and shall be UL labeled accordingly.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01 33 03 – Submittal Procedures and 40 91 00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems.
B. Control panels, wall mounted and free-standing, shall be provided with mounting and anchoring calculations signed by a California Registered Structural Engineer. 40 95 13-3
Control Panel
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Factory and field tests shall be performed in accordance with 40 91 00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. All control panel assemblies for PLC’s, Remote I/O, analyzer systems, communication systems, etc., shall be mounted within NEMA-rated enclosure suitable and designed for the process application, as specified in the Contract Drawings.
B. Reference Contract Drawings for control panel layouts and product requirements. The control panel layouts shown on the Contract Drawings are diagrammatic. The control panel submittal shop drawing shall reflect the accurate layout of the equipment in the panel. It is not the intent of this specification to completely specify all details of the design and construction of each panel.
C. Control panels shall be either freestanding, pedestal-mounted or equipment skid-mounted.
D. The enclosures shall be suitable for carrying the weight of the equipment mounted inside the panel and on the doors without any distortion or warping. The CONTRACTOR shall supply all equipment and components mounted on or within panels unless otherwise noted. Spare space shall be kept clear of wiring, etc., to give contiguous clear space for future additions.
E. When required, PLC-based control system panel assemblies shall be mounted in existing enclosures.
1. The CONTRACTOR shall review the available space in the field or in the existing panel to determine the proper size of back panel suitable to accommodate the required equipment for the facility.
F. Environmental Suitability and NEMA Rating:
1. Indoor and outdoor control panels and instrument enclosures shall be suitable for operation in the ambient conditions associated with the locations designated in the Contract Documents.
2. Provide heating, cooling, and dehumidifying equipment required to maintain instrumentation devices 20-percent within the minimums and maximums of their rated environmental operating ranges. Provide power wiring for these heating, cooling and dehumidifying devices.
3. . Enclosures shall be suitable for the environment that they are installed. Panel instruments and equipment in hazardous areas shall be suitable for use in the particular hazardous or classified location in which it is to be installed.
4. Control panels shall be sized to adequately dissipate heat generated by equipment mounted in or on the panel.
5. Enclosure Ratings:
a. NEMA 12: Suitable for enclosures located in the Electrical Room and Control Room. b. NEMA 4X: Suitable for enclosures located outdoors and in damp and corrosive process areas.
c. NEMA 7X (explosion proof and corrosion resistant): Suitable for enclosures located in classified areas.
40 95 13-4
Control Panel
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
d. ALL modifications to the panel enclosure including device penetrations shall not compromise the enclosure rating.
2.02 ENCLOSURE CONTRUCTION
A. Approved enclosure manufacturers
1. Hoffman
2. Tesco
3. Or approved equal.
B. Material and Fabrication
1. Wall mounted type enclosure shall be constructed of a minimum of 12-gauge, depending of the size of the enclosure, application, environment, and the project requirements.
2. Floor mounted free-standing enclosures shall be made of 12-gauge, depending of the size of the enclosure, application, and the project requirements.
3. Seams shall be continuously welded and ground smooth. Corners shall be welded and ground smooth.
4. Each enclosure shall have a heavy gauge, continuous piano hinge pin which shall support each door.
5. Door and body stiffeners shall be provided where required. The stiffeners shall be welded to the inside of enclosures to prevent deformation due to the weight of face-mounted instruments.
6. Doors shall be sealed with a closed cell neoprene gasket.
7. The interior rear and sides of each enclosure shall have steel mounting channels for supporting mounting panels.
8. Enclosures shall be provided with external mounting feet when shown, as well as door clamps, hasp and staple for padlocking, data pocket, and closed-cell oil-resistant gasket. Removable lifting lugs to facilitate handling shall be provided on large enclosures.
C. Back and Side Panels
1. Each enclosure shall be provided with a removable back panel. Depending on the size of the enclosure more than one back panel may be required. Removable side panels shall be provided as required for additional mounting space.
D. Control Panel Finish
1. Non-stainless-steel enclosures shall have an ANSI 61 gray polyester urethane powder coating electrostatically applied to inside and outside surfaces. Enclosure interior, and back and side panels shall be white.
2. Stainless Steel enclosures shall be Type 316 and have a brush finish.
E. Ventilation, Louvers, and Vents
1. All enclosures rated NEMA 12 shall be provided with ventilation louvers, exhaust fan and thermostat. The perimeters of the louver plate shall be sealed with a gasket. Louver shall be of the same material and finish as the enclosure. The louver shall be sized for effective heat rejection.
40 95 13-5
Control Panel
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
2. All Control Panels installed outside or inside non-air-conditioned environments shall have an integral heater c/w thermostat.
3. All enclosures shall be provided with a corrosion inhibitor size per manufacture recommendations.
4. Each panel enclosure shall be provided with a data pocket for storing wiring diagrams, operation manuals and other documentation inside the enclosure.
F. Air Conditioning
1. NEMA 4X enclosures and enclosures with VFD’s shall be provide with Air Conditioning Units, size as recommended by the manufacturer to accommodate for heat dissipated by electrical equipment.
G. Accessories
1. The CONTRACTOR shall provide additional panel accessories to meet the specifications, such as floor stand and mounting kits, door handle and lock kits (common key shall be provided for all doors), 3-point latch, etc. Provide panels with front access only. Doors shall be key/pad lockable (as required) and fitted with 3-point heavy duty latching assemblies.
H. Instruments Mounting
1. Equipment mounted at the rear of enclosure shall be installed to allow for commissioning adjustments, operation and servicing requirements. The CONTRACTOR shall arrange components and wiring to meet UL requirements.
2. Spare space shall be kept clear of wiring, etc., to give maximum space for future additions.
3. For front mounted hardware, cutouts and holes may be cut or drilled by any standard method that does not cause deformation. Burrs shall be ground smooth. Mounting the instruments shall not degrade the NEMA rating of the enclosure.
4. Each enclosure shall be provided with interior nameplates to identify equipment tags and functions.
2.03 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The main power supply to the control panel controls shall be 120 VAC, 60 Hz. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the main power supply from an external source. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a step-down transformer as required to power the panel.
B. Each source of foreign voltage shall be isolated by providing disconnect type terminal blocks Weidler or approved equal.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall provide wireways, wire, and electrical fittings and components for 120V and 24VDC circuits to instruments and other electrical devices in the panel for a complete and operable installation. Wiring methods and materials for all panels shall be in accordance with the NEC requirements.
D. The circuits for 24VDC shall run in separate wireways from the 120 VAC circuits.
E. If required by the contract documents, the control panel shall be the source of power for any 120 VAC solenoid valves interconnected with the control panel.
F. Wiring and Accessories
40 95 13-6
Control Panel
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
1. Run all wiring in enclosed plastic wireways such as Panduit. Size all wireways so that the total cross-sectional area of the insulated wire and cable does not exceed forty (40%) percent of the cross-sectional area of the wireway.
2. Provide a minimum clearance of 1.5” between wireways and any point of wire termination.
3. Control wiring to be a minimum of #14 AWG tinned stranded copper; insulation rated at 600V.
4. Wiring for power distribution shall be a minimum of #12 AWG tinned stranded copper; insulation rated at 600 V.
5. Analog wiring to be a minimum of #16 single pair copper 300V CIC white/black cable with overall foil shield and the drain wire. The black wire shall be positive and white wire shall be negative. Drain wires shall be clipped in the field and terminated on individual green/yellow terminal blocks in the control panel. The shield shall be grounded at only one end in the control panel grounding terminals, and cut back and insulated at the instrument end.
6. Cable routing and requirements shall be installed in accordance with Division 26 – Electrical Specifications.
7. All wiring entering or leaving the enclosure shall be labeled with permanent marking identification subject to the review by the Engineer.
G. Terminal Blocks
1. The control panel shall be provided with sufficient terminal blocks for the connection of external field conductors, signals, and power and for use inside the panel for power distribution and for future expansion. In order to facilitate easy and safe loop maintenance, each analog input loop shall have a disconnect with test plugs built into its field terminal block.
2. Spare Terminal Blocks for Signals: The CONTRACTOR shall provide sufficient spare terminal blocks to connect additional signals for future use (implemented and future spares).
Implemented spare signals shall be wired to terminal blocks and the percent of these terminals shall be in accordance with the growth requirements specified in Section 40 95 10 – PLC-Based Control System Hardware. For future signals (i.e. the source of inputs or final control elements are not yet known or available in the field), the CONTRACTOR shall provide 25-percent spare terminals in the panel for each type of actual I/O in the PLC. The number of terminals shall take in account the types of I/O for which spares are provided (Three (3) terminal for each AI or AO shall be provided).
3. Spare Terminal Blocks for Power and Other Applications: In addition to the spare terminals for signals, The CONTRACTOR shall provide spare terminals for 3 additional power distribution and grounding applications circuits.
4. Terminal blocks for all wiring shall be modular terminals, DIN rail mounted strap screw type rated at 15 amperes at 600VAC and suitable for No. 12 AWG. stranded wire.
5. Identify each terminal block within an enclosure with a unique machine printed terminal block number. Cabinet chassis grounding terminal blocks to be identified by the electrical ground symbol.
6. Connections to screw terminals to be locking fork tongue insulated crimp type wire connectors equal to Panduit PAN-TERM series or T&B STA-KON series.
7. Terminals to be Weidmuller terminal blocks or engineer approved equal. 40 95 13-7
Control Panel
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
a. WDU4 Feed through Terminal Block.
b. WPE4 Ground Block.
c. WTR4 Disconnect terminal.
d. WDK4N Two Level Terminal Block.
e. WTR 4/SI LED Fused Terminal Block - for 24 V DC rated circuits c/w all required fuses. f. WTR 6/2 SI LED Fused Terminal Block - for 120 V AC rated circuits c/w all required fuses. g. WAP End Bracket.
8. Provide a group of terminals for each of 120 V AC hot and neutral and 24 V DC positive and negative power. Distribution wiring to have a thermal magnetic circuit breaker upstream of all major blocks of loads, adequately sized to protect the connected load while not causing nuisance tripping. Provide nickel-plated terminals for all high-capacity applications in excess of 15 A.
9. Provide Weidmuller disconnect type terminal blocks c/w fuses for each load or loop powered instrument from the control panels.
H. Electrical Hardware Accessories: The control panel shall be equipped with minimum provisions listed below:
1. Duplex 15-amp, 120 VAC GCFI type receptacles for service and maintenance use. The receptacle shall be 2-pole, 3-wire grounding, and heavy-duty industrial grade by Hubbell, Leviton, or approved equal.
2. Simplex 15-amp 120 VAC GCFI type receptacle dedicated for a powering an uninterruptible power supply (UPS). The receptacle shall be color coded, 2-pole, 3-wire grounding, heavy duty industrial grade by Hubbell, Leviton, or approved equal.
3. A 120 VAC LED light strip lamp with guards and a toggle switch (Hoffman Panelite LED Series, or approved equal) mounted on the top of the enclosure or on the part the side or back panel shall be provided for panel lighting. A separate fuse/circuit breaker shall be provided for the lamp mounted inside and in the top of the back-of-panel area. Provide (2) two lamps for Control Panels that are longer than 72-inches
4. A one (1)-inch by eight (8)-inch copper grounding bus mounted in each Control Panel including grounding lugs, suitable for termination of up to #2 AWG copper grounding conductor. The grounded bus shall be bonded to the ground.
a. The grounding bus shall be complete with solderless connector for one 2 AWG bare stranded copper cable and with tapped holes to accommodate ground connections from various devices in the enclosure.
b. Provide ground connections for different AWG wires and shield connection clamps by Phoenix Contact, or approved equal.
c. Provide separate ground buses for analog and discrete/digital signals. The copper cable shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR and be connected to a system ground loop. d. Bond each enclosure door to the grounding lug.
5. Provide Hoffman 120 VAC Heater and thermostat. Heater shall be DAH1001A and thermostat shall be Stego model KTO-011, or approved equal, if required. 40 95 13-8
Control Panel
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
6. Provide ventilation system sized for heat dissipation. The ventilation system shall be by Hoffman, Cooling kit with removable filter or approved equal.
I. Circuit Breakers, Fuses, and Disconnects
1. Provide circuit breakers, fuses and disconnects installed in the control panel to protect against fault current the 120 VAC and 24 VDC branch circuits. Circuit breakers shall be installed as disconnects of external power feeds for control circuits from outside the enclosure and branch circuits within the enclosure.
2. The circuit breakers, fuses and disconnects shall also allow disconnecting the power from these instruments in a safe manner. Each circuit breaker and fuse shall be clearly identified by a unique service nametag.
3. The fuses shall be DIN rail mounted with fuse holder terminal block and shall have a blown fuse indicator light.
a. The fuse holders for 120 VAC applications shall have a neon light indicator. Provide Entrelec part number 0115-661.21, or equal.
b. The fuse holders for 24 VDC applications shall have an LED indicator light. Provide Entrelec part number 0115-663.23, or equal.
4. The circuit breakers shall be DIN rail mounted type. The 120 VAC breakers shall by Square D model QUO-120 and QUO-115, amperage rating as required, or approved equal. a. 20-Amp main circuit breaker for the 120 VAC control panel power supply and the distribution of the power.
b. 15-Amp circuit breaker for the duplex 15-amp, 120 VAC GCFI type receptacle for service and maintenance, and the LED light.
c. 15-Amp circuit breaker (or as required by the UPS manufacturer) for the dedicated simplex GCFI type receptacle for UPS.
d. 15-Amp circuit breaker for the heater and thermostat and ventilation fan. e. 5-Amp fuse, 120 VAC for each of the 120 VAC power input circuits to the two(2) redundant 24 VDC power supplies
J. Uninterrupted Power Supply
1. The CONTRACTOR shall provide an uninterruptible AC power supply (UPS) system for each control panel to back up the power for the panel in case utility power fails. The UPS shall be a “smart” type, use on-line, high frequency, double-conversion technology. The batteries shall be integral to the UPS enclosure.
2. Capacity and Duration
a. The continuous output capacity of the UPS shall be at least 1,000 VA. It shall be sufficient to supply the computers, interface and peripheral equipment (present and future) with regulated AC power for a minimum of thirty (30) minutes from batteries only. Additional batteries or larger UPS size shall be provided to meet the specified backup time.
3. The CONTRACTOR shall submit load calculations and size each UPS to justify the selection of present and future load requirements, as well as overload and inrush capacity requirements.
40 95 13-9
Control Panel
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
4. Features and Options
a. Input Power Range: 120 VAC, 60 Hertz ± 5 Hertz.
b. Output Power Range: 120 VAC, ± 3 percent of nominal, 60 Hertz ± 0.5 percent. c. Output Receptacles: Minimum of six (6) built-in outlets. d. Overload Capacity: The UPS shall have the ability to supply 110 percent of system requirements for 10 seconds, without degradation of the service life. e. Operating Temperature: 0-to-40-degree C.
f. Protection: The UPS output shall be protected (IEEE standards) from lightning, surges overload, and short circuit. The input shall be protected by a circuit breaker, sized in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
g. Battery: Lead acid type, maintenance free, sealed suspended electrolyte, and leak-proof.
Recharge Time (with half load): three (3) hours.
h. Alarms and Status: The UPS shall be provided with a relay output card in a combination with a network management card (NMC) to provide a common dry contact output that represents the health/status of the UPS and battery functions (i.e. low battery, UPS on batteries, UPS fault, batteries failed on battery self-test). The NMC shall be configured to provide the above alarms/status listed above.
5. Manufacturer: Schneider Electric APC model Smart-UPS with communication and relay interface cards, or approved equal.
K. 24VDC Power Supplies
1. Control panels shall be provided with redundant power supplies which shall be configured in a fault-tolerant manner to prevent interruption of service upon failure and interruption of service necessitated by the replacement of a power supply.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall size the power supplies to meet the control panel requirement and the instruments and loops they support. Power supplies shall have an excess rated capacity of 40 percent. The failure of a power supply shall be alarmed at the SCADA System.
3. The failure of a power supply shall generate a dry relay contact output that can be used as an input to the PLC/ SCADA system.
4. 5. Power supplies shall be Phoenix Contact 24 VDC Quint series, or equal.
L. Wire Labeling
M. Surge Protection Devices
N. Signal, Control, and Power Wiring
2.04 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
A. General Purpose Relays
1. General purpose relays in the control panel(s) shall be compact plug-in type with contacts rated 10-Amps at 120 VAC; or 24 VDC.
a. Quantity and form of contacts shall be as required by the application. b. The relay shall have a minimum of two (2)-form C contacts (double pole-double throw), except when used as interpose relay for the PLC’s DO modules. 40 95 13-10
Control Panel
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
c. Interpose relay for the PLC’s DO modules shall have a minimum of one (1)-form C (single pole single throw) contacts. Each relay shall be provided with a neon light to indicate energized state.
2. The relay socket and mounting shall be a standard DIN rail mount with pullover wire spring.
3. Relays shall be IDEC compact relays 2213, or approved equal.
B. Interpose Relays
1. Additional relays shall be provided when the number or type of contacts required exceed the contact capacity and/or rating of the specified relays and timers.
2. Additional relays shall be provided when higher contact rating is required in order to interface with starter circuits or other equipment.
3. The interpose relays shall be as the general-purpose relays specified above.
C. Time Delay Relays
1. Time delay relays shall be plug-in electronic type with on-delay or off-delay actuation as required. Output contacts shall be double-pole double-throw (DPDT) rated 10-Amps at 120 VAC minimum. Each unit shall include an adjustable time delay with a time range scale.
Operating temperature range of the units shall be -20 to +120 degrees-F minimum and each device shall be rated for 10,000,000 mechanical operations and 500,000 electrical operations.
2. Provide Idec RTE multi-function series, Schneider Electric, or approved equal.
D. Indicating Pilot Lights
1. Indicating lights shall be ultra-bright multiple LED cluster lamps, push-to-test full voltage and shall be heavy-duty, oil-tight construction. Operators shall be nickel or chrome plated. Each light shall have a screwed-on prismatic lens approximately 1-inch in diameter. Miniature style devices are not acceptable.
2. Lens colors shall be GREEN for "run," "open," or "on"; RED for "stopped," "closed," or "off"; and AMBER for alarm.
3. Indicating lights shall be Square D Company, Class 9001 Type K, General Electric Company Type CR104P, or approved equal. Each light shall have a factory-engraved legend plate, as shown on the Contract Documents.
E. Selector and Pushbutton Switches
1. Selector and pushbutton switches shall be rated 10-amperes at 600 volts; shall be heavy-duty, oil-tight construction; and shall have the number of positions and poles required. Miniature style devices are not acceptable. Operators shall be nickel or chrome plated. Switches shall be Square D Company, Class 9001 Type K, General Electric Company Type CR104P, or approved equal. Each switch shall have a factory-engraved legend plate as shown on the Contract Documents.
F. Signal Isolators, Conditioners and Converters
1. Signal isolators conditioners and converters shall be provided as required to resolve any signal level incompatibilities, to ensure adjacent component impedance match where feedback paths may be generated, or to maintain loop integrity during the removal of a loop component.
40 95 13-11
Control Panel
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
2. Signal isolators, integrators and converters shall be 24 VDC or 120 VAC powered as applicable, and shall DIN rail mounted. Isolators shall be by Phoenix Contact, or approved equal.
G. Nameplates
1. Provide nameplates for each device on or within the panels and enclosures. Nameplates shall be black laminated with white lettering, a minimum of 1” x 3” in size with up to three lines of ¼” lettering. Securely fasten nameplates in and situate them in a visible location.
2.05 SPARE PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS
A. Control panels
PART 3 -
EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Preparation for Shipment and Shipping
1. Control panels shall be crated for shipment using a heavy framework and skids as required and cushioned to protect the finish and the instruments during shipment. Provide sufficient cushioning material to protect interior hardware that could be damaged due to mechanical vibrations.
2. Each panel unit shall be provided with removable lifting lugs to facilitate handling.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Control panels shall be installed in accordance with Section 40 91 00 – Instrumentation and Controls for Process System and located as indicated in the Contract Drawings.
B. All conduit and cable entrance shall be from bottom entry only, unless otherwise specified by the Contract Drawings.
C. Wire Installation Requirements
1. Wiring methods and materials for panels shall be in accordance with the NEC requirements and industry best practices.
2. Wires shall be neatly grouped using nylon tie straps, and shall be fanned out to terminals.
Wiring run from components on a swing out panel to other components on a fixed panel shall be made up in tied bundles. These bundles shall be tied with nylon wire ties and shall be secured to panels at both sides of the hinge loop so that conductors are not strained at the terminals.
3. Wiring run to control devices on the front panels shall be tied together at short intervals with nylon wire ties and be secured to the inside face of the panel using adhesive mounts.
D. Wire Terminations
1. Spare I/O shall be wired to a terminal strip and clearly marked.
2. All field wiring shall terminate at a terminal block in the enclosure. Field wiring shall be terminated first at the field interface terminal block and then wired to the devices/instrument or PLC inside the panel.
40 95 13-12
Control Panel
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
a. Except for antenna cable, Cat 5e cables and other specialty cables, such as thermocouples and data cables, field wiring shall not be wired directly to the panel mounted device.
3. Terminals and fuses for each conductor and shield drain wire of a twisted shielded pair or triad cable shall be mounted consecutively next to each other.
4. Terminal blocks shall be grouped based on their function and voltage. Each group of terminal blocks shall be located in the panel to provide easy access, safety, practicality, and minimization of internal wiring.
5. Terminal blocks for 24 VDC signals shall be grouped separate from the power and other 120 VAC terminals.
6. Terminal blocks for 24 VDC signals shall be grouped separate from the 24VDC power as well.
Likewise, terminal blocks for 120 VAC power and distribution shall be grouped separate from the 120 VAC terminals for control signals.
7. Each terminal and wire connection shall be tagged in accordance with the approved shop drawings or Facility standard tagging/numbering, if available.
3.03 IDENTIFICATION
A. Nameplates
1. Provide nameplates for each device on or within the panels and enclosures. Nameplates shall be black laminated with white lettering, a minimum of 1” x 3” in size with up to three lines of ¼” lettering. Securely fasten nameplates in and situate them in a visible location and mechanically attached with self-tapping stainless-steel screws to the panel door. The nameplate to indicate panel name as indicated on drawings.
B. If more than one power source is present in a panel, a separate warning nameplate with red face and white core, mechanically attached with self-tapping screws to the panel door shall be provided.
The nameplate to indicate the number of power sources and their origin.
C. All instruments within the panel shall be identified.
D. Provide a list of all circuit breakers and fuses laminated in plastic. The list shall be located in each associated enclosure.
E. All wires shall be identified.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Calibration and testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 40 91 00 – Instrumentation and Controls for Process Systems.
3.05 ADJUSTMENTS
A. Analog Loops: Whenever an existing analog loop is modified, the CONTRACTOR shall ensure that the integrity and isolation of the loop is maintained and the shield is grounded correctly. In modifying the analog loop, the CONTRACTOR shall also modify the 24 VDC to that loop so that the power supply source of that loop is part of the control panel and backed up by the UPS in it.
B. Field Connection Panels and Interface Terminal Blocks: In cases where field I/O wiring has to be extended to the control panel from enclosures that are removed or modified, the CONTRACTOR shall provide separate enclosures/field connection panel (FCP), as required, to which field I/O are wired, and from which the signals shall be wired to the control panel. 40 95 13-13
Control Panel
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
END OF SECTION
TOC-4
Table of Contents
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville NOVEMBER 2022
WWE Project: 21-060 100% Design Submittal
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
40 98 30-1
Instrumentation and Control Test Forms
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
SECTION 40 98 30
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL TEST FORMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The CONTRACTOR, in cooperation with ENGINEER and System Supplier, shall perform commissioning and start-up testing to verify the operation of all the systems as described herein after the installation is completed.
B. The Sytem Supplier, under the direction of the General Contractor, will coordinate and schedule all activities associated with testing and commissioning in accordance with Section 17010 - Instrumentation and Controls for Process Systems.
1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Section 40 91 00 - Instrumentation and Controls for Process Systems B. Applicable Sections in Division 40 – Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems for related testing, commissioning and start-up requirements of the I&CS.
C. Division 26 – Electrical.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01 33 03 – Submittal Procedures and 40 91 00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all Instrumentation and Control Test Forms as required by Section 40 91 00 – 1.07 Closeout Submittals.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The CONTRACTOR shall use only approved forms by the ENGINEER to perform loop testing.
B. The CONTRACTOR and System Supplier shall be responsible to provide a coordinated commissioning and start-up program. The overall program will be presented to the owner and ENGINEER for approval prior to testing and commissioning activities as part of the shop drawings approval process.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NONE
PART 3 - EXECUTION - NONE
40 98 30-2
Instrumentation and Control Test Forms
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
TEST FORM NUMBER AND DESCRIPTION
409830-A LOOP WIRING AND INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST DATA FORM 409830-B FIELD SWITCH CALIBRATION TEST DATA FORM
409830-C TRANSMITTER CALIBRATION TEST DATA FORM
409830-D MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION TEST DATA FORM 409830-E INDIVIDUAL LOOP TEST DATA FORM
409830-F VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION FORM
409830-G I/O POINT CHECKOUT TEST FORM
409830-H FACTORY TEST FORM
40 98 30-3
Instrumentation and Control Test Forms
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
This page has been intentionally left blank.
40 98 30-4
Instrumentation and Control Test Forms
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
409830-A: LOOP WIRING AND INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST DATA FORM LOOP TAG:
List each conductor of all cables associated with a loop in table below. Ensure end devices are disconnected prior to making measurements. Perform continuity measurements with a 4,000 count DVM.
Perform insulation resistance measurements with an insulation tester with energization voltage of 250V DC or less. Do not use a high voltage or hand-crank megohmmeter for this test.
Submit up to 5% of conductor recorded retest results when requested by the Engineer.
CABLE NO.
CONDUCTOR NO.
(OR COLOUR) CONTINUITY RESISTANCEA
SHIELD CONTINUITY
INSULATION RESISTANCEB
A Continuity Test: Connect ohm meter leads between conductors 1 and 2 and jumper opposite ends together. Record resistance in table. Repeat procedure between conductors 1 and 3, and 4, etc. and finally between conductor 1 and cable shield. Any deviation of 2 ohms between any reading and the average of a particular run indicates a poor conductor. Take corrective action before continuing with the loop test.
B Insulation Test: With all conductors open, measure the insulation resistance between conductor 1 and shield. Repeat procedure for each conductor and record reading.
CERTIFIED DATE
Contractor's Representative
WITNESSED DATE
Owner's Representative
40 98 30-5
Instrumentation and Control Test Forms
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
409830-B: FIELD SWITCH CALIBRATION TEST DATA FORM
TAG NO. AND DESCRIPTION:
MAKE AND MODEL NO.:
SERIAL NO.:
INPUT:
RANGE:
SETPOINT(S):
Simulate process variable (flow, pressure, temperature, etc.) and set desired setpoint(s). Run through entire range of switch and calculate deadband.
Perform two tests per device or switch and record results.
TRIP POINT (EU) DEADBAND
SETPOINT INCREASE
INPUT
DECREASE
INPUT
CALCULATED REQUIRED
CERTIFIED DATE
Contractor's Representative
WITNESSED DATE
Owner's Representative
40 98 30-6
Instrumentation and Control Test Forms
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
40 98 30-7
Instrumentation and Control Test Forms
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
409830-C: TRANSMITTER CALIBRATION TEST DATA FORM
TAG NO. AND DESCRIPTION:
MAKE AND MODEL NO.:
SERIAL NO.:
INPUT:
SUPPRESSION:
RANGE:
SCALE:
Simulate process variable (flow, pressure, temperature, etc.) and measure output with appropriate meter.
OUTPUT
% OF RANGE INPUT EXPECTED ACTUAL % DEVIATION
0 25
50 75
100
75 50
25 0
NOTE: If transmitter includes integral switches include Form 16900-G for each switch.
CERTIFIED DATE
Contractor's Representative
40 98 30-8
Instrumentation and Control Test Forms
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
WITNESSED DATE
Owner's Representative
40 98 30-9
Instrumentation and Control Test Forms
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
409830-D: MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION TEST DATA FORM TAG NO. AND DESCRIPTION:
MAKE AND MODEL NO.:
SERIAL NO.:
SERVICE:
INPUT:
DATA SHEET:
SUPPRESSION:
RANGE:
SCALE:
TEST 1 TEST 2
TEST
METHOD
INPUT OUTPUT INPUT OUTPUT
PROCESS INC. DEC. INC. DEC. INC. DEC. INC. DEC.
TEST POINT
1 TEST POINT
2 TEST POINT
3 TEST POINT
4 TEST POINT
5 COMMENTS
40 98 30-10
Instrumentation and Control Test Forms
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
GRAPHS
CERTIFIED DATE
Contractor's Representative
WITNESSED DATE
Owner's Representative
40 98 30-11
Instrumentation and Control Test Forms
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
409830-E: INDIVIDUAL LOOP TEST DATA FORM
LOOP NO.:
DESCRIPTION:
Give complete description of loop's function using tag numbers where appropriate P & ID NO.: Attach copy of P & ID
1. Wiring tested ( attach test Form 409830 -A or equivalent).
2. Instruments calibrated ( attach test Forms 409830-I through K).
3. List step-by-step procedures for testing loop parameters. Test loop with instruments, including transmitters and control valves, connected and functioning. If it is not possible to produce a real process variable, then a simulated signal may be used with the Engineer's approval. 4 List step-by-step procedures for testing loop failure action. This testing to include loop operation upon loss of motive air supply, modulating control air signal, modulating control electrical signal and solenoid energizing power.
5. Sort all test forms associated with the P & ID in ascending order by loop number ( attach all associated instrument loop diagrams and interconnecting wiring diagrams).
CERTIFIED DATE
Contractor's Representative
WITNESSED DATE
Corporation's Representative
40 98 30-12
Instrumentation and Control Test Forms
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
409830-F: VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION FORM
Equipment Name: Location:
Manufacturer: Series#:
Model #: U.L. #:
Voltage: Phase:
Amperage: Service:
Bus Type: Bus Bracing:
Vertical Bus: Horizontal Bus:
Ground Bus: Neutral Bus:
Enclosure: Environ. Rating:
Inspection Checklist
Check: A – Acceptable, R - Needs Repair or Replacement, NA – Not Applicable Accept Repair NA
1. Tighten All Bolts and Screws .........................................................
2. Tighten All Wiring and Buss Connections......................................
3. Verify All Breakers and Fuses Have Proper Rating.......................
4. Check Bus Bracing and Clearance................................................
5. Check Main Grounding Connection and Size................................
6. Inspect Ground Bus Bonding.........................................................
7. Check Equipment Grounds............................................................
8. Check Conduit Grounds and Bushings..........................................
9. Inspect Neutral Bus and Connections............................................
10. Check Heaters and Thermostats ...................................................
11. Check Ventilation and Filters .........................................................
12. Check for Broken or Damaged Devices.........................................
13. Check Door and Panel Alignment..................................................
14. Inspect Anchorage.........................................................................
15. Check for Proper Clearances and Working Space ........................
16. Remove All Dirt and Dust Accumulation........................................
17. Inspect All Paint Surfaces..............................................................
18. Check for Proper Wire Color Codes ..............................................
19. Inspect all Wiring for Wire Labels ..................................................
20. Check for Proper Wire Terminations..............................................
21. Check for Proper Wire Sizes..........................................................
22. Inspect All Devices for Nameplates ...............................................
23. Check if Drawings Match Equipment.............................................
24. Check Accuracy of Operation & Maintenance ............................... Tested by:
Witnessed by: _______________________________________Date: _____/_____/_____ 40 98 30-13
Instrumentation and Control Test Forms
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
409830-G: I/O POINT CHECKOUT TEST FORM
I/O Type: Location:
Test Input
Value %
Display Value
%I/O Point
Tagnam
e
I/O Point
Address 0 50
10 0 0 50
10 0
PLC
Register
Value
Test Result Fail or
Pass Comments
Date of
Corrective
Action
Notes:
____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ Tested by:
40 98 30-14
Instrumentation and Control Test Forms
Pump Station 26 Improvement Project
City of Roseville April 2023
WWE Project: 21-060 REVISED BID SET
Witnessed by: Date: _____/_____/_____
INSTRUMENTATION AND OCNTROL TEST FORMS (17830) 17830-1
409830-H: FACTORY TEST FORM (MCC BUCKET / CONTROL PANEL / PEDESTAL
CHECKOUT FORM)
Manufacturer: Location:
Job No.:
Telephone #: Fax #:
MCC Bucket /
Control Panel /
Pedestal:
Test Result
Pass Fail
OVERALL PANEL INSPECTION
1. All front panel and back panel components counted securely. .........................
2. All wiring terminated and labeled correctly. .......................................................
3. All components, wiring, and labeling accurately reflected on the drawings.......
POWER-UP INSPECTION
1. Voltage levels on load side of circuit breakers. .................................................
2. Voltage levels at the DC terminals of the power supply. ...................................
3. Voltage levels at the DC power distribution terminals. ......................................
POWER DISTRIBUTION AND GENERAL COMPONENT TESTING
1. Power distribution to the appropriate components. ...........................................
2. Operation of the ancillary components such as receptacles, work lights, etc. ..
CONTROL COMPONENTS CHECKS
1. Operators (push buttons, selector switches, pilot lights) ...................................
2. Inputs from External Sources ............................................................................
3. Outputs to External Sources..............................................................................
4. Relay Logic........................................................................................................
5. PLC I/O and Program Verification .....................................................................
6. O/I Display Verification ...................................................................................... Notes:
1. For relay logic checks, each rung of the elementary or loop diagram is to be highlighted in yellow as they are verified for correct control functions.
2. For PLC I/O and program verification, the control strategies shall be highlighted in yellow as each logic function is tested.
Tested by:
Witnessed by: Date: _____/_____/_____
END OF SECTION
TOC-4
Table of Contents
Pump Station No. 26 Improvements
City of Roseville NOVEMBER 2022
WWE Project: 21-060 100% Design Submittal
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
CITY STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
Micro-Surfacings
SECTION 37-001
DIVISION V SURFACINGS AND PAVEMENTS
37 BITUMINOUS SEALS
37-3 SLURRY SEALS AND MICRO-SURFACINGS
Replace se
ction 37-3.03 with:
37-3.03 MICRO-SURFACINGS
37-3.03A General
37-3.03A(1) Summary
Section 37-3.03 includes specifications for applying micro-surfacings.
Applying a micro-surfacing shall consist of mixing a polymer modified, cationic micro-surfacing emulsion (MSE), aggregate, mineral filler, set-control additives, and water and spreading the mixture on a pavement surface where shown on the plans, in conformance with the provisions in these Special Provisions and State Revised Standard Specifications, and as directed by the Engineer. 37-3.03B Material
37-3.03B(1) Micro-surfacing Emulsion (MSE)
Micro-surfacing emulsion (MSE) shall be homogenous and shall conform to the provisions of these Special Provisions. The polymer shall be milled or blended into the asphalt or blended into the emulsifier solution prior to the emulsification process.
The MSE shall conform to the following requirements when tested in conformance with the following test methods:
Polymer Modified, Cationic Micro-Surfacing Emulsion (MSE) Specific Designation Test Method Requirement
Viscosity SSF @ 25°C AASHTO T59 15 – 90 seconds
Sieve, max AASHTO T59 0.30 percent
Settlement, 5 days, max ASTM D6930 or AASHTO T59 5 percent Storage Stability, 1 day, max AASHTO T59 1 percent
Residue by Evaporation, min California Test 331 64 percent Specification Designation for Residue
Specific Designation Test Method Requirement
Penetration @ 25°C, 100g, 5s,
0.1 mm
AASHTO T49 40 – 90
Softening Point, min AASHTO T53 61°C
G*, @ 20°C, 10 rad/seca AASHTO T315 Report Only
Phase angle @ 50°C, 10
rad/sec, PA (max) – PA baseb
AASHTO T315 Report Only
Stiffness, @ -12°C, MPa and M-
value
AASHTO T315 Report Only
Torsional Recovery, % California Test 332 >21%
Polymer Content, % (by weight) California Test 402 >3.5% 25mm plates for the 50°C test.
8mm plates for the 20°C test.
37-3.03B(2) Water and Additives
Water shall be of such quality that the asphalt will not separate from the MSE before the micro-surfacing is placed on the pavement. If necessary for workability, a set-control agent that will not adversely affect the micro-surfacing product may be used.
SECTION 37-002
37-3.03B(3) Mineral Filler
Mineral filler shall be Portland cement or hydrated lime that is free of lumps. Portland cement shall be either Type I, Type II, or combination thereof. The type of mineral filler shall be determined by the Contractor based on laboratory mix designs. The mineral filler will be considered part of the aggregate gradation requirement.
37-3.03B(4) Aggregate
The aggregate used for micro-surfacing shall be Type II. The material shall be free from vegetation matter and other deleterious substances. Aggregate shall be free of lumps and oversize particles. The aggregate shall be 100% crushed with no rounded particles, volcanic in origin and black in color. The use of gray or light-colored aggregate shall not be allowed. The Contractor shall specify in the bid proposal the name and location of the black rock aggregate quarry and shall provide certification at the preconstruction conference that the rock was crushed a minimum of 90 days prior. The Contractor shall submit samples of the black rock aggregate to the Engineer for review and acceptance.
Aggregate, prior to the addition of the MSE, shall conform to the provisions of these Special Provisions. If aggregates are blended, each component aggregate shall conform to the Sand Equivalent and Durability Index requirements of these Special Provisions when tested in conformance with the respective California Tests.
The percentage composition by mass of the aggregate (including mineral filler) shall conform to the following grading requirements when tested in conformance with California Test 202:
Type II
Sieve Size Percent Passing
3/8 inch (9.5 mm) 100
#4 (4.75 mm) 94 – 100
#8 (2.36 mm) 65 – 90
#16 (1.18 mm) 40 – 70
#30 (600 µm) 25 – 50
#200 (75 µm) 5 – 15
The aggregate (excluding mineral filler) shall conform to the following quality requirements:
Type II
Test California Test Requirement
Sand Equivalent (min) 217 70
Durability Index (min) 229 75
Percentage of Crushed Particles
(min)1
205 100%
Los Angeles Rattler
Loss at 500 Rev. (max)2
211 35%
1 CT205, Section D, is amended to read: “Any particle having 2 or more freshly, mechanically fractured faces shall be considered a crushed particle.”
2 Los Angeles Rattler shall be performed on the parent aggregate before crushing.
If the results of the aggregate grading do not meet the specified gradation, the micro-surfacing represented by the test shall be removed within 5 working days of the Engineer’s written notice. However, if requested in writing by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, the micro-surfacing represented by the tests containing a percentage passing (PP) range value +/- 1 in any of the Sieve sizes, but not greater than +/-4, may remain in place. The Contractor shall pay to the City the following amount for the screenings represented by the test and left in place:
SECTION 37-003
Sieve Sizes Percentage
Passing
Allowable
Tolerances
Allowable
Tolerances
Allowable
Tolerances
Allowable
Tolerances
3/8 inch (9.5 mm) 100 PP +/- 1 PP +/- 2 PP +/- 3 PP +/- 4 #4 (4.75 mm) 94 – 100 PP +/- 1 PP +/- 2 PP +/- 3 PP +/- 4 #8 (2.36 mm) 65 – 90 PP +/- 1 PP +/- 2 PP +/- 3 PP +/- 4 #16 (1.18 mm) 40 – 70 PP +/- 1 PP +/- 2 PP +/- 3 PP +/- 4 #30 (600 µm) 25 – 50 PP +/- 1 PP +/- 1 PP +/- 1 PP +/- 1 #200 (75 µm) 5 – 15 PP +/- 1 PP +/- 1 PP +/- 1 PP +/- 1 PAYMENT TO CITY $5.00 per ton $7.50 per ton $10.00 per ton $15.00 per ton If the results of the Sand Equivalent test for aggregate do not meet the specified requirement, the micro- surfacing represented by the test shall be removed within 5 working days of the Engineer’s written notice.
However, if requested in writing by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, the Micro-surfacing represented by the tests containing a sand equivalent Value below 70, but not less than 65, may remain in place. The Contractor shall pay to the City the following amount for the screenings represented by the test and left in place:
Sand Equivalent Payment to City
70 or over NONE
68 – 69 $5.00 per ton
66 – 67 $7.50 per ton
65 $10.00 per ton
If the results of the Durability Index test for aggregate do not meet the specified requirement, the micro- surfacing represented by the test shall be removed within 5 working days of the Engineer’s written notice.
However, if requested in writing by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, the micro-surfacing represented by the tests containing a durability index value below 75, but not less than 70, may remain in place. The Contractor shall pay to the City the following amount for the screenings represented by the test and left in place:
Durability Index Payment to City
75 or over NONE
73 – 74 $5.00 per ton
71 – 72 $7.50 per ton
70 $10.00 per ton
When the results of 2 or all 3 of the aggregate grading, the Sand Equivalent, and Durability Index tests do not conform to the specified requirements, both or all three payments to the City shall apply. The City shall deduct these amounts from any moneys due or to become due to the Contractor.
Any progress payment made after the completion date shall not be construed as a waiver of material deductions.
No single aggregate grading, durability index or Sand Equivalent test shall represent more than 300 tons or one day's production, whichever is smaller.
37-3.03B(4)(a) Aggregate for Rut filling
Micro-surfacing (Type III) shall be used for rut filling and shall conform to these Special Provisions.
The aggregate used for Type III shall be grey rock aggregate. The grey rock aggregate shall be 100% crushed with no rounded particles. The material shall be free from vegetation and other deleterious substances. The Contractor shall submit samples and test results of the grey rock aggregate to the Engineer for review and acceptance.
SECTION 37-004
Aggregate, prior to the addition of the MSE, shall conform to the provisions of these Special Provisions. If aggregates are blended, each component aggregate shall conform to the Sand Equivalent and Durability Index requirements of these Special Provisions when tested in conformance with the respective California Tests.
The percentage composition by mass of the aggregate (including mineral filler) shall conform to the following grading requirements when tested in conformance with California Test 202:
Type III
Sieve Size Percent Passing
3/8 inch (9.5 mm) 100
#4 (4.75 mm) 70 – 90
#8 (2.36 mm) 45 – 70
#16 (1.18 mm) 28 – 50
#30 (600 µm) 19 – 34
#200 (75 µm) 5 – 15
The aggregate (excluding mineral filler) shall conform to the following quality requirements:
Type III
Test California Test Requirement
Sand Equivalent (min) 217 70
Durability Index (min) 229 70
Percentage of Crushed Particles
(min)1
205 100%
Los Angeles Rattler
Loss at 500 Rev. (max)2
211 35%
1 CT205, Section D, is amended to read: “Any particle having 2 or more freshly, mechanically fractured faces shall be considered a crushed particle.”
2 Los Angeles Rattler shall be performed on the parent aggregate before crushing.
If the results of the aggregate grading do not meet the specified gradation, the micro-surfacing represented by the test shall be removed within 5 working days of the Engineer’s written notice. However, if requested in writing by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, the micro-surfacing represented by the tests containing a percentage passing (PP) range value +/- 1 in any of the Sieve sizes, but not greater than +/-4, may remain in place. The Contractor shall pay to the City the following amount for the screenings represented by the test and left in place:
Sieve Sizes Percentage
Passing
Allowable
Tolerances
Allowable
Tolerances
Allowable
Tolerances
Allowable
Tolerances
3/8 inch (9.5 mm) 100 PP +/- 1 PP +/- 2 PP +/- 3 PP +/- 4 #4 (4.75 mm) 70 – 90 PP +/- 1 PP +/- 2 PP +/- 3 PP +/- 4 #8 (2.36 mm) 45 – 70 PP +/- 1 PP +/- 2 PP +/- 3 PP +/- 4 #16 (1.18 mm) 28 – 50 PP +/- 1 PP +/- 2 PP +/- 3 PP +/- 4 #30 (600 µm) 19 – 34 PP +/- 1 PP +/- 1 PP +/- 1 PP +/- 1 #200 (75 µm) 5 – 15 PP +/- 1 PP +/- 1 PP +/- 1 PP +/- 1 PAYMENT TO CITY $5.00 per ton $7.50 per ton $10.00 per ton $15.00 per ton If the results of the Sand Equivalent test for aggregate do not meet the specified requirement, the micro- surfacing represented by the test shall be removed within 5 working days of the Engineer’s written notice.
However, if requested in writing by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, the micro-surfacing represented by the tests containing a sand equivalent Value below 70, but not less than 65, may remain in place. The Contractor shall pay to the City the following amount for the screenings represented by the test and left in place:
SECTION 37-005
Sand Equivalent Payment to City
70 or over NONE
68 – 69 $5.00 per ton
66 – 67 $7.50 per ton
65 $10.00 per ton
If the results of the Durability Index test for aggregate do not meet the specified requirement, the micro- surfacing represented by the test shall be removed within 5 working days of the Engineer’s written notice.
However, if requested in writing by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, the micro-surfacing represented by the tests containing a durability index value below 70, but not less than 65, may remain in place. The Contractor shall pay to the City the following amount for the screenings represented by the test and left in place:
Durability Index Payment to City
75 or over NONE
73 – 74 $5.00 per ton
71 – 72 $7.50 per ton
70 $10.00 per ton
When the results of 2 or all 3 of the aggregate grading, the Sand Equivalent, and Durability Index tests do not conform to the specified requirements, both or all three payments to the City shall apply. The City shall deduct these amounts from any moneys due or to become due to the Contractor.
Any progress payment made after the completion date shall not be construed as a waiver of material deductions.
No single aggregate grading, durability index, or Sand Equivalent test shall represent more than 300 tons or one day's production, whichever is smaller.
37-3.03B(5) Mix Design
At least 7 working days before the micro-surfacing placement commences, the Contractor shall submit for approval of the Engineer a laboratory report of tests and a proposed mix design covering the specific materials proposed for use on the project.
The percentages of each individual material proposed in the mix design shall be shown in the laboratory report. Individual materials shall be within the following limits:
Micro-surfacing Mix Design
Material Proportion Limits
Residual Asphalt 7.5% to 10.5% by dry mass of
aggregate
Mineral Filler 0% to 3% by dry mass of aggregate
Additive As needed
Water As needed
Adjustments may be required during construction based on field conditions.
The mix design and aggregate tests shall be performed by a laboratory capable of performing the applicable International Slurry Surfacing Association (ISSA) tests. The proposed micro-surfacing mixture shall conform to the specified requirements when tested in conformance with the following tests:
SECTION 37-006
Test ISSA Test Method Requirements
Wet Cohesion
@ 30 minute (Set) (min)
@ 60 minute (Traffic) (min)
TB* 139
12 kg-cm
20 kg-cm
Excess Asphalt TB* 109 540 g/m2
Wet Stripping (min) TB* 114 90%
TB* = Technical Bulletin
Test ISSA Test Method Requirements
Wet Track Abrasion
6-day soak loss (max)
1-hour soak
TB* 100
810 g/m2
538 g/m2
Displacement
Lateral (max)
Specific Gravity after 1000
cycles of 56.8 kg (max)
TB* 147A
5%
2.10 Classification Compatibility TB* 144 (AAA, BAA) 11 Grade Points Mix Time @ 25°C TB* 113 Controllable to 120 seconds
TB* = Technical Bulletin
The laboratory that performed the tests and designed the mixture shall sign the laboratory report. The report shall show the results of the tests on individual materials and shall compare their values to those required by these Special Provisions. The report shall clearly show the proportions of aggregate, filler (minimum and maximum), water (minimum and maximum), set control additive, and MSE solids content (minimum and maximum) based on the dry mass of aggregate. The laboratory shall report the quantitative effects of moisture content on the unit mass of the aggregate (bulking effect) in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation C 29M. Previous laboratory reports covering the same materials may be accepted provided the material test reports were completed within the previous 12 months. The mix design shall further show the recommended changes in mineral filler, water, and additive proportions for high temperature weather conditions by reporting proportions of materials required for 60 seconds of mix time with materials heated to 100°F. This 100°F mixing report will not be required for projects requiring nighttime application.
The component materials used in the mix design shall be representative of the micro-surfacing materials proposed by the Contractor for use on the project.
Once the mix design is approved by the Engineer, no substitution of other material will be permitted unless the materials proposed for substitution are first tested and a laboratory report is submitted for the substituted design in conformance with the provisions of these Special Provisions. Substituted materials shall not be used until the mix design for those materials has been approved by the Engineer.
The completed mixture, after addition of water and set control agent, if used, shall be such that the micro- surfacing mixture has proper workability. At the expiration of the road closure hours, in conformance with the provisions in these Special Provisions, the micro-surfacing mixture shall be sufficiently cured to support unrestricted traffic.
37-3.03C Construction
37-3.03C(1) Surface Preparation
Before placing the micro-surfacing, the pavement surface shall be cleaned by sweeping, flushing or by other means necessary to remove loose particles of paving, dirt, vegetation, and other extraneous material. When required, the roadway surface may be fogged with water ahead of the spreader box. The application of the fog spray may be adjusted to suit temperatures, surface texture, humidity and dryness of pavement.
SECTION 37-007
37-3.03C(2) Weather Conditions
The micro-surfacing mixture shall not be placed when the ambient temperature is below 50°F or during unsuitable weather. Micro-surfacing shall not be placed if rain is imminent or if there is the possibility that there will be freezing temperatures within 24 hours.
37-3.03C(3) Equipment
37-3.03C(3)(a) General
The equipment used by the Contractor for pavement cleaning and excess aggregate removal shall include a self-propelled rotary power broom, mobile pick-up broom or top dumping mobile pick-up broom. 37-3.03C(3)(b) Mixing and Spreading Equipment
The micro-surfacing shall be mixed in continuous pugmill mixers of adequate size and power for the type of micro-surfacing to be placed. All indicators shall be in conformance with the provisions of these Special Provisions and shall be in working order prior to commencing mixing and spreading operations.
Mixer-spreader trucks shall be equipped to proportion the MSE, water, aggregate, mineral filler, and set- control additives by volume. Rotating and reciprocating equipment on mixer-spreader trucks shall be covered with metal guards.
The mixer-spreader truck shall not be operated unless low-flow and no-flow devices and revolution counters are in good working condition and functioning and metal guards are in place. Indicators required by these Special Provisions shall be visible while walking alongside the mixer-spreader truck.
Aggregate feeders shall be connected directly to the drive on the emulsion pump. The drive shaft of the aggregate feeder shall be equipped with a revolution counter reading to the nearest one-tenth of a revolution.
In addition to the requirements of the fourth paragraph of section 5-1.33, “Equipment,” of the State Standard Specifications, the identifying number of mixer-spreader trucks shall be at least 3 inches in height, located on the front and rear of the vehicle.
The micro-surfacing mixture shall be spread by means of a spreader box conforming to sections 37-
3.03C(3)(b)(i) and 37-3.03C(3)(b)(ii).
37-3.03C(3)(b)(i) Spreader Box
The mixture shall be agitated and spread uniformly in the surfacing box by means of motor driven twin- shafted paddles or spiral augers fixed in the spreader box. A front seal shall be provided to insure no loss of the mixture at the road contact point. The rear seal shall act as a final strike-off and shall be adjustable. The spreader box and rear strike-off shall be so designed and operated that a uniform consistency is achieved to produce a free flow of material to the rear strike-off. The spreader box shall have suitable means provided to side shift the box to compensate for variations in the pavement geometry, the box shall be adjustable. Spreader box skids shall be maintained in such manner as to prevent chatter (wash boarding) in the finished mat. The spreader box in use shall be clean and free of micro-surfacing and MSE at the start of each work shift.
The spreader box shall have a series of strike-off devices at the rear of the box. The leading strike-off device shall be fabricated of steel, stiff rubber or other suitable material. The number of strike-off devices shall be determined by the Contractor. The first strike-off device shall be designed to maintain close contact with the pavement during the spreading operations, shall obtain the thickness required, and shall be capable of being adjusted to the various pavement cross sections for application of a uniform micro- surfacing finished surface. The final strike-off device shall be fabricated of flexible material suitable for the intended use and shall be designed and operated to ensure a uniform texture is achieved in the finished surface of the micro-surfacing. The final strike-off device shall be cleaned or changed daily if problems with longitudinal scouring occur.
Flexible fabric drags attached to the rear of the spreader box shall not be used.
SECTION 37-008
37-3.03C(3)(b)(ii) Wheel Path Depression (Rut) Box
The wheel path depression (rut) box shall be designed to have adjustable strike-off devices to regulate the depth and shall have a width of between 5 feet and 6 feet. Hydraulic augers, or similar devices, shall be installed and shall be capable of moving the mixed material from the rear to the front of the filling chamber. These devices shall also be capable of guiding the larger aggregate into the center, deeper section of the wheel path depression, and forcing the finer material toward the outer edges of the spreader box.
The micro-surfacing mixture, to be spread in areas inaccessible to the controlled spreader box, may be spread by other methods upon approval of the Engineer.
Flexible fabric drags attached to the rear of the wheel path depression (rut) box shall not be used. 37-3.03C(3)(c) Mixer and Spreader Truck Calibration
Each mixer/spreader truck used on the project shall be calibrated in accordance with California Test 109.
The trucks shall be calibrated for rock, emulsion, cement, additives, and any mineral filler used.
Calibrations shall take place a maximum of 10 days prior to application of micro-surfacing. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer a minimum of 3 working days prior to calibration so that City representatives may make arrangements to observe.
For all material calibrated, 3 consecutive runs per gate setting shall be completed and these 3 test runs must not deviate from their combined mathematical average by more than 2.0%.
Calibrations will take place at most once a week or as required by the Engineer and no machine will be allowed to work on the project until the calibration has been completed and/or accepted 3 working days before the start of work. Weigh back tickets shall be submitted at the end of each work day that micro- surfacing is placed.
37-3.03C(4) Proportioning
Aggregate, mineral filler, MSE, water, and additives, including the set-control agent, if used, shall be proportioned by volume utilizing the mix design approved by the Engineer. If more than 1 kind of aggregate is used, the correct amount of each kind of aggregate to produce the required grading shall be proportioned separately, prior to adding the other materials of the mixture, in a manner that will result in a uniform and homogeneous blend.
The aggregate shall be proportioned using a belt feeder operated with an adjustable cutoff gate. The height of the gate opening shall be determinable. The MSE shall be proportioned by a positive displacement pump. Variable rate emulsion pumps, if used, shall be calibrated and sealed in the pump's calibrated condition in conformance with California Test 109 prior to usage.
The delivery rate of aggregate and MSE per revolution of the aggregate feeder shall be calibrated at the appropriate gate settings for each mixer-spreader truck used on the project in conformance with California Test 109 and in conformance with the provisions of these Special Provisions.
The aggregate belt feeder shall deliver aggregate to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual aggregate delivery rate check-run shall not exceed 2.0 percent of the mathematical average of 3 runs of at least 3 tons each. The emulsion pump shall deliver MSE to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual delivery rate check-run shall be within 2.0 percent of the mathematical average of 3 runs of at least 300 gallons each. The water pump shall deliver water to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual delivery rate check-run shall be within 2.0 percent of the mathematical average of 3 runs of at least 300 gallons each.
The MSE storage tank shall be located immediately before the emulsion pump and shall be equipped with a device which will automatically shut down the power to the emulsion pump and aggregate belt feeder when the MSE level is lowered to a point where the pump suction line is exposed.
SECTION 37-009
A temperature-indicating device shall be installed in the emulsion storage tank at the pump suction level.
The device shall indicate the temperature of the MSE and shall be accurate to within 10°F.
The belt delivering the aggregate to the pugmill shall be equipped with a device to monitor the depth of aggregate being delivered to the pugmill. The device for monitoring the depth of aggregate shall automatically shut down the power to the aggregate belt feeder whenever the depth of aggregate is less than the target depth of flow. A second device shall be located where the device will monitor the movement of the aggregate belt by detecting revolutions of the belt feeder. The devices for monitoring no flow or belt movement shall automatically shut down the power to the aggregate belt when the aggregate belt movement is interrupted. The device to detect revolutions of the belt feeder will not be required where the aggregate delivery belt is an integral part of the drive chain. To avoid erroneous shutdown by normal fluctuation, a delay of 3 seconds will be permitted between sensing and shutdown of the operation.
37-3.03C(5) Application Rate of Aggregate
Micro-surfacing spread rates must be within the ranges shown on the following table:
Micro-surfacing Type Application Range
(lb of dry aggregate/sqyd)
Type II 15 – 18
Type III 20 – 30
The micro-surfacing mixture shall be uniformly spread on the existing surfacing within the rate specified without spotting, re-handling, or otherwise shifting of the mixture. 37-3.03C(6) Repair Wheel Path Depressions
When wheel path depressions have a cross section that is deformed 1/2 inch or more, the individual wheel paths shall first be filled utilizing a wheel path depression (rut) box. The depth of the wheel path depression shall be determined after the adjacent ridges have been removed, when applicable. The maximum single application for wheel path depressions shall be 1 inch. Wheel path depressions of depths greater than 1 inch shall require multiple applications in each depression. A pneumatic tired roller shall be used after all rut filling operations. The roller shall make 2 passes at slow speed no more than 7 mph. Wheel path depressions having a cross section greater than 1/2 inch and less than 1 inch shall be paid for under the contract bid item “Micro-surfacing (Type III)”.
Wheel path depression repair shall be constructed with a slight crown to allow for initial compaction by traffic on the micro-surfacing.
Freshly filled wheel path depressions shall be compacted by traffic for a minimum of 12 hours before additional lifts of micro-surfacing material are placed for rut filling purposes or as surface courses. 37-3.03C(7) Placement
Micro-surfacing shall be placed no earlier than 7 calendar days after Chip Seal operation on roads to receive the Roseville Cape Seal as shown on the plans.
Longitudinal joints shall correspond with the edges of the traffic lanes. The Engineer may permit other patterns of longitudinal joints if the patterns will not adversely affect the quality of the finished product, this shall be required for approval in writing 5 working days prior to the start of work.
Through traffic lanes shall be spread in full lane widths only. Longitudinal joints common to 2 traffic lanes shall be butt joints with overlaps not to exceed 3 inches. Building paper shall be placed at the transverse joints to avoid double placement of the micro-surfacing. Other suitable methods to avoid double placement of the micro-surfacing will be allowed. Hand tools shall be available to remove spillage.
The mixture shall be uniform and homogeneous after placing on the surfacing and shall not show separation of the MSE and aggregate after setting. The completed surface shall be of uniform texture and free from ruts, humps, depressions, or irregularities.
SECTION 37-010
Adequate means shall be provided to protect the micro-surfacing from damage by traffic until such time that the mixture has cured sufficiently so that the micro-surfacing will not adhere to or be picked up by the tires of vehicles.
If the micro-surfacing is not capable of supporting unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the road closure hours, the Contractor shall pay the liquidated damaged per the provisions of these Special Provisions.
Placement of the micro-surfacing shall cease before the expiration of road closure hours as specified in these Special Provisions.
37-3.03C(8) Sweeping
Initial sweeping shall begin 1 day after the micro-surfacing placement. Care shall be taken to avoid unraveling the micro-surfacing. Excessive sweeping will not be allowed.
Seven sweepings shall be considered as included in the contract price paid for micro-surfacing. The first sweeping shall be performed the day after the application is applied. The second sweeping shall be performed 3 days after the micro-surfacing application is applied. The third sweeping shall be performed 5 days after the micro-surfacing application is applied. The forth sweeping shall be performed 7 days after the micro-surfacing is applied. The fifth sweeping shall be performed 10 days after the micro-surfacing is applied. The sixth sweeping shall be performed 15 days after the micro-surfacing is applied. The seventh sweeping shall be performed during the punch list process.
Prior to each sweeping, the Contractor shall contact the Engineer with the street’s sweeping schedule.
After sweeping takes place, the Contractor shall contact the Engineer for acceptance of the street sweeping.
If the sweeping is not done to the schedule listed above, the Contractor shall pay the liquidated damaged per the provisions of these Special Provisions.
The Contractor shall remove all loose aggregate from the curbs, gutters, driveways, and sidewalks prior to sweeping the roadway surface. The Contractor will be responsible to sweep abutting adjacent areas and haul routes. The Contractor shall have 1 working day to sweep the adjacent areas and haul route when requested in writing by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall sweep the micro-surfaced streets and adjacent areas with a self-propelled vacuum or regenerative air sweeper. Any additional sweepings required to remove excess material shall be performed as directed by the Engineer at no additional expense to the City.
If rain is anticipated on sweeping days, the contractor shall re-schedule sweeping and notify the Engineer of the rescheduled date.
37-3.03C(9) Test Strip
The Contractor shall construct a test strip for evaluation by the Engineer 10 working days prior to the micro-surfacing application. The test strip shall be 500 feet to 1000 feet long and shall consist of the application courses specified. The test strip shall be constructed at the same time of day or night that the full production of micro-surfacing will be placed and may be constructed in 2 days or nights when multiple course applications are specified. The location of the test strip shall be specified by the City. The crew utilized to place the test strip shall be same as the crew that places microsurfacing for the remainder of the project.
The micro-surfacing test strip shall have a break time and shall be able to be open to cross traffic no greater than 1 hour after the micro-surfacing is placed. This time will be reflected on the global projects break time and capability of being open to cross traffic. The global project shall have this break time and shall be able to be open to cross traffic no greater than 1 hour after placement of the micro-surfacing. If the test strip does not meet this requirement the test strip will be rejected and shall be removed at the Contractors expense.
The Engineer will evaluate the completed test strip after 12 hours of traffic on the completed test strip to determine if the mix design and placement procedure are acceptable. If the mix design or the placement procedure is determined by the Engineer to be unacceptable, the test strip will be rejected, the Contractor SECTION 37-011
shall make modifications, and a new test strip shall be constructed and evaluated by the Engineer. The cost of materials and placement of the test strips, which have been rejected, shall be borne by the Contractor and will not be considered as part of the contract work. If ordered by the Engineer, rejected test strips shall be removed at the Contractors expense. 37-3.03C(10) Repair of Early Distress
If bleeding, raveling, delamination, rutting, or washboarding occurs within 60 days after placing the micro- surfacing, the Contractor shall diligently pursue repairs by any method approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not be relieved from maintenance until repairs have been completed. 37-3.03D Payment
The payment quantity for micro-surfacing bid items paid for by weight is the weight determined by combining the weights of the aggregate and micro-surfacing emulsion. The payment quantity for micro- surfacing does not include the weights of added water, mineral filler, and additives.
Weight shall be determined from calibrations and revolutions per day and verified with weight back tickets. The revolutions for each truck shall be submitted to the construction inspector prior to the start of work and the final revolution count shall be submitted to the construction inspector at the end of the day for every day micro-surfacing is applied, work shall not be permitted until these requirements are met.
All weight tickets including aggregate and emulsion tickets shall be turned in on a daily basis. For materials that is stockpiled prior to the start of the project, those tickets are required on a daily basis and at the end of the business day. In that case, upon project completion, weight back tickets are required for the emulsion and leftover stockpile aggregate shall be deducted and removed.
Full compensation for conforming to all requirements specified in section 37-3.03, “Micro-Surfacings” shall be considered as included in the contract unit price paid per ton for “Micro-Surfacing (Type II)”.
The Contractor shall use a spread rate of 17 pounds of dry aggregate per square yard to determine the contract bid item for “Micro-surfacing Type II”.
SECTION 37-012
City of Roseville California RFP#08-116 DRAWING SHEET i Regional Pump Station 26 and Force Main Capacity Improvement [B:EU/EU-PROJECTS/Admin/Forms/Buildings&Grounds Project Manual: 11/28/22]
DRAWINGS
Project: Regional Pump Station 26 and Force Main Capacity Improvement
VICINITY MAP
NTS
LOCATION MAP
NTS
NO. DATE REVISION BY APVD
Drink ng
t
i W
r
VOLUME 3 - DRAWINGS
CITY OF ROSEVILLE
PUMP STATION 26 IMPROVEMENT PROJECT
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
PLOT DATE:FILENAME: 2060D-G-01.dwg 12/9/2022 8:46 AM
PROJECT
LOCATION
LOS ANGELES
REDDING
SAN DIEGO
CHICO
SACRAMENTO
FRESNO
BAKERSFIELD
SAN
FRANCISCO
5 5
5 RENO
LAKE TAHOE
10B
80 PALM
SPRINGS
EUREKA
PACIFIC OCEAN
OAKLAND
505
DECEMBER 2022
ROSEVILLE
PROJECT
LOCATION
PROJECT
LOCATION
G-01 TITLE SHEET
G-02 ABBREVIATIONS
G-03 GENERAL DESIGNATIONS
G-04 MECHANICAL LEGEND
G-05 CIVIL LEGEND
G-06 CIVIL GENERAL NOTES
D-01 PUMP STATION 26 SITE DEMOLITION PLAN
D-02 PUMP STATION 26 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLANS - 1
D-03 PUMP STATION 26 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLANS - 2
C-00 PROJECT OVERVIEW AND KEY MAP
C-01 SITE PLAN
C-02 PUMP STATION 26 PLAN AND SECTION
C-03 PLAN AND PROFILE 0+50 TO 3+30±
C-04 PLAN AND PROFILE BEGIN TO 14+50±
C-05 PLAN AND PROFILE 14+50 TO 19+00±
C-06 PLAN AND PROFILE 19+00 TO 23+50±
C-07 PLAN AND PROFILE 23+50 TO 28+00±
C-08 PLAN AND PROFILE 28+00 TO 32+50±
C-09 PLAN AND PROFILE 32+50 TO END
C-10 PUMP STATION 26 WEIR MANHOLE DETAIL
SD-01 PUMP STATION 26 DETAILS
SD-02 PUMP STATION 26 STANDARD DETAILS
SD-03 CITY OF ROSEVILLE TRENCH BACKFILL STANDARD DETAILS SD-04 CITY OF ROSEVILLE STREET STANDARD DETAILS
SD-05 CITY OF ROSEVILLE TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARD DETAILS SD-06 CITY OF ROSEVILLE SANITARY SEWER STANDARD DETAILS SD-07 SAN JUAN WATER DISTRICT WATER STANDARD DETAILS
E-01 ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS & GENERAL NOTES
E-02 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS
E-03 ONE LINE DIAGRAM & LOAD CALCULATIONS
E-04 MCC & CONTROL PANEL ELEVATIONS
E-05 MOTOR CONTROL PANEL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
E-06 MAIN SWITCHBOARD ELEVATIONS
E-30 TYPICAL ELECTRICAL DETAILS 1
E-31 TYPICAL ELECTRICAL DETAILS 2
E-100 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN
E-101 COMMUNICATION SITE PLAN
I-01 INSTRUMENT SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS
I-02 GENERAL WIRE COLOR LEGEND
I-03 CONTROL PANEL BACKPAN ELEVATION AND BILL OF MATERIAL I-04 PUMP CONTROL PUSH BUTTONS AND BILL OF MATERIALS
I-05 PLC LOGIC CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAM
I-06 PUMPS BACK-UP WIRING DIAGRAM
I-07 CONTROL PANEL AUX CONTROLS AND AREA LIGHT
I-08 PUMP 1 CONTROL SCHEMATIC
I-09 PUMP 1 CONTROL SCHEMATIC CONT.
I-10 PUMP 2 CONTROL SCHEMATIC
I-11 PUMP 2 CONTROL SCHEMATIC CONT.
I-12 PLC DIGITAL INPUTS CARD 1 WIRING DIAGRAM
I-13 PLC DIGITAL INPUTS CARD 2 WIRING DIAGRAM
I-14 PLC DIGITAL INPUTS CARD 3 WIRING DIAGRAM
I-15 PLC DIGITAL OUTPUTS CARD 1 WIRING DIAGRAM
I-16 PLC ANALOG INPUTS CARD 1 WIRING DIAGRAM
I-17 COMMUNICATION CAT6 AND FIBER DIAGRAM
I-18 LEGEND PLATE SCHEDULE
WZ-1 WORK ZONE 1 AND WORK ZONE 2
WZ-2 WORK ZONE 2 ALT AND WORK ZONE 3
WZ-3 WORK ZONE 4
WZ-4 WORK ZONE 5
SHEET INDEX:
BID SET
FOR INFORMATION REGARDING
THIS PROJECT CONTACT:
MIKE FISHER
(916) 277-9027
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L
MICHAEL J. FISHER
No. C67194
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
12-09-2022
9705 SIERRA
COLLEGE BLVD.
APPROVAL
RECOMMENDED BY:
RANA MOORE, P.E.
ASSOCIATE ENGINEER
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL UTILITIES
CITY OF ROSEVILLE
DATE:
APPROVAL BY:
BRYAN BUCHANAN, P.E.
WASTEWATER UTILITY MANAGER
ENVIRONMENTAL UTILITIES - WASTEWATER UTILITY
CITY OF ROSEVILLE
DATE:
SUBMITTED BY:
KRISTINA ALACON, P.E.
SENIOR PROJECT ENGINEER
WATERWORKS ENGINEERS
DATE:
4/7/2023
1/17/23
KRISTINA ALACON, P.E.
SENIOR PROJECT ENGINEER
WATERWORKS ENGINEERS
01/17/23
REVISED BID SET
APRIL 2023
04/06/23
4/6/23
04-06-2023
ABBREVIATIONS
NOTES
1. FOR ELECTRICAL AND INSTRUMENTATION ABBREVIATIONS,
SEE ELECTRICAL AND INSTRUMENTATION DRAWINGS.
2. 3.
CONTACT THE ENGINEER FOR ABBREVIATIONS NOT LISTED.
THIS IS A STANDARD LEGEND SHEET, THEREFORE, SOME
SYMBOLS OR ABBREVIATIONS MAY APPEAR ON THIS SHEET
AND MAY NOT BE UTILIZED ON THIS PROJECT.
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
FILENAME: 2060D-G-02.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-G-02.DWG 08:01:0212/9/22
G-02
GENERAL A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
ABBREVIATIONS
21-060
2 APRIL 2023
DISCIPLINE
SEQUENTIAL NUMBER
BLACK NEW WORK WITHIN DISCIPLINE OF DRAWING
LIGHT OR
MEDIUM GRAY OR
SCREENED
EXISTING FEATURES OR NEW WORK
OUTSIDE OF DISCIPLINE OF DRAWING ("OFF
DISCIPLINE")
DARK GRAY NEW WORK OUTSIDE OF DISCIPLINE OF
DRAWING ("OFF DISCIPLINE)
10-M-01
FACILITY/AREA NUMBER
EXISTING STRUCTURE OR EQUIPMENT TO BE DEMOLISHED
EXISTING PIPE OR LINEAR ELEMENT TO BE DEMOLISHED
1 10-A-02
1 10-A-01
ELEVATION
1/4" = 1'-0"
LETTER DISCIPLINE OR DRAWING TYPE
G GENERAL
C CIVIL
Y YARD PIPING
D DEMOLITION
A ARCHITECTURAL
S STRUCTURAL
M MECHANICAL
H HEATING, VENTILATION AND COOLING (HVAC)
P PLUMBING
E ELECTRICAL
I INSTRUMENTATION
SD STANDARD DETAIL
WZ WORK ZONE
NOTES:
1. LETTERS MAY BE COMBINED FOR DUAL-DISCIPLINE DRAWINGS EXAMPLE: CD-01, 10-AS-01, 10-SM-01, ETC.
2. LETTERS MAYBE COMBINED FOR DISCIPLINE-SPECIFIC STANDARD DETAIL DRAWINGS EXAMPLE: CSD-01, SSD-01, MSD-01, ETC.
DRAWING NUMBERING
ELEVATIONS
DIRECTION OF ELEVATION VIEW
DRAWING NUMBER
ELEVATION VIEW IS SHOWN
ON
(REPLACED WITH --- IF TAKEN
AND SHOWN ON SAME SHEET)
ELEVATION VIEW IDENTIFIER
DRAWING NUMBER
ELEVATION VIEW IS SHOWN
ON
(REPLACED WITH --- IF TAKEN
AND SHOWN ON SAME SHEET)
SECTION
1/4" = 1'-0"
SECTIONS
DIRECTION OF SECTION VIEW
DRAWING NUMBER SECTION
VIEW IS SHOWN ON
(REPLACED WITH --- IF TAKEN
AND SHOWN ON SAME SHEET)
SECTION VIEW IDENTIFIER
DRAWING NUMBER SECTION
VIEW IS SHOWN ON
(REPLACED WITH --- IF TAKEN
AND SHOWN ON SAME SHEET)
SCALE OF SECTION VIEW
A
10-M-02
SECTION VIEW IDENTIFIER
ELEVATION VIEW IDENTIFIER
NOTES:
1. SIMILAR SYMBOLOGY IS USED FOR ISOMETRIC VIEWS.
DETAIL
1/4" = 1'-0"
DETAILS
DRAWING NUMBER DETAIL
VIEW IS SHOWN ON
(REPLACED WITH --- IF TAKEN
AND SHOWN ON SAME SHEET)
DETAIL VIEW IDENTIFIER
TITLE SHOWN ON DRAWING
BENEATH DETAIL VIEW
1 10-M-02
1 10-M-01
DETAIL VIEW IDENTIFIER
DRAWING NUMBER DETAIL
VIEW IS SHOWN ON
(REPLACED WITH --- IF TAKEN
AND SHOWN ON SAME SHEET)
P1
10-D-02
P1
10-D-01
PHOTO
NTS
PHOTOS
APPROX. LOCATION
AND DIRECTION PHOTO
WAS TAKEN FROMDRAWING NUMBER PHOTO IS
SHOWN ON
(REPLACED WITH --- IF TAKEN
AND SHOWN ON SAME SHEET)
PHOTO IDENTIFIER
PHOTO CALLOUT SHOWN
ON DRAWING
TITLE SHOWN ON DRAWING
BENEATH ELEVATION VIEW
DRAWING NUMBER PHOTO IS
SHOWN ON
(REPLACED WITH --- IF TAKEN
AND SHOWN ON SAME SHEET)
PHOTO IDENTIFIER
ON DRAWING WHERE
SECTION IS TAKEN
ON DRAWING WHERE
SECTION IS SHOWN
ON DRAWING WHERE
DETAIL IS TAKEN
SCALE OF SECTION VIEW
ON DRAWING WHERE
DETAIL IS SHOWN
SCALE OF SECTION VIEW
ON DRAWING WHERE
ELEVATION IS SHOWN
ON DRAWING WHERE
ELEVATION IS TAKEN
DRAWING NUMBER
STANDARD DETAILS
ON DRAWING WHERE
STANDARD DETAIL IS
CALLED OUT
PIPE SUPPORT
STD DTL 40 05 07.01
AREA DRAIN
XXX STD DTL 210.00
BRIEF DETAIL DESCRIPTION
WATER WORKS ENGINEERS
STANDARD DETAIL NUMBER
OWNER/CLIENT
STANDARD DETAIL NUMBER
40 05 07.01
ON DRAWING WHERE
STANDARD DETAIL IS
SHOWN
WATER WORKS ENGINEERS
STANDARD DETAIL NUMBER
GENERAL SYMBOLOGY
EXISTING PIPE OR LINEAR ELEMENT TO BE ABANDONED
NOTES:
1. SIMILAR SYMBOLOGY IS USED FOR PARTIAL PLANS.
WATER SURFACE
BREAK LINE
A
10-M-01
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
FILENAME: 2060D-G-03.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-G-03.DWG 08:03:2512/9/22
G-03
GENERAL A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
GENERAL DESIGNATIONS
21-060
3 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN AND DETOUR PLAN TO CITY PRIOR TO ANY WORK. TRAFFIC CONTROL DESIGN REQUIRES RED FLASH FORM (STANDARD DETAIL TS-21 ON DRAWING SD-05) FOR SIERRA COLLEGE BLVD. AND E. ROSEVILLE PARKWAY.
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL CCTV GRAVITY LINES WITHIN THE AREA OF POTENTIAL EFFECT OF PIPE BURSTING OPERATION, BEFORE AND AFTER CONSTRUCTION.
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COPY OF THE BEFORE AND AFTER OF THE STORM DRAIN LINES TO PUBLIC WORKS.
3. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH THE TRAFFIC/TRAFFIC SIGNAL TEAMS AS
DURATION DETECTION WILL BE IMPACTED AT THE INTERSECTION OF SIERRA COLLEGE BLVD. AND E. ROSEVILLE PARKWAY.
4. SIERRA COLLEGE BLVD. IS A MORATORIUM STREET DUE TO ITS RECENT RESURFACING. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFERENCE "TRENCH RESTORATION FOR MORATORIUM STREET" DETAIL ON DRAWING SD-03 AND CITY OF ROSEVILLE SPECIFICATION "DIVISION V - SURFACING AND PAVEMENTS".
5. TRENCHING ON SIERRA COLLEGE BLVD. SHALL BE PER CITY OF ROSEVILLE STANDARD DETAIL SS-1, TB-1.
6. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AN ENCROACHMENT PERMIT TO BE PAID FOR BY CITY OF ROSEVILLE.
7. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE EFFORTS TO AVOID IMPACTING EXISTING TRAFFIC LOOPS. SHOULD IMPACT BE NECESSARY, CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH CITY.
8. UTILITY VERIFICATION POTHOLES SHALL BE RESTORED PER CITY OF ROSEVILLE STANDARD DETAIL TB-5.
CITY NOTES
APRIL 2023
1. ONLY FLANGED END CONNECTIONS ARE SHOWN HERE FOR DOUBLE LINE FITTINGS. FITTINGS WITH OTHER END PATTERNS ARE SHOWN SIMILARLY ON THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS. ALSO SEE PIPING SPECIFICATIONS AND THE PIPING SCHEDULE.
2. SYMBOLS SHOWN HERE FOR SINGLE LINE FITTINGS ARE GENERIC ONLY. REFER
TO PIPING SPECIFICATIONS FOR SPECIFIC END CONNECTIONS FOR SINGLE LINE PIPE AND FITTINGS.
1. THRUST RESTRAINT; ALL NEW SEWER LINES, FITTINGS, VALVES, AND APPURTENANCES ARE TO BE FULLY MECHANICALLY RESTRAINED.
2. TIE-IN CONNECTIONS: OPERATION OF ANY EXISTING SEWER SYSTEM VALVES OR
OTHER EXISTING FACILITIES SHALL ONLY OCCUR UNDER THE DIRECT OBSERVATION AND PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE CITY. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE CITY AT LEAST TWO (2) WEEKS IN ADVANCE OF ANY NECESSARY SHUTDOWN AND/OR TIE-IN.
3. VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL SEPARATION: UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS OR APPROVED BY THE CITY. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN VERTICAL AND
HORIZONTAL SEPARATION FROM PARALLEL SEWERS AND STORM DRAINS IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA WATERWORKS STANDARDS.
4. LAY PIPE TO UNIFORM GRADE BETWEEN INDICATED ELEVATION POINTS.
MINIMUM COVER SHALL BE 36 INCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN.
5. SIZE OF FITTINGS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS SHALL CORRESPOND TO ADJACENT STRAIGHT RUN OF PIPE, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. TYPE OF JOINT AND
FITTING MATERIAL SHALL BE THE SAME AS SHOWN FOR ADJACENT STRAIGHT RUN OF PIPE.
6. LOCATION AND NUMBER OF PIPE HANGERS AND PIPE SUPPORTS SHOWN IS ONLY APPROXIMATE. FINAL SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE DETERMINED IN THE FIELD AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
MAXIMUM SPACING SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED.
7. APPROPRIATE STANDARD WALL PIPE DETAIL SHALL BE USED WHEREVER PIPING PASSES FROM A STRUCTURE TO BACKFILL.
8. ALL FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS OR FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTERS SHALL BE
PROVIDED WITH THRUST TIES, BLOCKS, OR ANCHORS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. THRUST PROTECTION SHALL BE ADEQUATE FOR TEST PRESSURES SPECIFIED.
9. SYMBOLS, LEGENDS, AND PIPE USE IDENTIFICATIONS SHOWN SHALL BE FOLLOWED THROUGHOUT THE DRAWINGS, WHEREVER APPLICABLE. ALL OF THE VARIOUS APPLICATIONS ARE NOT NECESSARILY USED IN THE PROJECT.
10. ALL PIPING SPECIFIED TO BE PRESSURE TESTED, EXCEPT FLANGED. WELDED,
GROOVED END, OR SCREWED PIPING, SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH TRUST PROTECTION AT ALL DIRECTION CHANGES, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SEE THRUST DETAILS AND NOTES ON DRAWINGS.
11. NUMBER AND LOCATION OF UNIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE ONLY APPROXIMATE. PROVIDE ALL UNIONS NECESSARY TO FACILITATE CONVENIENT REMOVAL OF VALVES AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT.
12. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS PROJECT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING
AND PERFORMING THE CONNECTION OF THE PIPING AND ASSOCIATED
APPURTENANCES INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT TO BOTH THE EXISTING PIPING AND FACILITIES.
13. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING PIPING DRAWINGS FOR ANY NEW PIPE THAT IS TO
CONNECT TO OR CROSS AN EXISTING PIPE OR STRUCTURE, THE CONTRACTOR
SHALL EXPOSE THE EXISTING PIPE OR STRUCTURE TO VERIFY ITS EXACT LOCATION, SIZE, MATERIALS, AND INVERT ELEVATIONS.
14. VCP TO BE USED WHERE OPEN CUT INSTALLATION IS UTILIZED. WHERE TRENCHLESS IS UTILIZED, HDPE SHALL BE USED. SEE PLAN AND PROFILE SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES.
V
K
PIPING SYMBOLS
M
VALVES
PUMPS
BLOWERS
FLOWMETERS
SYMBOL
MIXERS
M
ACTUATORS
S
P
M
GATES / WEIR
MISC EQUIPMENT
WM
FI
FI
MISC FITTING SYMBOLS
S
NOTES:
GENERAL PIPING NOTES:
MISC SYMBOLS
FILTERS AND STRAINERS
XX
XX
XX
1. MOTORIZED VALVE SHOWN, MANUAL VALVE SIMILAR.
12" RW
12" RW
M
ACTUATOR
SYMBOL
FLOW DIRECTIONVALVE SYMBOL
NOTES:
PIPING DESIGNATIONS
BACKFLOW PREVENTER VALVE
HOSE BIBB OR FLUSHING CONNECTION
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE
COMBINATION AIR RELIEF AIR
VACUUM VALVE
AIR VACUUM VALVE
AIR RELIEF VALVE
TELESCOPING VALVE
SWING CHECK VALVE
SILENT CHECK VALVE
DUCKBILL CHECK
DOUBLE DISK SWING CHECK VALVE
BALL CHECK VALVE
PLUG VALVE (ECCENTRIC)
PLUG VALVE
PINCH VALVE
NEEDLE VALVE
MULTIPORT VALVE
MUD VALVE
GLOBE VALVE
KNIFE GATE
GATE VALVE
BUTTERFLY VALVE
CORPORATION STOP VALVE
VENTED BALL VALVE
BLOWOFF VALVE
BALL VALVE
DIAPHRAGM VALVE
VALVE TYPESYMBOL
EXISTING PIPE TO BE DEMOLISHED OR
REMOVED AND SALVAGED
EXISTING PIPE TO BE ABANDONED
NEW PIPE
EXISTING PIPE (SCREENED)
DESCRIPTIONSINGLE LINESYMBOL SYMBOL PUMP TYPE
CENTRIFUGAL PUMP
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
VERTICAL TURBINE PUMP (PLAN)
VERTICAL TURBINE PUMP
(SECTION)
DIAPHRAGM METERING PUMP
PERISTALIC PUMP
PROGRESSIVE CAVITY PUMP
AXIAL FLOW PUMP
BLOWER TYPESYMBOL
CENTRIFUGAL BLOWER
BLOWER FAN
FLOWMETER TYPE
MAGNETIC FLOWMETER
PROPELLER FLOWMETER
SYMBOL
FILTER TYPE
FILTER
CARTRIDGE FILTER (SMALL)
CARTRIDGE FILTER (LARGE)
BASKET STRAINER
MIXER TYPESYMBOL
MIXER
STATIC MIXER
WAFER STATIC MIXER
EMERGENCY EYEWASH AND
SHOWER
SPRAY BAR OR DIFFUSER
WATER METER
TYPESYMBOL
AIR DIFFUSER
WEIR
STOP LOG
SLIDE GATE
GATE / WEIR TYPESYMBOL
SOLENOID ACTUATOR
PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR
MOTOR ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR TYPESYMBOL SYMBOL EQUIPMENT TYPE
Y STRAINER
PULSATION DAMPER
GAUGE
DIAPHRAGM SEAL
RUPTURE DISK (PRESSURE)
RUPTURE DISK (VACUUM)
ORIFICE
BLIND FLANGE OR
TANK NOZZLE
EXPANSION COUPLING
FLEXIBLE COUPLING
UNION
CONCENTRIC REDUCER
ECENTRICE REDUCER
CAP
FEMALE QUICK
CONNECT
MALE QUICK
CONNECT
QUICK CONNECT
WITH CAP
QUICK CONNECT
COUPLING
DRAIN
DRAIN
SIGHT GLASS
CALIBRATION COLUMN
ROTAMETER
ROTAMETER WITH
NEEDLE VALVE
DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL
SAMPLE
WATER SURFACE
DOUBLE LINE PIPES
OPTIONAL FLOW STREAM IDENTIFICATION PER PIPE
SCHEDULE
FLOW DIRECTION
CL EL XXXX.X (PRESSURE PIPES)
12" RW
INV EL XXXX.X (GRAVITY PIPES)
FLOW STREAM IDENTIFICATION PER PIPE SCHEDULE
NOMINAL PROCESS PIPE DIAMETER
SINGLE LINE PIPES
FLOW DIRECTION
SINGLE-LINE FLOW STREAM IDENTIFICATION PER PIPE
SCHEDULE
VALVE DESIGNATIONS
VALVE EQUIPMENT NUMBER, MOTORIZED
VALVES ONLY. SEE I&C LEGEND
VALVE TYPE DESIGNATION. ALL VALVES, SEE
SPEC SECTION 15200
BAV-10
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
FILENAME: 2060D-G-04.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-G-04.DWG 08:03:5912/9/22
G-04
GENERAL A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
MECHANICAL LEGEND
21-060
4 APRIL 2023
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
FILENAME: 2060D-G-05.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-G-05.DWG 08:05:0312/9/22
G-05
GENERAL A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
CIVIL LEGEND
21-060
5 CIVIL LEGEND CIVIL ABBREVIATIONSCIVIL PATTERNS CIVIL NOTES
BEDROCK
GRATING
SAND
NATURAL SOIL
COMPACTED SOIL
GROUT
CONTROLLED LOW
STRENGTH MATERIAL
(CLSM)
AGGREGATE BASE
CONCRETE
ROCKS OR RIPRAP
PAVEMENT
FACILITY LOCATION POINT
GUARD RAIL / BARRICADE
BRUSH / TREE LINE
OR OR DEMOLITION
ARCHITECTURAL FENCE
WIRE FENCE
AUTOMATIC AIR RELEASE VALVE
EMBANKMENT - FILL SLOPE
(HORIZ:VERT)
RIGHT OF WAY, EASEMENT
OR SETBACK
STRUCTURE, BUILDING
OR FACILITY
CHAIN LINK FENCE WITH
3 STRAND BARBED WIRE
TOPPING
STRUCTURE, BUILDING OR
COORDINATES
CENTER LINE, BUILDING, ROAD
DIRECTION OF FLOW
SLIDING GATE
O O
// //
X X BARBED WIRE
SINGLE SWING GATE
DOUBLE SWING GATE
CONCRETE CURB
CULVERT
RETAINING WALL
WALL
ARCHITECTURAL FENCE
STAGING OR WORK AREA LIMITS
CUT SLOPE (HORIZ:VERT)
TREE
SPOT ELEVATION
CONTOUR LINE
DRAINAGEWAY OR DITCH
N 1000.00
E 1000.00
158.5
155
PROPERTY LINE
4:1
OR
MANUAL AIR RELEASE VALVE
WATER SURFACE
1. EXISTING PIPING, EQUIPMENT AND TOPOGRAPHY ARE SHOWN SCREENED AND/OR LIGHT-LINED. NEW PIPING, EQUIPMENT, STRUCTURES AND FINISHED GRADE ARE SHOWN HEAVY-LINED.
2. THIS IS A STANDARD LEGEND DRAWING. SOME SYMBOLS MAY APPEAR ON THIS DRAWING BUT MAY NOT BE USED.
4:1
ABANDON
ABBREVIATION DEFINITION
AB AGGREGATE BASE, ANCHOR BOLT
BC BEGIN CURVE, BOTTOM OF CURB
BM BENCH MARK, BEAM
BOC BACK OF CURB
BOG BACK OF GUTTER
BOO BOTTOM OF OPENING
BRG BEARING
BVC BEGINNING OF VERTICAL CURVE
CATV CABLE TELEVISION
CB CATCH BASIN
CCP CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE
CI CAST IRON
CIGC CAST IRON GROOVED COUPLING
CIMJ CAST IRON MECHANICAL JOINT
CIP CAST IRON PIPE
CIRJ CAST IRON RESTRAINED JOINT
CISP CAST IRON SOIL PIPE
CMLCSP CEMENT MORTAR LINED AND COATED STEEL PIPE
CMLSP CEMENT MORTAR LINED STEEL PIPE
CMP CORRUGATED METAL PIPE
CP CONTROL POINT
CULV CULVERT
DI DROP INLET, DUCTILE IRON
DIMJ DUCTILE IRON MECHANICAL JOINT
DIPPL DUCTILE IRON PIPE, POLYETHYLENE LINED
EC END CURVE
EG EXISTING GRADE
EP EDGE OF PAVEMENT
ESA ENVIRONMENTALLY SENSITIVE AREA
ESC EROSION SEDIMENT CONTROL
EVC END OF VERTICAL CURVE
FH FIRE HYDRANT
FL FLOOR, FLOW LINE
FLL FLOW LINE
FOC FACE OF CONCRETE
GB GRADE BREAK
GD GENERAL DRAINAGE
HORIZ HORIZONTAL
HPT HIGH POINT
HYD HYDRANT
IE INVERT ELEVATION
IF INSIDE FACE
IRR IRRIGATION
LP LOW POINT
MH MANHOLE
OG ORIGINAL GROUND
OHE OVERHEAD ELECTRICAL
PC POINT OF CURVE
PI POINT OF INTERSECTION
POB POINT OF BEGINNING
POC POINT OF CONNECTION
POE POINT OF ENDING
PP, P&P PLAN AND PROFILE, POWER POLE
PRC POINT OF REVERSE CURVE
PRC POINT OF REVERSE CURVE
PT POINT OF TANGENCY
PUE PUBLIC UTILITY EASEMENT
PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PLASTIC, POINT OF VERTICAL CURVE
PVI POINT OF VERTICAL INTERSECTION
PVMT PAVEMENT
PVT POINT OF VERTICAL TANGENCY, PRIVATE
R/W, ROW RIGHT-OF-WAY
RCP REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE
RD ROAD, ROOF DRAIN
RP RADIUS POINT
S SOUTH, SLOPE
S = SLOPE EQUALS
SD STORM DRAIN
SLP SLOPE
SS SANITARY SEWER
SSMH SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE
STA STATION
T TANGENT, TELEPHONE LINE, TOP
TBM TEMPORARY BENCHMARK
TCE TEMPORARY CONST EASEMENT
TOC TOP OF CURB, TOP OF CONCRETE
TOW TOP OF WALL
TP TURNING POINT, TEST PIT
TWS TRACER WIRE STATION
UD UNDERDRAIN
UG UNDERGROUND
VC VERTICAL CURVE
VPI VERTICAL POINT OF INTERSECTION
BENCHMARK
APRIL 2023
FILENAME: 2060D-G-06.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-G-06.DWG 08:06:1612/9/22
G-06
GENERAL A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
CIVIL GENERAL NOTES
21-060
6 A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
APRIL 2023
204.00
203.00
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
5 105
SCALE 1"=5'
0 FEET NORTH
FILENAME: 2060D-D-01.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-D-01.DWG 08:14:3512/9/22
D-01
DEMOLITION A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
PUMP STATION 26
SITE DEMOLITION PLAN
21-060
7 PUMP STATION DEMOLITION PLAN
1"=5'
(EX) PIG LAUNCHER
(EX) PUMP ACCESS HATCH
SIERRA COLLEGE BLVD
(EX) 1 1/2" W
(EX) ASPHALT
(EX) JUNCTION BOX
(EX) LIGHT POLE
(EX) VENT PIPE
(EX) WET WELL
(EX) TRANSFORMER PAD
(EX) VAULT
(EX) 4" MAG FLOW BOX
(EX) VALVE BOX TYP
(EX) SECURITY FENCE
(EX) FENCE
(EX) 10" SS TO BE REPLACED
(EX) SSMH
(EX) ELECTRICAL CONTROL
PANEL PAD & SWITCH BOARD
TO BE DEMOLISHED
(EX) FENCE TO BE DEMOLISHED
FENCE POST HOLES TO BE
FILLED PER CITY OF ROSEVILLE
STANDARD DETAIL TB-5
(EX) 10" SS TO BE REPLACED
APRIL 2023
CONCRETE FILL
6"-PVC-D
8'-0" ID PRECAST
WET WELL
8" FLG CHECK
VALVE (TYP)
8" FLG CHECK
VALVE (TYP)
8" TEE
4" D
4" FLG GATE
VALVE
4" DIPBLIND FLANGE
SLOPE
SLOPE
PIG
LAUNCHER
SLOPE
FD
1 1-/2" - WP
1'-0"
SLOPE
SLOPE
FD
SLOPE
BUBBLER ELEMENT
PINCH -TYPE RUBBER
CHECK-VALVE
10"-DIP-S
RUBBER FLEXIBLE
COUPLING WITH SST
BAND CLAMPS
10"-VCP-S
8" DIP FM
3'-6"9 1/2"
9"9"WALL PIPE
SEE DETAIL
(TYP OF 3)
TAPPED BOSS FOR
PRESSURE SW
8"x8"x4"
MJ TEE
8" FLG GATE
VALVE (TYP)
8"x8"x8"
MJ TEE (TYP)
2-3/4" CONDUITS BURIED MIN. 18"
DEEP FROM BOX TO PLC J-BOX
CONDUITS ORIGINATE INSIDE
BOX 31" DEEP FROM RIM TO TOP
OF CONDUIT
4" PVC
DRAIN TOWW MH
FLOW
DIRECTION
BUBBLER ELEMENT
4" GSP VENT PIPE
H20 LOAD RATED DOUBLE
LEAF ALUMINUM HATCH
H20 LOAD RATED DOUBLE
LEAF ALUMINUM HATCH
H20 LOAD RATED SINGLE LEAF
ALUMUNUM HATCH.
7'-6"
5'-6"
4'-2 1/2"
6'-0"
4'-11 1/2"4'-0"
6' -0"
9 1/4"
*
*
22"
SLOPE
SLOPE SLOPE SLOPE
4" MAG
FLOW
METER
DIP
REPAIR
SLEEVE
4-1/2"
18-1/2"
33"
80"
8"x4"
REDUCER4" FLG GATE
VALVE (TYP)
4" DIP (TYP)
PUMPING STATION TOP PLAN
SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0"
BOTTOM PLAN
SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0"
PUMPING STATION TOP PLAN
SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0"
3'-6"
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
FILENAME: 2060D-D-02.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-D-02.DWG 08:16:0112/9/22
D-02
DEMOLITION A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
PUMP STATION 26
MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLANS - 1
21-060
8 NOTES:
1. APRIL 1999 AS-BUILT DRAWING FOR REFERENCE AND
MAY NOT BE 100% ACCURATE.
2. HATCHED AREAS DENOTE ITEMS TO BE DEMOLISHED AS
PART OF THIS PROJECT.
NORTH
A
D-02
B
D-02
A
D-02
B
D-02
CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE AND REPLACE
EXISTING PUMPS AND DISCHARGE PIPING
APRIL 2023
6" D
IE 198.51±*
8"-DIP-FM
FLOAT SWITCH
PINCH-TYPE RUBBER
CHECK VALVE
HATCH
#5 @ 10 EW T&B
#5 @ 10 EW EF
1 1/2" WP
HATCH
HOSE VALVE
(HOSE RACK
NOT SHOW)
4"-PVC-D
HATCH PIPE SUPPORT
FLOOR DRAIN
PIPE SUPPORT
(TYP OF 2)
8"-DIP-FM
WET WELL
VALVE VAULT
PIG LAUNCHER
EL 203.71 (PER SURVEY)
EL 198.16±*
CL EL 199.73±*
EL 203.65 (PER SURVEY)
EL 189.51±*
EL 203.66 (PER SURVEY)
EL 197.15±*
1 2
1 2
12"
TYP
12"
TYP
SECTION
SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0"
B
D-02
(EX) 8"-DIP-FM
(EX) 4x8 INCREASER
4" GSP VENT PIPE
WITH BIRD SCREEN
TYPE 316 SST GUIDE BAR WITH UPPER
AND INTERMEDIATE BRACKET
HATCH
PIPE SUPPORT
(TYP OF 2)
AC PAVEMENT
AND BASE
BUBBLER ELEMENT
10" TEE
10" SS INV EL 192.59±*
FROM MH
(EX) SUBMERSIBLE
SEWAGE PUMP
WET WELL LINING
WET WELL
EL 189.51±*
EL 203.71 (PER SURVEY)
11'- 4 7/16"
12"
MIN
1 1
2 2
SECTION
SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0"
A
D-02
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
FILENAME: 2060D-D-03.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-D-03.DWG 08:16:3412/9/22
D-03
DEMOLITION A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
PUMP STATION 26
MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLANS - 2
21-060
9 NOTES:
1. APRIL 1999 AS-BUILT DRAWING FOR REFERENCE AND
MAY NOT BE 100% ACCURATE.
2. HATCHED AREAS DENOTE ITEMS TO BE DEMOLISHED AS
PART OF THIS PROJECT.
CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE AND
REPLACE EX PUMPS, DISCHARGE
PIPING, UP TO AND INCLUDING EX 8"
ELBOW, GUIDE RAILS AND CHAIN;
SALVAGE PUMPS TO CITY
NORTH
GENERAL NOTE:
*AS-BUILT INFORMATION UPDATED PER SURVEYED RIM.
CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY.
CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE AND
REPLACE EX PUMPS, DISCHARGE
PIPING, UP TO AND INCLUDING EX 8"
ELBOW, GUIDE RAILS AND CHAIN;
SALVAGE PUMPS TO CITY
REUSE EXISTING PIPE
SUPPORTS
APRIL 2023
CP
1+00
2+00
3+00
3+29
9+75 10+00 11+00 12+00 13+00 14+00 15+00 16+00 17+00 18+00 19+00 20+00 21+00 22+00 23+00 24+00 23+00 24+00 25+00 26+00 27+00 28+00 29+00 30+00 31+00 32+00 33+00 34+0034+15 A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
20 4020
SCALE 1"=20'
0 FEET
50 10050
SCALE 1"=50'
0 FEET
NORTH
FILENAME: 2060D-C-00.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-C-00.DWG 08:22:1712/9/22
C-00
CIVIL A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
PROJECT OVERVIEW AND KEY MAP
21-060
10 NORTH
PUMP STATION KEYMAP
1"=20'
SANITARY SEWER KEYMAP
1"=50'
SIERRA COLLEGE BLVD
SIERRA COLLEGE BLVD
EAST ROSEVILLE PARKWAY
SIERRA COLLEGE BLVD
SIERRA COLLEGE BLVD SIERRA COLLEGE BLVD
EUREKA RD
BASIS OF BEARINGS
THE BASIS OF BEARINGS FOR THIS SURVEY IS THE CALIFORNIA COORDINATE SYSTEM, ZONE 2, GRID NORTH AND WAS
ESTABLISHED FROM GPS OBSERVATIONS FROM THE
CALIFORNIA NETWORK OF MONUMENTS.
BENCHMARK
CITY OF ROSEVILLE BENCHMARK NO. 38. A 3/4" BRASS
DISC STAMPED 2018 PLS 8728, IN TOP OF CURB AT DRAIN
INLET AT NORTHEAST CORNER OF SIERRA COLLEGE
BOULEVARD AND EAST ROSEVILLE PARKWAY.
ELEVATION: 243.62' DATUM: NAVD88
BENCHMARK
APRIL 2023
204.00
203.00
N: 2025349.63
E: 6782616.14
N: 2025347.26
E: 6782664.26
N: 2025319.08
E: 6782614.45
N: 2025333.98
E: 6782655.18
N: 2025321.82
E: 6782659.59
N: 2025317.82
E: 6782656.66
N: 2025290.71
E: 6782661.33
N: 2025315.65
E: 6782664.03
31.6'
48.2'
30.6'
14.0'
14.0'
N: 2025308.15
E: 6782661.33
5' MAX
N: 2025302.88
E: 6782659.16
2.5'
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
5 105
SCALE 1"=5'
0 FEET NORTH
FILENAME: 2060D-C-01.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-C-01.DWG 08:23:5612/9/22
C-01
CIVIL A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
SITE PLAN
21-060
11 PUMP STATION PLAN
1"=5'
(EX) PIG LAUNCHER
(EX) PUMP ACCESS HATCH
SIERRA COLLEGE BLVD
(EX) 1 1/2" W
(EX) ASPHALT
(EX) JUNCTION BOX
EQUIPMENT PAD SEE DWG E-31
MOTOR CONTROL PANEL
EQUIPMENT PAD SEE DWG E-31
NEW CHAINLINK
SECURITY FENCE TO
MATCH EXISTING FENCE
STD DTL 32 31 13.01
CONTROL PANEL
(EX) LIGHT POLE
(EX) VENT PIPE
(EX) WET WELL
(EX) TRANSFORMER PAD
(EX) VAULT
(EX) 4" MAG FLOW BOX
(EX) VALVE BOX TYP
(EX) SECURITY FENCE
(EX) FENCE
(EX) 10" SS TO BE REPLACED
SEE DRAWING C-03
(EX) SSMH
CHAINLINK DOUBLE LEAF GATE
STD DTL 32 31 13.03
(EX) 10" SS TO BE REPLACED
SEE DRAWING C-03
EMERGENCY
GENERATOR
TERMINAL ENCLOSURE (TYP OF 2)
CONNECT TO
EXISTING FENCE
POST
CONNECT TO
EXISTING FENCE
POST
BOLLARD PER CITY OF ROSEVILLE
STANDARD DETAIL ST-38 (TYP)
MAIN SWITCH BOARD
EQUIPMENT PAD SEE DWG E-31
APRIL 2023
4" GSP VENT PIPE
WITH BIRD SCREEN
HATCH
PIPE SUPPORT
(TYP OF 2)
AC PAVEMENT
AND BASE
BUBBLER ELEMENT
10" TEE
10" SS INV EL 192.59±
FROM MH
WET WELL LINING
WET WELL
EL 189.51±
EL 203.71 (PER SURVEY)
11'- 4 7/16"
12"
MIN
1 1
2 2
SECTION
SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0"
A
--
24" MIN
CONCRETE FILL
6"-PVC-D
8'-0" ID PRECAST
WET WELL
8" FLG CHECK
VALVE (TYP)
8" FLG CHECK
VALVE (TYP)
8" TEE
4" D
4" FLG GATE
VALVE
4" DIPBLIND FLANGE
SLOPE
SLOPE
PIG
LAUNCHER
SLOPE
FD
1 1-/2" - WP
1'-0"
SLOPE
SLOPE
FD
SLOPE
BUBBLER ELEMENT
PINCH -TYPE RUBBER
CHECK-VALVE
10"-DIP-S
RUBBER FLEXIBLE
COUPLING WITH SST
BAND CLAMPS
10"-VCP-S
8" DIP FM
3'-6"9 1/2"
9"9"WALL PIPE
SEE DETAIL
(TYP OF 3)
TAPPED BOSS FOR
PRESSURE SW
8"x8"x4"
MJ TEE
8" FLG GATE
VALVE (TYP)
8"x8"x8"
MJ TEE (TYP)
2-3/4" CONDUITS BURIED MIN. 18"
DEEP FROM BOX TO PLC J-BOX
CONDUITS ORIGINATE INSIDE
BOX 31" DEEP FROM RIM TO TOP
OF CONDUIT
4" PVC
DRAIN TOWW MH
FLOW
DIRECTION
H20 LOAD RATED SINGLE LEAF
ALUMUNUM HATCH.
22"
SLOPE
SLOPE SLOPE SLOPE
4" MAG
FLOW
METER
DIP
REPAIR
SLEEVE
4-1/2"
18-1/2"
33"
80"
8"x4"
REDUCER4" FLG GATE
VALVE (TYP)
4" DIP (TYP)
BOTTOM PLAN
SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0"
3'-6"
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
FILENAME: 2060D-C-02.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-C-02.DWG 08:26:2012/9/22
C-02
CIVIL A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
PUMP STATION 26
PLAN AND SECTION
21-060
12 NOTES:
1. APRIL 1999 AS-BUILT DRAWING FOR REFERENCE AND
MAY NOT BE 100% ACCURATE.
2. DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING FACILITIES ARE
APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL
CONTROLLING DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATING OR
PROCURING ANY MATERIALS.
3. CONTRACTOR TO OVERLAP EXISTING COATING 4" MIN
WITH SHERWIN-WILLIAMS RESUPRIME 3830 UNDER
DURAPLATE 6100, OR EQUALS.
8" DIP 90-DEG ELBOW WITH
DIELECTRIC GASKET
(FL X MJ WITH RESTRAINED
MJ GLAND)
8" SSTL
SST 6X8"
ECCENTRIC
REDUCER WITH
DIELECTRIC
OWNER-FURNISHED
XYLEM/FLYGT 6" NP3202
8" SSTL PIPING
A
--
OWNER-FURNISHED
XYLEM/FLYGT 6" NP3202
FIRST MH TO OVERFLOW
MAX STORAGE EL
LSHH EMERGENCY ALARM
LSH LEAD PUMP START EL
LSL PUMP STOP EL
MH NO 1
193.80
CROWN OF 12" SS AT
MH NO 2 = 192.00
193.30
191.16
OWNER-FURNISHED UPPER
AND INTERMEDIATE BRACKET
OWNER-FURNISHED
TYPE 316 SST LIFT CHAIN
3" 316 SST ASTM 312
SCHEDULE 40 PUMP GUIDE
RAILS (TYP OF 2)
3 SD-01
13.75" MIN. SUBMERGENCE
REUSE EXISTING PIPE SUPPORT
REMOVE GROUT FILL AS
NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE
NEW PIPING AND PUMP. GRIND
AND SMOOTH SHARP EDGES
AND RECOAT PER NOTE 3.
REMOVE EXISTING PUMP AND
SUPPORT AND RECOAT PER
NOTE 3.
P-26-1
P-26-2
APRIL 2023
CP
3+29
1+00
2+00
3+00
(EX) MH NO 1
STA: 2+92.59
RIM: 204.54
(EX) WET WELL
STA: 3+28.57
RIM: 203.71±
WEIR MH
STA: 1+20.88
RIM: 205.56
SEE DWG C-10 FOR DETAILS
(EX) MH NO 2
STA: 1+00.00
RIM: 205.72
(205)
(203)
(204)
(EX) MH NO 1
STA: 2+92.59
RIM: 204.54
(EX) WET WELL
STA: 3+28.57
RIM: 203.71
EG
180
185
190
195
200
205
210
215
220
180
185
190
195
200
205
210
215
220
1+00 1+25 1+50 1+75 2+00 2+25 2+50 2+75 3+00 3+25
WEIR MH
STA: 1+20.88
RIM: 205.56
12" INV IN: 194.01 (S)
12" INV OUT: 193.68 (N)
12" SS VCP S: -0.72%
12" SS HDPE S: -0.71%
12" SS VCP S: -0.56%
(EX) PG&E POLE
APPROXIMATE
LOCATION OF
(EX) 2" W
APPROXIMATE
LOCATION OF (EX)
8" SSFM
PG&E TO HOLD
DURING BURSTING
(EX) 10" SS DIP S:-0.72%
(EX) 10" SS DIP S: 0.71%
(EX) 10" SS DIP S: 0.56%
(EX) MH NO 2
STA: 1+00.00
RIM: 205.72
12" INV IN: 192.79
12" INV IN: 192.59
12" INV OUT: 194.16 (N)
SEE NOTE 7
SEE NOTE 7
12" INV OUT: 192.79
20.88'
171.71'
35.98'
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
20 4020
SCALE 1"=20'
0 FEET
HORIZ
5 105
SCALE 1"=5'
0 FEET
VERT
NORTH
FILENAME: 2060D-C-03.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-C-03.DWG 08:27:1512/9/22
C-03
CIVIL A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
PLAN AND PROFILE
0+50 TO 3+30±
21-060
13 SIERRA COLLEGE BLVD
PLAN
1"=20'
PROFILE
1"=20' HORIZ
1"=5' VERT
SHEET NOTES:
1. PROVIDE 12" MIN CLEARANCE FROM OTHER UTILITIES
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY BMP MEASURES TO
PROTECT EXISTING STORM DRAINS FROM
CONSTRUCTION RUNOFF.
3. IT IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY FOR
DEVELOPING THE MEANS AND METHODS TO EMPLOY
DURING CONSTRUCTION TO REDUCE RISKS
ASSOCIATED WITH IMPINGEMENT INTO ADJACENT
BURIED UTILITIES. CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY
RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO EXISTING UTILITIES
DURING CONSTRUCTION AND FACILITIES NOT
DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL.
4. ELEVATIONS SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR
TO VERIFY ALL CONTROLLING ELEVATIONS AND
DIMENSIONS.
5. (EX) 10" SS DIP TO BE REPLACED VIA PIPE BURSTING.
6. VCP TO BE USED FOR OPEN CUT. WHERE OPTIONAL
OPEN CUT AREAS ARE COMBINED WITH MANDATORY
OPEN CUT AREAS BETWEEN MANHOLES, THE PIPE
MATERIAL SHALL BE A SIMILAR MATERIAL ALONG THAT
ENTIRE SEGMENT, MANHOLE TO MANHOLE. IF
TRENCHLESS IS UTILIZED THROUGH THE OPTIONAL
AREAS, THEN HDPE SHALL BE USED IN MANDATORY
OPEN CUT AREA. IF OPEN CUT IS UTILIZED THROUGH
OPTIONAL AREAS, THEN VCP SHALL BE USED IN THE
MANDATORY OPEN CUT AREA.
7. CITY TO CORE AND INSTALL BELLS AT EXISTING
MANHOLES. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH
CITY AND WAIT 24-HOURS PRIOR TO CONNECTING TO
BELL.
8. OPEN CUT TRENCHING SHALL BE PER CITY OF
ROSEVILLE STANDARD DETAIL SS-1.
9. SEE WORK ZONE PLAN DRAWING WZ-1 FOR ALLOWABLE
WORK AREAS FOR PIPE BURSTING AND OPEN CUT
TRENCHING.
KEY NOTES:
(NOT ALL NOTES ARE REFERENCED ON EACH DRAWING)
CONTRACTOR TO POTHOLE AND LOCATE SAN JUAN
WATER DISTRICT PIPE(S).1
(EX) PG&E POLE
5.5'
MANDATORY
OPEN CUT
SEE NOTE 6
AND 8
MANDATORY
OPEN CUT
SEE NOTE 6
AND 8
SEE WEIR MANHOLE
DETAIL ON DWG C-10
CONNECT TO CITY
INSTALLED BELL
(SEE NOTE 7)
SEE DWG C-01 FOR PS26
SITE PLAN
1 SD-01
CONNECT TO CITY
INSTALLED BELL
(SEE NOTE 7)
1 REPLACE DRIVEWAY IN-KIND
PER CITY OF ROSEVILLE
ST-21
REPLACE SIDEWALK IN-KIND
(AS NEEDED) PER CITY OF
ROSEVILLE ST-6
PIPE BURSTING
SEE NOTE 6
APRIL 2023
9+75 10+00 11+00 12+00 13+00 14+00
A08-010
STA: 10+23.28
RIM: 254.49
B08-143
STA: 14+11.37
RIM: 248.35
MATCH LINE - 14+50
SEE DWG C-05
(250)
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
260
265
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
260
265
10+00 10+25 10+50 10+75 11+00 11+25 11+50 11+75 12+00 12+25 12+50 12+75 13+00 13+25 13+50 13+75 14+00 14+25 14+50 BEGIN
A08-010
STA: 10+23.28
RIM: 254.49
B08-143
STA: 14+11.37
10" INV IN: 242.14 (S)
RIM: 248.35
(EX) 8" SS DIP S: -3.57%
EX 12" RCP SD
STA: 13+89.53 -
IN EL: 243.31±
EG
MATCHLINE - 14+50
SEE SHEET C-05
INV ELEV: 240.73
10" HDPE PIPE S: -1.61%
10" HDPE PIPE
S: -3.57%
(EX) 8" SS VCP S: -1.61%
10" INV OUT: 242.11 (N)
10" INV OUT: 248.39 (N)
17.9'
1.5" CLR
SEE NOTE 5
SEE NOTE 5
426.7'
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
20 4020
SCALE 1"=20'
0 FEET
HORIZ
5 105
SCALE 1"=5'
0 FEET
VERT
NORTH
FILENAME: 2060D-C-04.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-C-04.DWG 08:34:2112/9/22
C-04
CIVIL A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
PLAN AND PROFILE
BEGIN TO 14+50±
21-060
14 PLAN
1"=20'
PROFILE
1"=20' HORIZ
1"=5' VERT
SIERRA COLLEGE BLVD
SHEET NOTES:
1. PROVIDE 12" MIN CLEARANCE FROM OTHER UTILITIES
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY BMP MEASURES TO
PROTECT EXISTING STORM DRAINS FROM
CONSTRUCTION RUNOFF.
3. IT IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY FOR
DEVELOPING THE MEANS AND METHODS TO EMPLOY
DURING CONSTRUCTION TO REDUCE RISKS
ASSOCIATED WITH IMPINGEMENT INTO ADJACENT
BURIED UTILITIES. CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY
RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO EXISTING UTILITIES
DURING CONSTRUCTION AND FACILITIES NOT
DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL.
4. ELEVATIONS SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR
TO VERIFY ALL CONTROLLING ELEVATIONS AND
DIMENSIONS.
5. (EX) 8" SS VCP TO BE REPLACED VIA PIPE BURSTING
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
6. VCP TO BE USED FOR OPEN CUT. WHERE OPTIONAL
OPEN CUT AREAS ARE COMBINED WITH MANDATORY
OPEN CUT AREAS BETWEEN MANHOLES, THE PIPE
MATERIAL SHALL BE A SIMILAR MATERIAL ALONG THAT
ENTIRE SEGMENT, MANHOLE TO MANHOLE. IF
TRENCHLESS IS UTILIZED THROUGH THE OPTIONAL
AREAS, THEN HDPE/FPVC SHALL BE USED IN
MANDATORY OPEN CUT AREA. IF OPEN CUT IS UTILIZED
THROUGH OPTIONAL AREAS, THEN VCP SHALL BE USED
IN THE MANDATORY OPEN CUT AREA.
7. SEE DRAWING WZ-1 AND WZ-2 FOR WORKZONE 2 PLAN.
CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE
(EX) SD RCP SEGMENT (BELL TO
BELL) DURING PIPE BURSTING
AND RE-LAY UPON COMPLETION
AS NEEDED.
CONTRACTOR SHALL
ENSURE SUFFICIENT
BREAKOUT OF (EX) SSMH
TO ACCOMMODATE SLOPE
TRANSITION AND
CLEARANCE OF
UPSTREAM SD.
1 SD-01
APRIL 2023
15+00 16+00 17+00 18+00 19+00
B08-113
STA: 17+96.67
RIM: 241.94
B08-196
STA: 15+61.02
RIM: 245.11
MATCH LINE - 14+50
SEE DWG C-04
(245)
(242)(242)
(242)
(243)
(244)
(246)
(247)(248)
MATCH LINE - 19+00
SEE DWG C-06
102.4°'
38.8°'
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
260
265
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
260
265
14+50 14+75 15+00 15+25 15+50 15+75 16+00 16+25 16+50 16+75 17+00 17+25 17+50 17+75 18+00 18+25 18+50 18+75 19+00 (EX) 8" SS DIP PIPE S: -3.57%
B08-196
STA: 15+61.02
10" INV IN: 236.76 (S)
RIM: 245.11
(EX) 8" SS DIP PIPE S: -0.43%
B08-113
STA: 17+96.67
12" INV OUT: 235.67 (N)
RIM: 241.94
(EX) 10" SS VCP PIPE S: -1.03%
1.4'±
(EX) 18" SD
STA: 16+31.51 -
IN EL: 238.58±
3.5'±
2.1'±
8.5'±
(EX) 54" W
STA: 16+45.23 -
IN EL: 228.20±
(EX) 12" W (SAN JUAN)
STA: 16+74.96 -
IN EL: 239.05±
(EX) 8" W
STA: 17+00.63 -
IN EL: 226.89±
MATCHLINE - 14+50
SEE SHEET C-04
INV ELEV: 240.73
MATCHLINE - 19+00
SEE SHEET C-06
INV ELEV: 234.61
RELOCATED PG&E
GAS LINE 6"
SEE NOTE 7
STA: 16+97.73 -
IN EL: 239.00±
(EX) DUCT BANK
STA: 16+96.74 -
IN EL: 234.79±
(EX) DUCT BANK
STA: 17+00.87 -
IN EL: 234.80±
2'±
1'±
(EX) CONCRETE ENCASEMENT OVER
ELECTRIC CONDUITS & AROUND DIP
SEWER
(EX) SAND BACKFILL
(EX) MICA INSULATING BOARD PLACED
BETWEEN GAS MAIN AND SAND
BACKFILL.4'-1"±
10" HDPE PIPE S: -3.57%
10" DIP PIPE S: -0.43%
12" HDPE PIPE S: -1.03%
10" INV IN: 235.72 (S)
10" INV OUT: 236.74 (N)
SEE NOTE 5
SEE NOTE 6
111.0' 235.6' 103.3'
NORTH
20 4020
SCALE 1"=20'
0 FEET
HORIZ
5 105
SCALE 1"=5'
0 FEET
VERT
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
FILENAME: 2060D-C-05.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-C-05.DWG 08:39:3712/9/22
C-05
CIVIL A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
PLAN AND PROFILE
14+50 TO 19+00±
21-060
15 PLAN
1"=20'
PROFILE
1"=20' HORIZ
1"=5' VERT
EG
KEY NOTES:
(NOT ALL NOTES ARE REFERENCED ON EACH
DRAWING)
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT EXISTING
WATER LINE IN PLACE. CENTER NEW STICK OF
SEWER PIPE AT WATER MAIN CROSSING PER
SAN JUAN WATER DISTRICT STANDARD WATER
AND SEWER LINE SEPARATION DETAIL ON DWG
SD-7.
1 SIERRA COLLEGE BLVD
EAST ROSEVILLE PARKWAY
SHEET NOTES:
1. PROVIDE 12" MIN CLEARANCE FROM OTHER UTILITIES
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY BMP MEASURES TO
PROTECT EXISTING STORM DRAINS FROM
CONSTRUCTION RUNOFF.
3. IT IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY FOR
DEVELOPING THE MEANS AND METHODS TO EMPLOY
DURING CONSTRUCTION TO REDUCE RISKS
ASSOCIATED WITH IMPINGEMENT INTO ADJACENT
BURIED UTILITIES. CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY
RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO EXISTING UTILITIES
DURING CONSTRUCTION AND FACILITIES NOT
DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL.
4. ELEVATIONS SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR
TO VERIFY ALL CONTROLLING ELEVATIONS AND
DIMENSIONS.
5. (EX) 8" SS DIP TO BE REPLACED VIA PIPE BURSTING
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
6. (EX) 10" SS VCP TO BE REPLACED VIA PIPE BURSTING
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
7. (EX) GAS LINE TO BE RELOCATED PRIOR TO THIS
PROJECT. VERTICAL LOCATION IS NOT BASED ON
AS-BUILTS. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY VIA AS-BUILTS
PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
8. VCP TO BE USED FOR OPEN CUT. WHERE OPTIONAL
OPEN CUT AREAS ARE COMBINED WITH MANDATORY
OPEN CUT AREAS BETWEEN MANHOLES, THE PIPE
MATERIAL SHALL BE A SIMILAR MATERIAL ALONG THAT
ENTIRE SEGMENT, MANHOLE TO MANHOLE. IF
TRENCHLESS IS UTILIZED THROUGH THE OPTIONAL
AREAS, THEN HDPE SHALL BE USED IN MANDATORY
OPEN CUT AREA. IF OPEN CUT IS UTILIZED THROUGH
OPTIONAL AREAS, THEN VCP SHALL BE USED IN THE
MANDATORY OPEN CUT AREA.
9. OPEN CUT TRENCHING SHALL BE PER ROSEVILLE
STANDARD DETAIL SS-1.
10.SEE DRAWING WZ-2 AND WZ-3 FOR WORK ZONE 2, 3 AND
4 PLAN
MANDATORY OPEN CUT AND
CONCRETE ENCASED
SEE NOTE 9 OPEN CUT OPTIONALOPEN CUT OPTIONAL
1 1
SD-01
1 SD-01
CONNECT TO
EXISTING SSMH
STD DTL 40 05 09.12
CONNECT TO
EXISTING SSMH
STD DTL 40 05 09.12
CONNECT TO CITY
INSTALLED BELL
(SEE NOTE 7)
CONNECT TO CITY
INSTALLED BELL
(SEE NOTE 7)
APRIL 2023
19+00 20+00
21+00
22+00
23+00
B08-105
STA: 19+96.14
RIM: 240.67
MATCH LINE - 23+50
SEE DWG C-07
MATCH LINE - 19+00
SEE DWG C-05
(241)
(241)
(242)(242)(242)
(242)
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
260
265
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
260
265
19+00 19+25 19+50 19+75 20+00 20+25 20+50 20+75 21+00 21+25 21+50 21+75 22+00 22+25 22+50 22+75 23+00 23+25 23+50 (EX) 10" SS VCP S: -1.03%
B08-105
STA: 19+96.14
12" INV OUT: 233.56 (N)
RIM: 240.68
(EX) 10" SS VCP S: -0.53%
2.0'±
EG
MATCHLINE - 19+00
SEE SHEET C-05
INV ELEV: 234.61
MATCHLINE - 23+50
SEE SHEET C-07
INV ELEV: 231.69
EX 24" SD
STA: 20+46.57 -
IN EL: 236.15±
12" HDPE PIPE S: -1.03%
12" HDPE PIPE S: -0.53%
12" INV IN: 233.62 (S)
SEE NOTE 5
SEE NOTE 5
450.0'
NORTH
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
20 4020
SCALE 1"=20'
0 FEET
HORIZ
5 105
SCALE 1"=5'
0 FEET
VERT
FILENAME: 2060D-C-06.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-C-06.DWG 08:41:1912/9/22
C-06
CIVIL A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
PLAN AND PROFILE
19+00 TO 23+50±
21-060
16 SIERRA COLLEGE BLVD
PLAN
1"=20'
PROFILE
1"=20' HORIZ
1"=5' VERT
SHEET NOTES:
1. PROVIDE 12" MIN CLEARANCE FROM OTHER UTILITIES
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY BMP MEASURES TO
PROTECT EXISTING STORM DRAINS FROM
CONSTRUCTION RUNOFF.
3. IT IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY FOR
DEVELOPING THE MEANS AND METHODS TO EMPLOY
DURING CONSTRUCTION TO REDUCE RISKS
ASSOCIATED WITH IMPINGEMENT INTO ADJACENT
BURIED UTILITIES. CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY
RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO EXISTING UTILITIES
DURING CONSTRUCTION AND FACILITIES NOT
DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL.
4. ELEVATIONS SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR
TO VERIFY ALL CONTROLLING ELEVATIONS AND
DIMENSIONS.
5. (EX) 10" SS VCP TO BE REPLACED VIA PIPE BURSTING.
6. SEE DRAWING WZ-3 FOR WORK ZONE 4 PLAN.
APRIL 2023
24+00 25+00 26+00 27+00 28+00
12" W
12" W
24+00 25+00 26+00 27+00 28+00
B08-083
STA: 23+90.59
RIM: 241.97
B08-077
STA: 27+91.97
RIM: 243.75
BOV
(242)
(243)
(244)
MATCH LINE - 23+50
SEE DWG C-06
MATCH LINE - 28+00
SEE DWG C-08
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
260
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
260
23+50 23+75 24+00 24+25 24+50 24+75 25+00 25+25 25+50 25+75 26+00 26+25 26+50 26+75 27+00 27+25 27+50 27+75 28+00 (EX) 10" SS VCP S:- 0.53%
B08-083
STA: 23+90.59
6" INV IN: 232.21 (E)
8" INV IN: 231.79 (SW)
12" INV IN: 231.47 (S)
RIM: 241.97
(EX) 10" SS VCP PIPE S: -0.31%
B08-077
STA: 27+91.97
6" INV IN: 231.99 (E)
8" INV IN: 230.48 (SW)
12" INV OUT: 230.02 (N)
RIM: 243.75
(EX) 10" SS VCP PIPE S: -0.31%
EX 12" WATER
STA: 23+75.86 -
IN EL: 236.19±
EX 30" SD
STA: 24+21.62 -
IN EL: 235.24±
EX 12" SD
STA: 25+90.06 -
IN EL: 239.37±
EX 12" WATER
STA: 27+80.13 -
IN EL: 241.28±
MATCHLINE - 23+50
SEE SHEET C-06
INV ELEV: 231.69
MATCHLINE - 28+00
SEE SHEET C-08
INV ELEV: 229.99
12" HDPE PIPE S: -0.53%
12" HDPE PIPE S:-0.31%
12" INV IN: 230.10 (S)
12" INV OUT: 231.33 (N)
SEE NOTE 5 SEE NOTE 5
SEE NOTE 5
450.0'
NORTH
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
20 4020
SCALE 1"=20'
0 FEET
HORIZ
5 105
SCALE 1"=5'
0 FEET
VERT
FILENAME: 2060D-C-07.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-C-07.DWG 08:42:5212/9/22
C-07
CIVIL A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
PLAN AND PROFILE
23+50 TO 28+00±
21-060
17 3.8'± 3.0'±
7.8'± 10.3'±
EG
SIERRA COLLEGE BLVD
PLAN
1"=20'
PROFILE
1"=20' HORIZ
1"=5' VERT
SHEET NOTES:
1. PROVIDE 12" MIN CLEARANCE FROM OTHER UTILITIES
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY BMP MEASURES TO
PROTECT EXISTING STORM DRAINS FROM
CONSTRUCTION RUNOFF.
3. IT IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY FOR
DEVELOPING THE MEANS AND METHODS TO EMPLOY
DURING CONSTRUCTION TO REDUCE RISKS
ASSOCIATED WITH IMPINGEMENT INTO ADJACENT
BURIED UTILITIES. CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY
RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO EXISTING UTILITIES
DURING CONSTRUCTION AND FACILITIES NOT
DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL.
4. ELEVATIONS SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR
TO VERIFY ALL CONTROLLING ELEVATIONS AND
DIMENSIONS.
5. (EX) 10" SS VCP TO BE REPLACED VIA PIPE BURSTING.
6. SEE DRAWING WZ-3 FOR WORK ZONE 4 PLAN.
APRIL 2023
28+00 29+00 30+00 31+00 32+00
W
W
ARV
ARV
WV
B08-077
STA: 27+91.97
RIM: 243.75
MATCH LINE - 32+50
SEE DWG C-09
MATCH LINE - 28+00
SEE DWG C-07
(245)
(245)
B08-066
STA: 30+95.06
RIM: 245.00
250.0'
215
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
260
215
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
260
28+00 28+25 28+50 28+75 29+00 29+25 29+50 29+75 30+00 30+25 30+50 30+75 31+00 31+25 31+50 31+75 32+00 32+25 32+50 (EX) 10" SS VCP PIPE S: -0.31%
B08-066
STA: 30+95.06
12" INV IN: 229.07 (S)
RIM: 245.00
(EX) 10" SS VCP PIPE S: -0.31%
EX 36" SD
STA: 29+49.61 -
IN EL: 239.21±
MATCHLINE - 28+00
SEE SHEET C-07
INV ELEV: 229.99
MATCHLINE - 32+50
SEE SHEET C-09
INV ELEV: 228.44
12" HDPE PIPE S: -0.31% 12" HDPE PIPE S: -0.31%
12" INV OUT: 228.92 (N)
6" INV IN: 230.95 (E)
SEE NOTE 5
SEE NOTE 5
200.0'
EX TEL
STA: 31+46.72 -
IN EL: 242.50±
NORTH
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
FILENAME: 2060D-C-08.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-C-08.DWG 08:35:4412/9/22
C-08
CIVIL A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
PLAN AND PROFILE
28+00 TO 32+50±
21-060
18 8.7'±
EG
SIERRA COLLEGE BLVD
PLAN
1"=20'
PROFILE
1"=20' HORIZ
SHEET NOTES:
1. PROVIDE 12" MIN CLEARANCE FROM OTHER UTILITIES
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY BMP MEASURES TO
PROTECT EXISTING STORM DRAINS FROM
CONSTRUCTION RUNOFF.
3. IT IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY FOR
DEVELOPING THE MEANS AND METHODS TO EMPLOY
DURING CONSTRUCTION TO REDUCE RISKS
ASSOCIATED WITH IMPINGEMENT INTO ADJACENT
BURIED UTILITIES. CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY
RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO EXISTING UTILITIES
DURING CONSTRUCTION.
4. ELEVATIONS SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR
TO VERIFY ALL CONTROLLING ELEVATIONS AND
DIMENSIONS.
5. (EX) 10" SS VCP TO BE REPLACED VIA PIPE BURSTING.
6. SEE DRAWING WZ-3 AND WZ-4 FOR WORK ZONE 4 AND 5
PLAN.
1"=5' VERT
12.9'±
20 4020
SCALE 1"=20'
0 FEET
HORIZ
5 105
SCALE 1"=5'
0 FEET
VERT
APRIL 2023
36+77
33+00 34+00
35+00
36+00
10" W
B08-062
STA: 34+14.88
RIM: 242.22
W
ARV
(235)
(240)
(245)
33+00 34+00 34+15
MATCH LINE - 32+50
SEE DWG C-8
215
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
260
215
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
260
32+50 32+75 33+00 33+25 33+50 33+75 34+00 34+25
(EX) 10" SS VCP PIPE S: -0.31%
B08-062
STA: 34+14.88
12" INV IN: 227.92 (S)
RIM: 242.22
EX 10" WATER
STA: 33+41.98 -
IN EL: 239.49
MATCHLINE - 32+50
SEE SHEET C-08
INV ELEV: 228.44
EX UG UTILITIES
STA: 33+09.14 -
EL: 240.74±
12" HDPE PIPE S: -0.31%
6" INV IN: 229.93 (E)
12" INV OUT: 227.90 (N)
SEE NOTE 5
164.88'
NORTH
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
20 4020
SCALE 1"=20'
0 FEET
HORIZ
5 105
SCALE 1"=5'
0 FEET
VERT
FILENAME: 2060D-C-09.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-C-09.DWG 09:09:3212/9/22
C-09
CIVIL A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
PLAN AND PROFILE
32+50 TO END
21-060
19 10.5'±
EG
SIERRA COLLEGE BLVD
EUREKA RD
PLAN
1"=20'
PROFILE
1"=20' HORIZ
SHEET NOTES:
1. PROVIDE 12" MIN CLEARANCE FROM OTHER UTILITIES
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY BMP MEASURES TO
PROTECT EXISTING STORM DRAINS FROM
CONSTRUCTION RUNOFF.
3. IT IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY FOR
DEVELOPING THE MEANS AND METHODS TO EMPLOY
DURING CONSTRUCTION TO REDUCE RISKS
ASSOCIATED WITH IMPINGEMENT INTO ADJACENT
BURIED UTILITIES. CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY
RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO EXISTING UTILITIES
DURING CONSTRUCTION AND FACILITIES NOT
DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL.
4. ELEVATIONS SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR
TO VERIFY ALL CONTROLLING ELEVATIONS AND
DIMENSIONS.
5. (EX) 10" SS VCP TO BE REPLACED VIA PIPE BURSTING.
1"=5' VERT
3'±
1 SD-01
APRIL 2023
PRECAST CONCRETE
MANHOLE BASE
PER ASTM C478
65"
24"
165.65"
127.20" 7.0" 7.49"
FRP BASELINER
4" WIDE X 1.5" THICK
POLYPROPYLENE
WEIR BLOCKS
18"X18" 316 SS SLUICE GATE
GOLDEN HARVEST GH-46-NRS
OR APPROVED EQUAL
STEM EXTENSION
& SUPPORT BRACKET
60" PVC RISER
PRECAST CONCRETE
LID ASTM C478
CONCRETE GRADE RINGS
PER CITY OF ROSEVILLE
STANDARD DETAILS SS-2
24"
ID 59.20"
OD 61.63"
TELESCOPIC ACCESS
COLLAR (SEE DETAIL)
4.00"
B
--
A
--
C
--
2.0"
RIM EL. 205.56
STANDARD SEWER MANHOLE FRAME
AND COVER PER CITY OF ROSEVILLE
STANDARD DETAIL SS-2
PREDL BELL & GASKET
OR EQUAL (TYP).
12" MIN
TYP
CLASS II AB OR CLSM PLACED IN
MAXIMUM 8-INCH LOOSE LIFTS AND
COMPACTED TO A MINIMUM OF 95%
RELATIVE COMPACTION SEE
EXCAVATION NOTE 1.
MATCH (EX) SIDEWALK
2" NUT
2.00"
15.76"
60" PVC RISER
TELESCOPIC
ACCESS
COLLAR
MASTIC
GRADE RINGS
AS REQ.
FRP COLLAR WITH
GASKET SEAT
FLAT TOP LINERCOLLAR
GASKET
JOINT WRAP
PVC PIPE RISERFRP BASELINER
MASTIC SEALANT
MASTIC SEALANT
EXTERNAL JOINT
WRAP
PVC PIPE RISER
FRP LID SLAB LINER
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
FILENAME: 2060D-C-10.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-C-10.DWG 09:11:2512/9/22
C-10
CIVIL A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
PUMP STATION 26
WEIR MANHOLE DETAIL
21-060
20 SECTION A-A
- 1" = 1'-0"
PLAN VIEW
1" = 1'-0"
A
-
A
PREDL PVC MANHOLE SPECIFICATIONS
ALL "PIPE TO MANHOLE" CONNECTIONS SHALL HAVE GASKETS
AS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
PREDL SYSTEMS OR APPROVED EQUAL WILL ONLY
RECOMMEND WHAT TYPE OF GASKET SHALL BE USED.
1. ALL PIPE GASKETS SHALL BE INSTALLED USING THE
MANDREL RECOMMENDED BY THE GASKET
MANUFACTURER.
2. ONLY PREDL CERTIFIED WELDERS AND FABRICATORS ARE
AUTHORIZED TO FABRICATE, REPAIR, WELD, OR TEST THE
BASELINER, TELESCOPIC ACCESS COLLAR, AND LID LINERS.
3. ALL SECTIONS SHALL BE SEALED TOGETHER AS PER THE
MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE
NOTED.
4.LINER AND PVC RISER ARE NOT TO BE COMPROMISED BY
DRILLING OR PUNCTURING UNLESS SPECIFIED AND
APPROVED BY PREDL LINER MANUFACTURER OR
APPROVED EQUAL. PERFORATION OF LINER TO INSTALL
LADDER RUNGS IS NOT RECOMMENDED.
5. ROUND PRECAST MANHOLES TYPICALLY DESIGNED TO
ASTM C478. NON-ROUND MANHOLE STRUCTURES
TYPICALLY DESIGNED TO ASTM C913.
6. PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURE WITH INTEGRAL PREDL
CPL OR APPROVED EQUAL TO BE VACUUM TESTED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C1244 PRIOR TO FINAL
INSTALLATION AND SPARK TESTING OF CPL.
IE OUT 193.68
IE IN 194.01
TELESCOPIC ACCESS COLLAR DETAIL C
-- NTS
JOINT DETAIL B
-- NTS
JOINT DETAIL A
-- NTS
EXCAVATION NOTES:
1. IF SUBGRADE IS FOUND TO BE SOFT, LOOSE, DISTURBED
BY CONSTRUCTION, YIELDING, OR UNSTABLE, SUBGRADE
SHALL BE OVEREXCAVATED TO SUCH A DEPTH THAT FIRM
AND UNYIELDING SUBGRADE CAN BE ESTABLISHED BY
INSTALLING A MINIMUM OF 12 INCHES OF CLEAN, DURABLE,
NATURAL, 1.5-INCH CRUSHED DRAIN ROCK WRAPPED WITH
GEOTEXTILE FABRIC (MIRAFI 140N OR EQUAL).
APRIL 2023
PLACE NON-SHRINK GROUT
IN SPACE BETWEEN PIPE
AND MANHOLE BASE
MODULAR SEAL BETWEEN
MANHOLE WALL AND PIPE
O.D. SHALL BE LINK SEAL
MODEL LS-575-S-316-30 OR
APPROVED EQUAL
EXISTING MANHOLE
NON-SHRINK GROUT
INTERIOR FACE OF
MODULAR SEAL.
EXTEND PIPE THROUGH
EXISTING MANHOLE. REMOVE
TOP HALF OF PIPE IN MANHOLE
TO CREATE CHANNEL.
THROUGH
LEVEL ALL THE
WAY AROUND
SEE NOTE 3
12" MIN CONTRACTOR TO BREAK
OUT EXISTING MANHOLE
TO ACCOMMODATE
TRENCHLESS
CONSTRUCTION
EXISTING MANHOLE
MODULAR SEAL BETWEEN
MANHOLE WALL AND PIPE
O.D. SHALL BE LINK SEAL
MODEL LS-575-S-316-30 OR
APPROVED EQUAL
REHAB CHANNEL WITH NON-SHRINK GROUT
AND BENCH TO PROVIDE SMOOTH
CONSTANT SLOPE TRANSITION FROM NEW
TO EXISTING PIPE (TYP BOTH SIDE OF
MANHOLE)
MODULAR SEAL
BETWEEN MANHOLE
WALL AND PIPE O.D.
(TYP)
EXISTING MANHOLE
REHAB CHANNEL AND
BENCH TO PROVIDE
SMOOTH CONSTANT SLOPE
TRANSITION FROM NEW TO
EXISTING PIPE
SEE NOTE 3
NOTE:
1. HOLE IN THE MANHOLE WALL TO BE CORE DRILLED. SIZE OF CORE DRILLED HOLE PER THE RECOMMENDATION OF THE MANUFACTURER OF THE MODULAR SEAL TO ALLOW PROPER FIT.
2. ANY CONNECTIONS MADE OUTSIDE OF THE MANHOLE SHALL BE MADE WITH AN ELECTROFUSION MACHINE, AN ELECTROFUSION COUPLING, OR APPROVED EQUAL.
MANHOLE
SEE NOTE 1
12"
6"
12" 12"
(N) HDPE
SEWER PIPE
(N) HDPE
SEWER PIPE
CLSM OVER COUPLING
CONNECT NEW SEWER PIPES WITH
MANUFACTURED ELECTROFUSION
COUPLING FOR HDPE PIPE
SEE NOTE 2
NON-SHRINK GROUT INTERIOR FACE
OF MODULAR SEAL
PLACE NON-SHRINK GROUT IN SPACE
BETWEEN PIPE AND MANHOLE BASE
AND SLOPE PER EXISTING
MODULAR SEAL BETWEEN MANHOLE WALL
AND PIPE O.D. SHALL BE LINKSEAL MODEL
LS-400-S-316-10 OR APPROVED EQUAL
CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP MAXIMUM
OF 1
4" SPACING BETWEEN THE NEW
STUB AND END OF BURSTING PIPE
NOTES:
1. HOLES IN EXISTING MANHOLES TO BE
CORE DRILLED. SIZE OF CORE DRILLED
HOLE PER THE RECOMMENDATION OF
THE MANUFACTURER OF THE
MODULAR SEAL TO ALLOW PROPER
FIT.
2. ALLOW MINIMUM 48 HOUR RELAXATION
PERIOD AFTER BURST, PRIOR TO
INSTALLING MODULAR SEAL. SEE
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION
33 05 26 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER
PIPE BURSTING AND HIGH DENSITY
POLYETHYLENE PIPE FOR ADDITIONAL
DETAILS.
3. ANY CONNECTIONS MADE OUTSIDE OF
THE MANHOLE SHALL BE MADE WITH
AN ELECTROFUSION MACHINE, AN
ELECTROFUSION COUPLING, OR
APPROVED EQUAL. PIPE BETWEEN
MANHOLES.
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
FILENAME: 2060D-SD-01.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-SD-01.DWG 09:22:0612/9/22
SD-01
CIVIL A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
PUMP STATION 26
DETAILS
21-060
21 1
-- NTS
MANHOLE TO HDPE PIPE CONNECTION DETAIL 2
-- NTS
TRENCHLESS PIPE THROUGH MANHOLE DETAIL
PLAN VIEW
A
-
B
-
SECTION A SECTION B
3 C-02 NTS
GUIDE RAIL ATTACHMENT BRACKET DETAIL
B
-
A
-
12" THK
5/8" DIA SST ANCHORS, 6"
EMBED IN HILTI EXPOXY
WET WELL SLAB
SEE NOTE
FOR HEIGHT
SST BRACKET
1-1/2"
1-1/2"
1/2" DIA. SST ANCHOR BOLTS
OWNER FURNISHED
GUIDE RAILS
ACCESS HATCH
CUT GUIDE RAILS
OWNER FURNISHED
GUIDE RAIL MOUNTING BRACKETS
USE 1 BRACKET PER
RAIL
OWNER FURNISHED
GUIDE RAIL MOUNTING
BRACKET
1-1/2"
SECTION A
NOTE:
CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY REQUIRED HEIGHT BASED
ON FIELD MEASUREMENTS PRIOR TO FABRICATION.
HEIGHT SHALL BE SUFFICIENT TO ALLOW NEW
PUMPS TO BE ROTATED BELOW WET WELL SLAB.
APRIL 2023
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
FILENAME: 2060D-SD-02.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-SD-02.DWG 09:24:4112/9/22
SD-02
CIVIL A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
PUMP STATION 26
STANDARD DETAILS
21-060
22 APRIL 2023
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
FILENAME: 2060D-SD-03.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-SD-03.DWG 09:26:2912/9/22
SD-03
CIVIL A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
CITY OF ROSEVILLE
TRENCH BACKFILL STANDARD DETAILS
21-060
23 APRIL 2023
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
FILENAME: 2060D-SD-04.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-SD-04.DWG 09:27:0612/9/22
SD-04
CIVIL A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
CITY OF ROSEVILLE
STREET STANDARD DETAILS
21-060
24 APRIL 2023
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
FILENAME: 2060D-SD-05.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-SD-05.DWG 10:00:2912/9/22
SD-05
CIVIL A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
CITY OF ROSEVILLE
TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARD DETAILS
21-060
25 APRIL 2023
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
FILENAME: 2060D-SD-06.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-SD-06.DWG 09:37:0512/9/22
SD-06
CIVIL A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SANITARY SEWER STANDARD DETAILS
21-060
26 APRIL 2023
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
FILENAME: 2060D-SD-07.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-SD-07.DWG 09:34:2312/9/22
SD-07
CIVIL A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
SAN JUAN WATER DISTRICT
WATER STANDARD DETAILS
21-060
27 APRIL 2023
O
OL
XFMR
XMTR
XP
TRANSFORMER
TRANSMITTER
EXPLOSION PROOF
NEUTRAL
NAMEPLATE
NEUT
NP
OPEN, OFF
OVERLOAD
TB
TERM
TM
TD
TS
TERMINAL BOX
TERMINAL
REPEAT CYCLE TIMER
TIME DELAY RELAY
TEMPERATURE SWITCH
W
WM
WP
PA
PB
PC
PCM
PF
PFM
PH
PUBLIC ADDRESS
PUSHBUTTON, PULLBOX
PHOTOCELL
PROCESS CONTROL MODULE
POWER FACTOR
POWER FACTOR METER
PHASE
R
RECPT
RGS
RMS
RTU
RVSS
PILOT LIGHT
PANELBOARD
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
POWER PANELBOARD
POSITION
POTENTIOMETER
PRIMARY
POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER
PAN-TILT-ZOOM
POWER
VOLTAGE, VOLTS
VOLT AMPERE
VOLT AMPERE REACTIVE
VOLTMETER
VAPOR PROOF
V
VA
VAR
VM
VP
WATTS, WIRE
WATT METER
WEATHERPROOF
REMOTE
RECEPTACLE
RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL
ROOT MEAN SQUARE
REMOTE TERMINAL UNIT
REDUCED VOLTAGE SOLID STATE
PL
PLC
PNLBD
PP
POS
POT
PRI
PT
PTZ
PWR
SEL SW
SEQ
SHLD
SIG
SP
SP HTR
SPD
SPDT
SPST
SSM
SSMP
ST, SH
STB
STR
SSTU
SW
SWBD
SWGR
SELECTOR SWITCH
SEQUENCE
SHIELDED
SIGNAL
SPARE
SPACE HEATER
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE
SINGLE POLE DOUBLE THROW
SINGLE POLE SINGLE THROW
SOLID STATE METER
SOLID STATE MOTOR PROTECTOR
SHUNT TRIP
STANDBY
STARTER
SOLID STATE TRIP UNIT
SWITCH
SWITCHBOARD
SWITCHGEAR
M
mA
MCC
MCP
MLO
MOV
MS
MTS
MOTOR CONTACTOR COIL
MILLIAMPERE
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTOR
MAIN LUGS ONLY
MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
MANUAL MOTOR STARTER
MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH
UPR
UPS
UTILITY PROTECTION RELAY
UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS
IMC
INCAND
IND
INST
I/O
Isc
ISO
JUNCTION BOX
BATT
BC
BKR
BATTERY
BARE COPPER
BREAKER
INTERMEDIATE METALLIC CONDUIT
INCANDESCENT
INDICATION
INSTANTANEOUS
INPUT/OUTPUT
SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT, AMPS
ISOLATION
DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEM
DISCONNECT
DOUBLE POLE SINGLE THROW
J,JB
DCS
DISC
DISTR
DP
DPDT
DPST
DISTRIBUTION
DOUBLE POLE DOUBLE THROW
DISTRIBUTION PANEL
KA
KAIC
KCMIL
KV
KVA
KW
KILO AMPERES
KILO AMP INTERRUPTING CURRENT
KILO CIRCULAR MILS
KILOVOLT
KILOVOLT AMPERE
KILOWATT
E
EMT
ENCL
ETM
EUPS
EMERGENCY
ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING
ENCLOSURE
ELAPSED TIME METER
ENGINE UTILITY PARALLELING
SYSTEM
F
FDR
FLA
FLUOR
FM
FO
FPR
FVR
FVNR
FREQUENCY, FUSE, FIXED
FEEDER
FULL LOAD AMPS
FLUORESCENT
FREQUENCY METER
FIBER OPTIC
FEEDER PROTECTION RELAY
FULL VOLTAGE REVERSING
FULL VOLTAGE NON-REVERSING
GEN
GFCI
GFP
GND
GENERATOR
GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT
INTERRUPTER
GROUND FAULT PROTECTION
GROUND
A
AC
AF
AHF
AM
ANN
ASD
AT
ATS
AUTO
AWG
AMPERE, AUTOMATIC
ALTERNATING CURRENT
CIRCUIT BREAKER FRAME SIZE
ACTIVE HARMONIC FILTER
AMMETER
ANNUNCIATOR
ADJUSTABLE SPEED DRIVE
AMPERE TRIP
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
AUTOMATIC
AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE
LB
LCP
LCS
LOC
LOR
LOS
LP
LRA
LS
LTCP
LTG
LTS
L-BOX CONDULETE
LOCAL CONTROL PANEL
LOCAL CONTROL STATION
LOCAL
LOCAL-OFF-REMOTE
LOCKOUT STOP PUSHBUTTON
LIGHTING PANEL
LOCKED ROTOR AMPS
LEVEL SWITCH
LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL
LIGHTING
LIGHTS
H
HH
HAND
HAND HOLE
HID
HOA
HPS
HRN
HS
HZ
HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE
HAND-OFF-AUTOMATIC
HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM
HORN
HAND SWITCH
HERTZ
C
CB
CKT
CLF
CLG
COM
COMM
COMP
CP
CPT
CR
CT
CONDUIT, CLOSED
CIRCUIT BREAKER
CIRCUIT
CURRENT LIMITING FUSE
CEILING
COMMON
COMMUNICATIONS
COMPARTMENT
CONTROL PANEL
CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER
CONTROL RELAY, CARD READER
CURRENT TRANSFORMER
1. ALL RACEWAYS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED AND GROUNDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2020 EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES.
2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION OF TERMINAL BOXES AND
CONDUIT ENTRANCES OF ALL EQUIPMENT AGAINST APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS BEFORE STUBBING UP CONDUITS.
3. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 260533 FOR REQUIREMENTS RELATED TO FLEXIBLE CONDUIT INSTALLATION.
4. CONDUIT RUNS ARE SHOWN DIAGRAMMATICALLY ONLY AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN
A MANNER TO PREVENT CONFLICTS WITH EQUIPMENT OR STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS. EXPOSED CONDUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO BEAMS AND WALLS. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 16110.
5. CONDUIT STUB-UPS SHALL NOT BE MORE THAN 6 INCHES FROM THE CENTERLINE OF TERMINAL BOXES.
6. IN THE EVENT OF INTERFERENCE BETWEEN ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON
THE DRAWINGS AND OTHER EQUIPMENT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IN WRITING.
7. ALL SURFACE MOUNTED PANELS AND PANELBOARDS ON THE INTERIOR OF
EXTERIOR WALLS ABOVE GRADE OR IN OTHER LOCATIONS CONSIDERED DAMP OR WET SHALL BE MOUNTED SO AS TO MAINTAIN A 1/4 INCH (MINIMUM) AIR SPACE BETWEEN THE ENCLOSURE AND THE WALL.
8. LOCATION OF PULLBOXES ARE APPROXIMATE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL PIPING AND SHALL BE 6 INCHES (MINIMUM) AWAY FROM MECHANICAL PIPING FLOW LINES.
9. ONLY MAJOR PULLBOXES ARE SHOWN. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADDITIONAL PULLBOXES WHERE REQUIRED TO MAKE A WORKABLE INSTALLATION.
10. THE WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DETAILS WHETHER OR NOT THEY ARE REFERENCED ON THE DRAWINGS.
11. ALL CONDUIT RUNS CROSSING EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL HAVE EXPANSION OR EXPANSION AND DEFLECTION TYPE FITTINGS. FOR LOCATIONS OF EXPANSION JOINTS, REFER TO THE CIVIL DWGS.
12. LUMINAIRES SHALL BE MOUNTED ACCORDING TO THE MOUNTING HEIGHT GIVEN ON
THE DRAWINGS, WITH THE DISTANCE BEING MEASURED FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE LUMINAIRE TO THE FINISHED FLOOR. THE APPROPRIATE MOUNTING BRACKETS AND HARDWARE SHALL BE SUPPLIED.
13. ALL PANELBOARDS SHALL BE MOUNTED SO THAT THE DISTANCE FROM THE
CENTERLINE OF THE TOP CIRCUIT BREAKER OPERATING HANDLE IN THE UPPERMOST POSITION TO THE FINISHED FLOOR SHALL NOT EXCEED 6'-7".
14. THE WIRING DIAGRAMS, QUANTITY AND SIZE OF WIRES AND CONDUIT REPRESENT A
SUGGESTED ARRANGEMENT BASED UPON SELECTED STANDARD COMPONENTS OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. MODIFICATIONS ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENGINEER MAY BE
MADE BY THE CONTRACTOR TO ACCOMMODATE EQUIPMENT ACTUALLY PURCHASED. THE BASIC SEQUENCE AND METHOD OF CONTROL MUST BE MAINTAINED AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS.
GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES (CONT.)
22. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING THE PROJECT TO VERIFY THE SCOPE OF WORK WITH FIELD CONDITIONS. PARTICULAR ATTENTION SHOULD BE GIVEN TO NEW CONDUIT RUNS IN EXISTING BUILDINGS.
23. EQUIPMENT LOCKOUTS SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS.
24. FOR LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE SYSTEMS, ONLY CIRCUIT NUMBERS ARE SHOWN.
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CONDUITS, WIRES,FITTINGS,
JUNCTION BOXES AND ALL NECESSARY COMPONENTS SHOWN OR NOT SHOWN ON
THE DRAWINGS, TO MAKE THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL. ALL CONDUIT RUNS SHALL BE CONCEALED UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. CIRCUIT LOADING SHALL BE AS INDICATED IN THE PANEL SCHEDULES. ALL LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS SHALL INCLUDE GROUND WIRE.
25. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE ADVISED THAT EVERY ATTEMPT HAS BEEN MADE TO
INCLUDE ALL CONDUITS IN THE DUCTBANK SCHEDULES AND CONDUIT
DEVELOPMENT DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFIC FACILITIES, HOWEVER THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY CONDUIT/WIRE THAT IS NOT SHOWN.
26. ALL UNDERGROUND FACILITIES SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE. IF ANY
UNDERGROUND FACILITIES ARE DAMAGED, IT SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE
ENGINEER AND CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE OR REPAIR FACILITIES AT NO COST TO THE OWNER.
ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES
1. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL VISIT THE SITE TO ASSESS THE SCOPE OF DEMOLITION, REMOVAL AND MODIFICATION WORK.
2. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND THE OWNER SHALL DE-ENERGIZE ALL
WIRING PRIOR TO REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, MOTORS
INSTRUMENTATION, CONTROL PANELS, ETC. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE OWNER.
3. EXPOSED RACEWAYS: REMOVE CONDUIT, WIRES, AND BOXES. PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING. FINISH-ALL OPENINGS IN WALLS AND FLOORS.
4. CONCEALED CONDUITS IN THE SLAB: REMOVE EXISTING WIRES TO THE EXTENT POSSIBLE AND ABANDON CONDUITS IN THE SLAB. CUT CONDUIT FLUSH AND PATCH THE FLOOR TO MATCH EXISTING.
5. CONTROL PANEL: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DE-ENERGIZE AND REMOVE ALL CONDUIT AND WIRE AS DESCRIBED IN NOTE 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE PANELS AS NOTED ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. REFER TO NOTE 4 ABOVE FOR DISPOSITION OF ENCASED CONDUITS.
6. MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS: DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ALL CONDUITS AND
WIRING TO EXISTING STARTERS AND/OR BREAKERS, PANELBOARDS, BRANCH CIRCUITS, INTERLOCKS AND STATUS WIRING WITHIN MCC. REFER TO SECTION 260000 FOR ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL REQUIREMENTS.
15. CONNECTIONS BETWEEN RIGID CONDUIT AND MOTOR TERMINAL BOXES OR
SIMILAR EQUIPMENT SUBJECT TO VIBRATION SHALL BE FLEXIBLE LIQUID-TIGHT CONDUIT.
16. CONDUITS SHALL BE TERMINATED SO AS TO PERMIT NEAT CONNECTION TO MOTORS AND OTHER EQUIPMENT.
17. CONDUITS FOR FUTURE EQUIPMENT OR EXTENSIONS SHALL BE TERMINATED AS SHOWN IN DETAIL OR AS SPECIFIED.
18. MCC AND SWITCHGEAR COMPARTMENT DESIGNATIONS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:
BLANK/SPACE: CONTAINS NECESSARY BUS AND HARDWARE FOR
FUTURE ADDITION OF BREAKERS OR STARTERS.
SPARE: CONTAINS A COMPLETE INSTALLED BREAKER OR STARTER AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE USE.
19. ALL MOTOR STARTER CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE SIZED TO
PROVIDE SUFFICIENT VOLT-AMPERE CAPACITY FOR OPERATING ALL LOCAL AND
REMOTE ELECTRICAL DEVICES ASSOCIATED WITH CONTROL OF THE MOTOR IN ADDITION TO THE STARTER COIL.
20. MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS AND ALL FREE STANDING PANELS SHALL BE SET ON
CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PADS WITH LEVELING CHANNELS EMBEDDED IN THE PAD.
21. ALL RECEPTACLES IN OUTDOOR AND ANTICIPATED WET AREAS SHALL BE GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER RECEPTACLES WITH WEATHERPROOF COVERS.
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
E-01
28 & GENERAL NOTES
ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS
APRIL 2023
AMP TRIP
AMP FRAME
CONTINUOUS AMPS
TRIP SETTING BASED ON
MOTOR HORSEPOWER
MCP CIRCUIT BREAKER
LOW VOLTAGE DRAWOUT CIRCUIT BREAKER
PACKAGED EQUIPMENT
TRANSFER SWITCH (MANUAL OR
AUTOMATIC)
(L-S-I-G)
L
S
I
G
=
=
=
=
INSTANTANEOUS
GROUND FAULT
LIGHTNING ARRESTOR AND SURGE
CAPACITOR
KEY INTERLOCK
AMMETER SWITCH
FUSED CONTROL POWER
TRANSFORMER
WHM
WM
AM
VM
PFM
WATT HOUR METER
WATT METER
AMMETER
VOLTMETER
POWER FACTOR METER
DELTA-WYE TRANSFORMER WITH
SECONDARY KVA SIZE AND VOLTAGE
RATIO AS INDICATED
X = EQUIPMENT SIZE
Y = TYPE (KW, KVA, OR HP AS
INDICATED
CAPACITOR
SOLID STATE METERING DEVICE
METERING DEVICE
X = METER TYPE
ELECTRICAL MOTOR OPERATED
VALVE, WITH INTEGRAL
REVERSING STARTER
DISCONNECT SWITCH
SIZE AS INDICATED
FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH
SIZE AS INDICATED
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE
X = HP RATING
REDUCED VOLTAGE SOLID STATE
STARTER
X = HP RATING
THERMAL MAGNETIC CIRCUIT BREAKER
LONG TIME
SHORT TIME
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE
SHORTING BLOCK
CONTROL SWITCH
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM SYMBOLS
JUNCTION BOX OR FITTING
COMBINATION STARTER
POWER PANEL
MOTOR
THERMOSTAT
COMBINATION NEMA RATED STARTER
X = NEMA SIZE
Y = TYPE (FVNR, FVR)
POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER
RATIO AND NUMBER OF PT'S AS INDICATED
CURRENT TRANSFORMER
RATIO AND NUMBER OF CT'S AS INDICATED
FUSE
SIZE AS INDICATED
X = HORSEPOWER
MOTOR
DISCONNECT SWITCH WITH EMERGENCY
STOP SIZE AS INDICATED
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM SYMBOLS (CONT.)
CONDUIT AND RACEWAY SYMBOLS
EXPOSED OR CONCEALED CONDUIT
CONDUIT RUN (UNDERGROUND OR IN CONCRETE)
CONDUIT RUN (CHANGE IN ELEVATION)
CONDUIT TURNING UP
CONDUIT TURNING DOWN
CONDUIT FROM FLOOR ABOVE TO FLOOR BELOW
CONDUIT CAPPED, OR SEALED
HOMERUN TO EQUIPMENT INDICATED
(3/4" CONDUIT 2#12, 1#12GND
UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE)
CONDUIT GROUPED TOGETHER AND SHOWN
AS SINGLE LINE FOR CLARITY
MISCELLANEOUS SYMBOLS
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM SYMBOLS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM SYMBOLS (CONT.)
VACUUM OR PRESSURE SWITCH
VACUUM OR PRESSURE SWITCH
MAINTAINED POSITION
NORMALLY CLOSED HELD OPEN
NORMALLY OPEN HELD CLOSED
NORMALLY CLOSED
NORMALLY OPEN
SINGLE POLE TOGGLE SWITCH
CLOSE ON RISING PRESSURE
OPEN ON RISING PRESSURE
TORQUE SWITCH
OPEN ON INCREASING TORQUE
FLOW SWITCH
OPEN ON INCREASING FLOW
FLOW SWITCH
CLOSE ON INCREASING FLOW
TEMPERATURE SWITCH
OPEN ON RISING TEMPERATURE
FLOAT LEVEL SWITCH
OPEN ON RISING LEVEL
FLOAT LEVEL SWITCH
CLOSE ON RISING LEVEL
TEMPERATURE SWITCH
CLOSE ON RISING TEMPERATURE
E-STOP PUSHBUTTON
SOLENOID VALVE
DIGITAL INPUT TO PLC/RTU/DCS
ANALOG OUTPUT FROM PLC/RTU/DCS
4-20 mA (UNLESS INDICATED
OTHERWISE)
ANALOG INPUT TO PLC/RTU/DCS
4-20 mA (UNLESS INDICATED
OTHERWISE)
DIGITAL OUTPUT FROM PLC/RTU/DCS
NORMALLY CLOSED
DIGITAL OUTPUT FROM PLC/RTU/DCS
NORMALLY OPEN
ROL
L R
* * *
THREE - POSITION SPRING
RETURN-TO-CENTER
MOMENTARY CONTACT SWITCH
THREE - POSITION SELECTOR
SWITCH
TWO - POSITION SELECTOR SWITCH
XXXX
XXXX
X
X
X
ON
OFF
ENERGIZED
DE-ENERGIZED
CONTROL RELAY OR COIL
NORMALLY OPEN PUSHBUTTON
NORMALLY CLOSED PUSHBUTTON
NO/NC MAINTAINED PUSHBUTTON
R
G
A
W
RED
GREEN
AMBER
WHITE
PILOT LIGHT
TIMED CONTACTS
CONTACT ACTION IS DELAYED AFTER COIL IS:
X = LENS COLOR
HORN
NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACT LINE REFERENCE
NORMALLY OPEN CONTACT LINE REFERENCE
X = DEVICE
CR
TD
M
PC
CONTROL RELAY
TIME DELAY RELAY
(TIMING RANGE AS INDICATED)
MOTOR STARTER
PHOTOCELL
VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR
FUSE
CROSSING OF CONDUCTORS - CONNECTED
NORMALLY OPEN CONTACT
NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACT
NORMALLY OPEN WITH TIME DELAY CLOSING
NORMALLY CLOSED WITH TIME DELAY OPENING
ELAPSED TIME METER
HEATER
GROUND CONNECTION
CROSSING OF CONDUCTORS - NOT CONNECTED
PILOT LIGHT (PUSH-TO-TEST)
X = LENS COLOR (SEE ABOVE)
NORMALLY CLOSED WITH INSTANT OPENING AND
TIME DELAY CLOSING
NORMALLY OPEN WITH INSTANT CLOSING AND
TIME DELAY OPENING
TD1
TD1
TD1
TD1
START
STOP
X
X-#
*
X
WEATHERPROOF
EXPLOSION PROOF
GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT
INTERRUPTER
120V DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, NEMA CONFIGURATION
5-20R (WALL MOUNT)
# = CIRCUIT DESIGNATION
* = TYPE
WP
XP
GFCI
X = PANELBOARD DESIGNATION
120V DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, NEMA
CONFIGURATION
5-20R (FLOOR MOUNT)
WELDING RECEPTACLE
X = AMPERAGE
SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE, 480 VAC
X = AMPERAGE
LIGHTING SYMBOLS
X-#a
3 WAY
4 WAY
DIMMER
MANUAL MOTOR STARTER
3 4
D
FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE
WALL MOUNTED LUMINAIRE
POLE, BRACKET, ARM, AND STREETLIGHT
M
LUMINAIRE
X = LIGHTING PANEL DESIGNATION
# = CIRCUIT NUMBER
a = SWITCH DESIGNATION
EMERGENCY LUMINAIRE
BATTERY OPERATED
EXIT LIGHT, SHOWN WITH TWO ILLUMINATED
SIDES, ARROWS INDICATE DIRECTION OF EXIT
LUMINAIRE CALLOUT
A = LUMINAIRE TYPE
* = APPROXIMATE MOUNTING HEIGHT AFF
CLG = CEILING MOUNT
(SEE LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE FOR MORE DETAILS)
LIGHT SWITCH
X = LIGHTING PANEL DESIGNATION
# = CIRCUIT DESIGNATION
a = SWITCH DESIGNATION
* = SWITCH TYPE
GROUNDING SYMBOLS
EARTH GROUNDING
GROUND ROD (3/4" X 10'-0")
GROUND ROD AND GROUND WELL
GROUND CONNECTION - BOLTED TYPE
GROUND CONNECTION - EXOTHERMIC TYPE
BARE COPPER GROUND TO GROUND WIRE IN
SLAB, OR UNDERGROUND GROUND GRID
E
A
#
*
X-#a
30AT
100AF
30AT
100AF
20AT
100AF
30A
MCP
Y
NEMA X
VFD
X
RVSS
X
Y
X
K
AS
CS
SB
VOLTMETER SWITCHVS
X
100/5
FLA
SFAX
Y
(3)
(3)
5A
SPD
SSM
30A
30A
X
Y
J
T
M
FIELD DEVICE
POWER FILTER/CONDITIONERX
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
E-02
29 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS
APRIL 2023
FROM NEW ROSEVILLE ELECTRIC
TRANSFORMER T-6134
(225KVA, 277/480VAC)
M
(3) CTS
NEUTRAL
BUS
GROUND
BUS
UTILITY UNDERGROUND
PULL & TERMINATION SECTION
Y
UG TERMINAL LUGS
PER UTILITY
REQUIREMENTS
UTILITY METER
SECTION
UTILITY PAD MOUNTED
UTILITY TRANSFORMER
480V, 600A, 3PH, 3W, 65KAIC
ATS
400A
480VAC
3P, 4W
MOTOR CONTROL PANEL
MCP 100 (NEMA 3R)
G
250AT
400AF
130KW, 163KVA
277/480VAC, 3PH, 4W
195FLA
GEN 090
STANDBY
GENERATOR
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
MSB 100 (NEMA 3R)
400A, 277/480VAC, 3PH, 4W, 65KAIC
CONNECT TO
GROUNDING SYSTEM
REF. DWG. E-100
400AF
250AT
30A/3P
TM
(SPARE)
30A/3P
TM
15KVA
PRI: 480V-3PH, 18.0FLA
SEC: 120/208-3PH, 41.6FLA
TO DIST SECTION
120VAC LOADS
UTILITY MAIN BREAKER
SECTION
30AT
100AF
SPD
(3) 600/5
SSM
SB
5A
100A/3P
TM
77 FLA
89 SFA60
PMP101
PUMP 1
PMP102
PUMP 2
TERMINAL
ENCLOSURE
77 FLA
89 SFA60
RVSS
75HP
RVSS
75HP
CONTROL PANEL
CP-100
CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL SECONDARY
CONDUCTORS FROM THE TRANSFORMER TO
THE SWITCHBOARD
250AT
400AF
100A/3P
TM
E-03
AMCC-100 ONE LINE DIAGRAM
SCALE: NONE
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
E-03
30 & LOAD CALCULATIONS
ONE LINE DIAGRAM
NOTES:
FURNISH AND INSTALL CB WITH PERMANENT LOCKOUT PROVISIONS.
SYSTEM GROUNDING SHALL BE CONNECTED OUTSIDE OF ASSETS AS REQUIRED PER ROSEVILLE ELECTRIC COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATIONS.
PROVIDE ALL UTILITY METER LABELS PER ROSEVILLE ELECTRIC COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATIONS.
METER/MAIN SECTIONS, CTS SPACING AND INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO
EUSERC STANDARDS AS REQUIRED ROSEVILLE ELECTRIC COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATIONS.
APRIL 2023
TB 2
OMEGA
TB 1
paloalto
TB 4 TB 5 TB 6 TB 7
DERAGGER
#1
DERAGGER
#2
TB 1
TB 2
TB 3
TB 4
TB 5
DISTRIBUTION
SECTION
MOTOR STARTER
SECTION
PUMP CONTROL
SECTION
PLC
SECTION
TB1 TB1 TB2
RVSS 1
RVSS 2
36" 36" 30" 36" 18"18"
21"
19"
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
E-04
31 ELEVATIONS
MCC & CONTROL PANEL
APRIL 2023
E-05
AMOTOR CONTROL PANEL - INTERIOR ELEVATION
SCALE: NONE
INTRUSION
TIMER
SITE LIGHT
TIMER
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
E-05
32 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
MOTOR CONTROL PANEL
APRIL 2023
A
C
B
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
43"
UTILITY
SERVICE
PULL SECTION
UTILITY
SERVICE
METER SECTION
SPD/SSM
SECTION
SERVICE MAIN
DISCONNECT
90"
SPACE
36" 30"
E-06
AMSB-100 ELEVATION
SCALE: NONE
30"
ATS
NEMA 3R ENCLOSURE AND SWING
OUT DOORS NOT SHOWS FOR CLARITY
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
E-06
33 ELEVATIONS
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
APRIL 2023
TERMINAL BOX NEMA
E-100
DTERMINATION BOX DETAIL
WETWELL CONNECTION
SCALE: NONE
INTRINSIC SAFE AREA IF
REQUIRED (PER P&ID'S)
RIDGE CONDUIT (TYP)
TOP OF SLAB ON GRADE
GRADE
STAINLESS
STEEL
PVC COATED
SS FILTERED
LOUVERS (TYP)
EYS SEAL OFF
FITTING
E-100
FGROUND CABLE CONNECTION DETAIL
SCALE: NONE -
GNOT USED
SCALE: NONE
E-100
ATRENCH DETAIL
SCALE: NONE -
BNOT USED
SCALE: NONE
-
HNOT USED
SCALE: NONE
E-100
EHANDHOLE GROUND DETAIL
SCALE: NONE
SAND BACKFILL
CONDUIT (TYP)
FINISH GRADE
WARNING TAPE
SLAB
2" RED CONCRETE
2'-0"
MIN
3"
MIN
3"
MIN
3"
MIN
1'-0"
MIN
1'-0"
18"
E-100
CEXPOSED CONDUIT TRANSITION DETAIL
SCALE: NONE
4X SIZE AS REQUIRED
INTRINSIC SAFE RELAY OR
BARRIER IF REQUIRED
CONDUIT TO WETWELL
TERMINAL BLOCKS
DIM RAIL
CONDUIT TO
ON CONTROL
PANEL
CONCRETE ANCHOR
NOTES:
1. SHOWN WITH DOOR REMOVED.
2. WALL OR UNISTRUT MOUNT PER SITE PLAN.
3. INSTALL DUCT SEAL IN CONDUIT TO WETWELL.
4. MINIMUM BOX SIZE 18"X18"X6"
CONDUIT PER SCHEDULE
HANDHOLE
FLUSH IN PAVED AREAS.NOTES:
GROUND ROD
3/4" x 10'
COPPER (TYP)
#2/0 BARE
GRADE
TO GROUND ROD
GROUND GRID
CONNECTION
"GROUND ROD"
WITH ID MARKER
COPPER GROUND
WIRE
OR IRREVERSIBLE CRIMP CONNECTION
TYPE TA CADWELD CONNECTION
OR GRADE
FINISH SLAB
3 1/2" HEIGHT
2 1/2" (MIN)
AROUND CONDUIT
ELBOW
GRS-PVC FACTORY
GRS-PVC COUPLING
GRS INDOORS AND
GRS-PVC OUTDOORS
CONDUIT PER
CONDUIT SCHEDULE
ADAPTOR COUPLING
GRS-PVC CONDUIT
WITH BEVELLED CORNERS
GROUT CURB AROUND
ALL SIDES OF CONDUIT
COUPLING
GRS-PVC
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
E-30
34 DETAILS 1
TYPICAL ELECTRICAL
APRIL 2023
E-101
C
E-100
E
PULL BOX (TYPE A)
SCALE: NONE
NOT USED
SCALE: NONE
E-100
AEQUIPMENT FOUNDATION
SCALE: NONE E-100
BLEVEL TRANSDUCER INSTALLATION
SCALE: NONE
-
FNOT USED
SCALE: NONE
-
DNOT USED
SCALE: NONE
FINISHED GRADE
(MIN)
36"
24"
8" (MIN)
END BELL
SLOPE ALL CONDUITS
TOWARD PULLBOX
(TYPICAL)
(MIN)
SEAL CONDUIT ENTRANCES
WITH PLYABLE MATERIAL
(TYPICAL)
3/4" CRUSHED ROCK
COVER TO FINISHED GRADE.
ADD EXTENSIONS WHERE NECESSARY TO RAISE
MINIMUM BOX SIZE PER PLANS.
TRAFFIC RATED CHRISTY "B" SERIES OR EQUAL,
18"
(MIN)
NOTES:
COVER PLATE USE FULL
TRAFFIC RATED GALVANIZED
METAL COVER LABELLED PER
SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION THROUGH EQUIPMENT DEPTH
ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT 4" MIN
(TYP)
DETAIL NOTES
1. 2.
3. EQUIPMENT BASE TOP SHALL BE LEVEL.
PRIOR TO EQUIPMENT BASE INSTALLATION,
CONPACT SOIL UNDER AND 6" BEYOND THE
BASE TO 96% RELATIVE COMPACTION.
CONCRETE AND REINFORCING SHALL
CONFORM TO SEISMIC REQUIRED PER
SPECIFICATIONS.
FINISH
GRADE
ANCHOR BOLT
AS REQUIRED BY
EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURER (TYP)
1" CHAMFER
ALONG EDGE
#4@12" ON CENTER
TOP AND BOTTOM
#4@12" ON CENTER
6"
MIN
2'-0"
3"3"
REFERENCE ELECTRICAL
DRAWINGS FOR CLEARANCE
REQUIREMENT
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
E-31
35 DETAILS 2
TYPICAL ELECTRICAL
APRIL 2023
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
E-100
36 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN
NORTH
(E) ROSEVILLE UTILITY
TRANSFORMER
(E) OVERHEAD
TRANSMISSION LINES
(E) UNDERGROUND
PRIMARY SERVICE
(E) SECONDARY FEEDER TO BE
DEMOLISHED BY CONTRACTOR
(E) SWB AND MCC TO BE
DEMOLISHED
STANDBY GENERATOR
(E) LIGHT POLE TO BE RE-SERVICED
FROM (N) LIGHTING PANEL
INTERCEPT (E) LIGHT POLE FEEDER
AND EXTEND TO (N) LP. INSTALL (N)
NO.3 PULL BOX WITH STEEL COVER
AND RE-SERVICE FROM CKT PER
LIGHTING SCHEDULE.
M
M
PMP101
PMP102
LSH
LSL
LSHH
P100A
P100B
MSC (TYP OF PUMPS
AND FLOATS)
TERMINAL
ENCLOSURE
(TYP OF 2)
P101A
P102A
A101A
C101A
LT
L101A
L102A
C100A
P100C
EQUIPMENT PAD
PUMP CONTROL SECTION
PLC SECTION
EQUIPMENT PAD
(EX) PIG LAUNCHER
(EX) 1 1/2" W
(EX) ASPHALT
(EX) JUNCTION BOX
SECURITY FENCE
STD DTL 32 31 13.01
(EX) VENT PIPE
(EX) WET WELL
(EX) VAULT
(EX) 4" MAG FLOW BOX
(EX) VALVE BOX TYP
(EX) SECURITY
FENCE
CHAINLINK DOUBLE LEAF GATE
STD DTL 32 31 13.03
(EX) 10" SS TO BE REPLACED
D
E-30
CONDUIT TRANSITIONSC
E-30
(TYP)
CONDUIT TRENCH A
E-30
(TYP)
GROUND WELL
E
E-30
(TYP OF 2)
EXOTHERMIC GROUND
CONNECTION
F
E-30
(TYP )
BOND GROUND
TO GENERATOR ENCLOSURE
MECHANICAL GROUND
CONNECTION TO TERMINAL
ENCLOSURE STAINLESS STEEL BASE
5 105
SCALE 1"=5'
0 FEET
A102A
C102A
E-100
BGROUNDING PLAN
SCALE: NONE
E-100
APUMP STATION PLAN
SCALE: 1"=5'
EQUIPMENT PAD
MAIN SWITCHBOARD (MSB)
C100A
#4/0 BARE COPPER
GROUND SYSTEM
B
E-31
E
E-31
A
E-31
RVSS SECTION
DISTRIBUTION SECTION
A
E-31
(TYP)
D100A
APRIL 2023
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
E-101
37 SITE PLAN
COMMUNICATION
NORTH
10 2010
SCALE 1"=10'
0 FEET
PUMP STATION SITE
A
E-101
SCALE 1"=100'
100 200100 0 FEET
E-101
ACOMMUNICATION PLAN
SCALE: 1"=10'
OVERALL COMMUNICATION PLAN
SCALE: 1"=100'
FIBER SPLICE ENCLOSURE ADDED TO GROUND
BOX AND TERMINATE LIFT STATION FIBER.
EXISTING 2" CONDUIT FOR ADDITIONAL FIBER CABLE.
SIDEWALK BOX TO NEW 2" FIBER CONDUIT
NEW 2" CONDUIT AND FIBER INSTALLED BY THE
CONTRACTOR.
SIDEWALK BOX TO NEW 2" FIBER CONDUIT
NEW 2" CONDUIT AND FIBER INSTALLED BY THE
CONTRACTOR.
24"X36" H20 RATED FIBER PULL BOX
NEW 2" CONDUIT AND FIBER INSTALLED BY THE
CONTRACTOR.
B
E-101
E-101
BTYPE 2 FIBER SPLICE DETAIL
SCALE: 1"=10'
C
E-31
(TYP)
APRIL 2023
ABBREVIATION LIST
INSTRUMENTATION SYMBOLS INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION LETTERSELECTRICAL SYMBOLS A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
I-01
38 & ABBREVIATIONS
INSTRUMENT SYMBOLS
APRIL 2023
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
I-02
39 COLOR LEGEND
GENERAL WIRE
GENERAL NOTES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
GENERAL NOTES APPLY TO ALL DRAWINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
ALL CONTACTS ARE SHOWN IN THEIR DE-ENERGIZED STATE.
WIRE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS CORRESPOND WITH TERMINAL BLOCK NUMBERS.
WHEN WIRES CROSS ON A DRAWING, THERE IS NO CONNECTION UNLESS INDICATED WITH A DOT.
DEVICES SHOWN WITH DASHED LINES ARE LOCATED IN DIFFERENT PANEL OR FIELD LOCATION.
CONTROL WIRING #14 AWG TYPE THHN 600 VOLT CLASS B STRANDED.
PLC I/O WIRING #16 AWG TYPE THHN 600 VOLT CLASS B STRANDED.
ANALOG WIRING #18 TWISTED SHIELD PAIR.
WIRE MARKERS ARE MACHINE IMPRINTED, HEAT-SHRINKABLE, WHITE WITH BLACK TEXT.
PLASTIC SHIELDING ON TRANSFORMERS.
DESCRIPTION
PHASE/CODE FIELD WIRE
OR
TAPE COLORLETTER
NON-FIELD
WIRE COLOR
480V, 3 PH
A
B
C
NEUTRAL
BROWN
ORANGE
YELLOW
GRAY
BROWN
ORANGE
YELLOW
GRAY
240V/208V
A
B
C
BLACK
RED
BLUE
3 PH (ORANGE IF
HIGH LEG)
240V/120V
1 PH
L1
L2
BLACK
WHITE
BLACK
24V POSITIVE RED
GRAY
PINK
BLACK
24V NEGATIVE
12V POSITIVE
12V NEGATIVE
24+
24-
12+
12 -
RED
GRAY
PINK/WHITE
BLACK/WHITE
VIOLETAC CONTROL VIOLET (YLW
FOR FOREIGN
CIRCUITS)
WHITE
GREEN
NEUTRAL
GROUND
N
G
WHITE
GREEN
BLACKSHIELDED PAIR +
-
CLEAR
(#14)
(#14)
(#14)
(#18)
(#18)
SIZE
(#14)
(#14)
(#14)
(#14)
BLACK
CLEAR
APRIL 2023
120 VAC UPS CIRCUITS
1 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
10 12
7 15
15 16
4 17
18 19
20 6
21 22
23 24
24 24
25 26
28 27
29 3031
30293029
3029
32 33
34 35
35 36
37 3940
42 4343
41 43
43 43
43 42
PLC SECTION
11 TB 2
MW
DR-RDN20PS5R-VG24 PS5R-VG24
.5A10A
24P1
10A
24P2 24A 24B 24C
5A .5A .5A
24D
.5A
24E
.5A
24F
6A 2A 2A 2A 2A
24G 24H 24J 24K 24L
20A 5A 5A
MB LB2A LB2B
5A
UB1
PRUFPRPF
1A
UB2
1A
UB3
1A
UB4
3A
UB13
3A
UB14
120 VAC UPS CIRCUITS
OMEGA
TB 1
paloalto
TB 4 TB 5 TB 6 TB 7
14 44
ISB1
7 19
1 2
9 5
6 5
5 5
5 7
7 7
8 9
2 5
6 7
7 5
5 8
6 7
5 6
5 7
7 11
SAME
AS
ABOVE
12 12
12 15
8 8
13 1414
14 14
15 15
PUMP CONTROL SECTION
2 2
TB 1
TB 2
CR
1 CR
2 CR
3 CR
3A
CR
4 CR
5 CR
6 CR
7 CR
11 CR
12 CR
13 CR
16 CR
17 MINI-CAS
110
CR
14 CR
15 CR
21 CR
22 TB 3
TB 4
CR
26 CR
27 MINI-CAS
2 CR
25 CR
24 CR
23 10
TB 5
2 PANEL SIZING AND BUILD REQUIREMENTS:
1. ENCLOSURE SHALL BE SIZED TO MEET SPECIFIC PROJECT REQUIREMENTS CONSIDERING PANEL PURPOSE AND SPACE CONTRAINTS.
2. PANEL ENCLOSURE SHALL ADHERE TO THE FOLLOWING SPECIFIC DEPTH REQUIREMENTS:
A. PLC PANEL SHALL BE NO GRATER THAN 16-INCH DEEP, WITH PLC MOUNTED BETWEEN 42-INCHES AND 60-INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR.
B. OTHER CONTROL PANEL, NOT CONTAINING PLC'S, SHALL BE A MAXIMUM OF 18-INCHES DEEP WHEREVER POSSIBLE.
3. PANEL SHALL BE DESIGNED SUCH THAT THERE IS SUFFICIENT CLEARANCE TO
ALLOW AIR FLOW FOR COOLING, HEATING, AND CONDENSATE PREVENTION, WITHIN THE MAXIMUM DEPTH REQUIREMENT.
4. PANELS SHALL BE SIZED SUCH THAT ALL TERMINAL STRIPS AND COMPONENTS SUCH AS RELAYS AND ISOLATORS ARE MOUNTED ON THE ENCLOSURE BACK PANEL.
MOUNTING OF WIRING TERMINAL STRIPS AND PANEL COMPONENTS ON SIDE WALLS IS NOT ALLOWED.
DERAGGER
#2
MOTOR RVSS SECTION
DERAGGER
#3
6 2
4 3
6 2
RVSS 1
RVSS 2
1 5
1 5
7 7
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
I-03
40 AND BILL OF MATERIAL
BACKPAN ELEVATION
CONTROL PANEL
APRIL 2023
00 0 0 0 00
RUNNING
FORWARD
RUNNING
REVERSE
PUMP
FAIL
PUMP
OVERTEMP
1 313
14 15
INTRUSION
TIMER
FLOAT ALARM
RESET
SITE LIGHT
TIMER
5 13
1616
PUMP CONTROL SECTION
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 00 0 0 0 00
RUNNING
FORWARD
RUNNING
REVERSE
PUMP
FAIL
PUMP
OVERTEMP
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 DISTRIBUTION SECTION BOM
RVSS SECTION BOM
PUMP CONTROL SECTION (BACKPAN) BOM
PUMP CONTROL SECTION (DOOR) BOM
PLC SECTION BOM
INSTRUMENTATION BOM
SPARE MISC BOM
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
I-04
41 BILL OF MATERIALS
BOTTONS AND
PUMP CONTROL PUSH
NOTES:
1. BILL OF MATERIAL QUANTITIES ARE ESTIMATIONS. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE APPROPRIATE QUANTITIES FOR COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM.
APRIL 2023
UB1
24P1
APC
UPS BE850M2
LB2A
LB2B
UB2
UB3
< CBUB3-UL3/CRA501-NO-UL3 #14 VIO)
UB4
UB13
< CBUB13-UL13/PS1-L-UL13 #14 VIO) < PS1-N-UN/TERM-UN (#14 WHT) < PS2-N-UN/TERM-UN (#14 WHT)
24A
24B
24C
24D
24E
24F
24G
24H
24J
24K
24L
< TERM-ULS/PRUF A1 #14 VIO) < PRUF-A2-UNS-/TERM-UNS (#14 WHT) 24P2
< PS1-P1+/CB24P1-P1+ (#14 RED)
< CRA501-NO-01/STAT-ALM-PTT-01 (#14 VIO)
< TERM-UL/CBUB1-UL (#14 VIO)
< TERM-UL/CBUB2-UL (#14 VIO)
< TERM-UL/CBUB3-UL (#14 VIO)
< TERM-UL/STAT-ALM-PPT-UL (#14 VIO)
< TERM-UL/CBUB4-UL (#14 VIO)
< STAT-ALM-PPT-UN/TERM-UN (#14 WHT)
< TERM-UL/CBUB13-UL (#14 VIO)
UB14
< TERM-UL/CBUB14-UL (#14 VIO) < CBUB14-UL14/PS2-L-UL14 #14 VIO) < PS2-P2+/CB24P2 (#14 RED)
CBUB1-UL/TERM-UL (#14 VIO) >
CBUB2-UL/TERM-UL (#14 VIO) >
CBUB3-UL/TERM-UL (#14 VIO) >
CBUB4-UL/TERM-UL (#14 VIO) >
CBUB13-UL/TERM-UL (#14 VIO) >
CRA501-NO-UL3/CBUB3-UL3 #14 VIO) >
PS1-L-UL13CBUB13-UL13 #14 VIO) > TERM-UN/PS1-N-UN (#14 WHT) > STAT-ALM-PTT-01/CRA501-NO-01 (#14 VIO) >
STAT-ALM-PPT-UL/TERM-UL (#14 VIO) >
TERM-UN/STAT-ALM-PPT-UN (#14 WHT) >
PRUF A1/TERM-ULS #14 VIO) > TERM-UNS/PRUF-A2-UNS- (#14 WHT) > TERM-UN/PS2-N-UN (#14 WHT) >
CB24P1-P1+/PS1-P1+ (#14 RED) >
CBUB14-UL/TERM-UL (#14 VIO) > PS2-L-UL14/CBUB14-UL14 #14 VIO) > CB24P2/PS2-P2+ (#14 RED) >
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
I-05
42 WIRING DIAGRAM
PLC LOGIC CONTROL
NOTES:
1. THESE DRAWINGS SHOW GENERAL CONTROL PHILOSOPHY AND DEVICES. NOT ALL REQUIRED CONTROL COMPONENTS AND DEVICES ARE SHOWN. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM.
APRIL 2023
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
I-06
43 WIRING DIAGRAM
PUMPS BACK-UP
NOTES:
1. THESE DRAWINGS SHOW GENERAL CONTROL PHILOSOPHY AND DEVICES. NOT ALL REQUIRED CONTROL COMPONENTS AND DEVICES ARE SHOWN. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM.
APRIL 2023
CONTROL PANEL LIGHTING CONTROLS
SCALE: NONE
CONTROL PANEL HEATERS AND RECEPTACLE
SCALE: NONE
SITE LIGHTING CONTROLS
SCALE: NONE
INTRUSION BYPASS CONTROLS
SCALE: NONE
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
I-07
44 AND AREA LIGHT
AUX CONTROLS
CONTROL PANEL
NOTES:
1. THESE DRAWINGS SHOW GENERAL CONTROL PHILOSOPHY AND DEVICES. NOT ALL REQUIRED CONTROL COMPONENTS AND DEVICES ARE SHOWN. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM.
APRIL 2023
GND
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
I-08
45 CONTROL SCHEMATIC
PUMP 1
NOTES:
1. THESE DRAWINGS SHOW GENERAL CONTROL PHILOSOPHY AND DEVICES. NOT ALL REQUIRED CONTROL COMPONENTS AND DEVICES ARE SHOWN. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM.
APRIL 2023
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
I-09
46 SCHEMATIC CONT.
PUMP 1 CONTROL
NOTES:
1. THESE DRAWINGS SHOW GENERAL CONTROL PHILOSOPHY AND DEVICES. NOT ALL REQUIRED CONTROL COMPONENTS AND DEVICES ARE SHOWN. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM.
APRIL 2023
GND
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
I-10
47 CONTROL SCHEMATIC
PUMP 2
NOTES:
1. THESE DRAWINGS SHOW GENERAL CONTROL PHILOSOPHY AND DEVICES. NOT ALL REQUIRED CONTROL COMPONENTS AND DEVICES ARE SHOWN. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM.
APRIL 2023
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
I-11
48 SCHEMATIC CONT.
PUMP 2 CONTROL
APRIL 2023
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
I-12
49 CARD 1 WIRING DIAGRAM
PLC DIGITAL INPUTS
APRIL 2023
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
I-13
50 CARD 2 WIRING DIAGRAM
PLC DIGITAL INPUTS
APRIL 2023
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
I-14
51 CARD 3 WIRING DIAGRAM
PLC DIGITAL INPUTS
APRIL 2023
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
I-15
52 CARD 1 WIRING DIAGRAM
PLC DIGITAL OUTPUTS
APRIL 2023
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
I-16
53 CARD 1 WIRING DIAGRAM
PLC ANALOG INPUTS
APRIL 2023
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
I-17
54 AND FIBER DIAGRAM
COMMUNICATION CAT6
COMMUNICATION BLOCK DIAGRAM
SCALE: NONE
APRIL 2023
1" 2"
1"
2"
MCC-1002"
3"
MSB-1002"
3"
PLC
SECTION
2"
3"
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105 Roseville, CA 95661 916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
J. POLLET
J. FERNANDEZ
J. POLLET
J. POLLET
CONTROLPOINT
ENGINEERING
I-18
55 SCHEDULE
LEGEND PLATE
APRIL 2023
CP
L=171.7'
1+00 2+00
3+003+29
50.0' CLR
FROM EX TREE
STAGING
AREA 'A'
STAGING
AREA 'B'
9+75 10+00 11+00 12+00 13+00 14+00 15+00 16+00 17+00 18+00 DETOUR
DETOUR
DETOUR
LANE CLOSURE
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
40 8040
SCALE 1"=40'
0 FEET
HORIZ
NORTH
FILENAME: 2060D-C-11.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-C-11.DWG 09:48:0912/9/22
WZ-1
CIVIL A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
WORK ZONE 1 AND 2
21-060
56 WORK ZONE 1 PLAN
1"=40'
SIERRA COLLEGE BLVD
WORK ZONE 2 PLAN
1"=40'
NORTH
SIERRA COLLEGE BLVD
L1=195.6'
L2=342.1'
LEGEND
PG&E POLE
WORK ZONE
TRAFFIC/BIKE LOOP
CONDUIT
STAGING AREA
EAST ROSEVILLE
PKWY
OLD AUBURN RD
STAGING AREA NOTES:
1. PLACE BRIGHTLY COLORED ESA FENCING
ALONG THE BOUNDARY AREA OF WHAT IS
UNSUITABLE FOR CONSTRUCTION/LAYDOWN
AREA.
2. ADDITIONAL LAYDOWN AREA IS AVAILABLE AT
1800 BOOTH ROAD. CONTRACTOR TO
COORDINATE WITH CITY OF ROSEVILLE.
WORK ZONE 1 NOTES:
1. CONSTRUCTION WORK DAYS: SUNDAY-FRIDAY
2. WORK HOURS: DAY WORK IS ALLOWABLE
3. APPROX. WORK LENGTH: 438 LF
4. APPROX. WORK AREA: 13,000 SF
5. ANTICIPATED DURATION: 3 DAYS PLUS
SURFACE RESTORATION
6. ANTICIPATED METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION:
STATIC PIPE BURSTING AND OPEN CUT
TRENCHING
7. ANTICIPATED TRAFFIC IMPACT: NONE
8. FLOW CONTROL: BYPASS PUMP
9. ANTICIPATED RESTORATION: SIDEWALK
REPAIR AND LANDSCAPE RESTORATION.
NOTES:
1. SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 01 14 03 FOR
ADDITIONAL CONSTRAINTS.
WORK ZONE 2 NOTES:
1. CONSTRUCTION WORK DAYS: SUNDAY -
FRIDAY
2. WORK HOURS: 9PM - 6AM; TCP IS TO BE TAKEN
OUT BY 6AM
3. APPROX. WORK LENGTH: 723 LF
4. APPROX. WORK AREA: 36,174 SF
5. ANTICIPATED DURATION: 4-5 DAYS PLUS
SURFACE RESTORATION
6. ANTICIPATED METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION:
STATIC PIPE BURSTING
7. ANTICIPATED TRAFFIC IMPACT: LANE
CLOSURES AND DETOURS AS SHOWN DURING
NIGHT WORK; STEEL PLATES SHALL SIT FLUSH
WITH EXISTING PAVEMENT AND BE PINNED
AND STAKED
8. FLOW CONTROL: BYPASS PUMP AT NIGHT AND
RECONNECT FOR DAY
9. RESTORATION PER "TRENCH RESTORATION
FOR MORATORIUM STREET" DETAIL ON SD-03.
MICROSURFACING PER CITY OF ROSEVILLE
"DIVISION V - SURFACING AND PAVEMENTS"
SPECIFICATION
APRIL 2023
12+00 13+00 14+00 15+00 16+00 17+00 18+00 19+00 20+00 21+00 22+00 DETOUR
DETOUR
DETOUR
DETOUR
© 2022 Microsoft Corporation © 2022 Maxar ©CNES (2022) Distribution Airbus DS 9+75 10+00 11+00 12+00 13+00 14+00 15+00 16+00 17+00
DETOUR
DETOUR
LANE CLOSURE
DETOUR
DETOUR
A
B
C
654321
D
DESIGN
DRAWN
CHECKED
APPROVED
DATE
PROJECT NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
SHEET NUMBER
Drink
ng
t
i
W
r
2260 Douglas Blvd, Suite 105Roseville, CA 95661916-780-2888 DECEMBER 2022
21-060 CITY OF ROSEVILLE
SEWER PUMP STATION NO. 26
IMPROVEMENTS
ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA
REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
C I V I L STATE OF CALIFORNIA
KRISTINA-MARIE P. ALACONNo. C70952
12-09-2022
40 8040
SCALE 1"=40'
0 FEET
HORIZ
NORTH
FILENAME: 2060D-C-12.DWG PLOT DATE: PLOT TIME:JOB NUMBER:
L:\CAD\PROJECTS\21-060 ROSEVILLE ON-CALL SERVICES 2021-2022\21-060 PS26\DELIVERABLES\2060D-C-12.DWG 09:55:0912/9/22
WZ-2
CIVIL A CORREA
A CORREA
K ALACON
K ALACON
WORK ZONE 2 ALT AND 3
21-060
57 WORK ZONE 2 PLAN ALT
1"=50'
SIERRA COLLEGE BLVD
EAST ROSEVILLE
PKWY
NORTH
WORK ZONE 3 PLAN
1"=40'
L=537.78'
L=235.6'
SIERRA COLLEGE BLVD
EAST ROSEVILLE
PKWY
LEGEND